Part Number Hot Search : 
NCP4200 414EH KSC1393 5116100 HMC392 2SB817 BZX84C15 HD1105G
Product Description
Full Text Search
 

To Download TMP92CA25FG Datasheet File

  If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader .  
 
 


  Datasheet File OCR Text:
 TOSHIBA Original CMOS 32-Bit Microcontroller
TLCS-900/H1 Series
TMP92CA25FG
Semiconductor Company
Preface
Thank you very much for making use of Toshiba microcomputer LSIs. Before use this LSI, refer the section, "Points of Note and Restrictions".
TMP92CA25
CMOS 32-bit Microcontroller
TMP92CA25FG/JTMP92CA25 1. Outline and Device Characteristics
The TMP92CA25 is a high-speed advanced 32-bit Microcontroller developed for controlling equipment which processes mass data. The TMP92CA25 has a high-performance CPU (900/H1 CPU) and various built-in I/Os. The TMP92CA25FG is housed in a 144-pin flat package. The JTMP92CA25 is a chip form product. Device characteristics are as follows: (1) CPU: 32-bit CPU (900/H1 CPU) * * * * Compatible with TLCS-900/L1 instruction code 16 Mbytes of linear address space General-purpose register and register banks Micro DMA: 8 channels (250 ns/4 bytes at fSYS = 20 MHz, best case)
(2) Minimum instruction execution time: 50 ns (at fSYS = 20 MHz)
RESTRICTIONS ON PRODUCT USE
* The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. 021023_D
070208EBP
* TOSHIBA is continually working to improve the quality and reliability of its products. Nevertheless, semiconductor devices in general can malfunction or fail due to their inherent electrical sensitivity and vulnerability to physical stress. It is the responsibility of the buyer, when utilizing TOSHIBA products, to comply with the standards of safety in making a safe design for the entire system, and to avoid situations in which a malfunction or failure of such TOSHIBA products could cause loss of human life, bodily injury or damage to property. In developing your designs, please ensure that TOSHIBA products are used within specified operating ranges as set forth in the most recent TOSHIBA products specifications. Also, please keep in mind the precautions and conditions set forth in the "Handling Guide for Semiconductor Devices," or "TOSHIBA Semiconductor Reliability Handbook" etc. 021023_A * The TOSHIBA products listed in this document are intended for usage in general electronics applications (computer, personal equipment, office equipment, measuring equipment, industrial robotics, domestic appliances, etc.). These TOSHIBA products are neither intended nor warranted for usage in equipment that requires extraordinarily high quality and/or reliability or a malfunction or failure of which may cause loss of human life or bodily injury ("Unintended Usage"). Unintended Usage include atomic energy control instruments, airplane or spaceship instruments, transportation instruments, traffic signal instruments, combustion control instruments, medical instruments, all types of safety devices, etc. Unintended Usage of TOSHIBA products listed in this document shall be made at the customer's own risk. 021023_B * The products described in this document shall not be used or embedded to any downstream products of which manufacture, use and/or sale are prohibited under any applicable laws and regulations. 060106_Q * The information contained herein is presented only as a guide for the applications of our products. No responsibility is assumed by TOSHIBA for any infringements of patents or other rights of the third parties which may result from its use. No license is granted by implication or otherwise under any patents or other rights of TOSHIBA or the third parties. 021023_C * The products described in this document are subject to foreign exchange and foreign trade control laws. 060925_E * For a discussion of how the reliability of microcontrollers can be predicted, please refer to Section 1.3 of the chapter entitled Quality and Reliability Assurance/Handling Precautions. 030619_S
92CA25-1
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) Internal memory * * * * Internal RAM: 10 Kbytes (can be used for program, data and display memory) Internal ROM: 0 Kbytes (used as boot program) Expandable up to 512 Mbytes (shared program/data area) Can simultaneously support 8,- 16- or 32-bit width external data bus ... dynamic data bus sizing Chip select output: 4 channels
(4) External memory expansion
(5) Memory controller * (6) 8-bit timers: 4 channels (7) 16-bit timer/event counter: 1 channel (8) General-purpose serial interface: 1 channels * * * * * * * * * * UART/synchronous mode IrDA ver.1.0 (115 kbps) mode selectable I2C bus mode only I2S bus mode/SIO mode selectable (Master, transmission only) 32-byte FIFO buffer Supports monochrome for STN Built-in RAM LCD driver Supported only SPI mode for SD card Supports 16 M, 64 M, 128 M, 256 M, and up to 512-Mbit SDR (Single Data Rate)-SDRAM Supported not only operate as RAM and Data for LCD display but also programming directly from SDRAM Based on TC8521A
(9) Serial bus interface: 1 channel: 1 channel (10) I2S (Inter-IC sound) interface: 1 channel
(11) LCD controller
(12) SPI controller (13) SDRAM controller: 1 channel
(14) Timer for real-time clock (RTC) * (15) Key-on wakeup (Interrupt key input) (16) 10-bit AD converter (Built-in Sample Hold circuit): 4 channels (17) Touch screen interface * Available to reduce external components (18) Watchdog timer (19) Melody/alarm generator * * Melody: Output of clock 4 to 5461 Hz Alarm: Output of 8 kinds of alarm pattern and 5 kinds of interval interrupt
92CA25-2
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(20) MMU * * * * * Expandable up to 512 Mbytes (3 local area/8 bank method) Independent bank for each program, read data, write data and LCD display data 9 CPU interrupts: Software interrupt instruction and illegal instruction
(21) Interrupts: 49 interrupt 34 internal interrupts: Seven selectable priority levels 7 external interrupts: Seven selectable priority levels (6-edge selectable)
RD
(21) Input/output ports: 84 pins (Except Data bus (16bit), Address bus (24bit) and (22) NAND flash interface: 2 channels * * * * * * * * * * * Direct NAND flash connection capability ECC (error detection) calculation (for SLC- type) Three HALT modes: IDLE2 (programmable), IDLE1, STOP Each pin status programmable for stand-by mode
pin)
(23) Stand-by function
(24) Triple-clock controller Clock doubler (PLL) supplies 40 system-clock from external 10MHz oscillator to CPU Clock gear function: Select high-frequency clock fc to fc/16 RTC (fs = 32.768 kHz) VCC = 3.0 V to 3.6 V (fc max = 40 MHz) VCC = 2.7 V to 3.6 V (fc max = 27 MHz) 144-pin QFP (P-LQFP144 -1616-0.40C) 144-pin chip form is also available. For details, contact your local Toshiba sales representative.
(25) Operating voltage:
(26) Package:
92CA25-3
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
PG0 to PG1 (AN0 to AN1) AN2/MX (PG2) AN3/MY/ ADTRG (PG3) AVCC, AVSS VREFH, VREFL (PX, INT4) P96 (PY, INT5) P97 (TXD0) PF0 (RXD0) PF1 (SCLK0) PF2 (I2SCKO, TXD0) P90 (I2SDO, RXD0) P91 (I2SWS, SCLK0) P92 (SDA) P93 (SCL) P94 (CLK32KO) P95
10-bit 4-channel AD converter Touch screen I/F (TSI) Serial I/O SIO0
900/H1 CPU XWA XBC XDE XHL XIX XIY XIZ XSP WA BC DE HL IX IY IZ SP 32 bits SR PC F
PLL H-OSC Clock gear L-OSC
RTCVCC DVCC [3] DVSS [3] X1 X2
BE
XT1 XT2
RESET
AM0 AM1 Interrupt controller D0 to D7 Port 1 P10 to P17 (D8 to D15) A0 to A7 A8 to A15 Port 6 P60 to P67 (A16 to A23) P70 ( RD ) P71 ( WRLL , NDRE ) P72 ( WRLU , NDWE ) P73 (EA24) P74 (EA25) P75 (R/ W , NDR/ B ) P76 ( WAIT )
IS
2
SBI (I Cbus)
2
Watchdog timer MMU
8-bit timer (TIMERA0) (TA1OUT, INT0) PC0 8-bit timer (TIMERA1) 8-bit timer (TIMERA2) (TA3OUT, INT1) PC1 8-bit timer (TIMERA3) 16-bit timer (TIMERB0)
Port 7
(TB0OUT0, INT2) PC2 (INT3) PC3 (SPDI) PK4 (SPDO) PK5 ( SPCS ) PK6 (SPCLK) PK7 PC4 PC5 PF3 PF4 PF5 PF6 (LCP0) PK0 (LLP) PK1 (LFR) PK2 (LBCD) PK3 PL0 to PL5 (LD0 to LD5) (LD6, BUSRQ ) PL6 (LD7, BUSAK ) PL7 ( SDRAS , SRLLB ) PJ0 ( SDCAS , SRLUB ) PJ1 ( SDWE , SRWR ) PJ2 (SDLLDQM) PJ3 (SDLUDQM) PJ4 (NDALE) PJ5 (NDCLE) PJ6 (SDCKE) PJ7 (SDCLK) PF7
NAND flash I/F (2 channel) SPI controller P80 ( CS0 ) P81 ( CS1 , SDCS ) P82 ( CS2 , CSZA ) P83 ( CS3 ) P84 ( CSZB , ND0CE ) P85 ( CSZC , ND1CE ) P86 ( CSZD ) P87 ( CSZE ) PC7 ( CSZF , EA25) PA0 to PA7 (KI0 to KI7) PC6 (KO8,EA24) PN0 to PN7 (KO0 to KO7) PM2 ( ALARM , MLDALM )
Port C Port F Port 8
LCD controller
Keyboard I/F 10-KB RAM Port N
Port L
RTC SDRAM controller Melody/ Alarm out
PM1 (MLDALM)
Figure 1.1 TMP92CA25 Block Diagram
92CA25-4
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
2.
Pin Assignment and Functions
The assignment of input/output pins for the TMP92CA25FG, their names and functions are as follows:
2.1
Pin Assignment
Figure 2.1.1 shows the pin assignment of the TMP92CA25FG.
140
135
130
125
120
115
VREFL VREFH PG0, AN0 PG1, AN1 PG2, AN2, MX PG3, AN3, ADTRG , MY P96, PX, INT4 P97, PY, INT5 PA3, KI3 PA4, KI4 PA5, KI5 PA6, KI6 PA7, KI7 P90, TXD0, I2SCKO P91, RXD0, I2SDO P92, SCLK0, CTS0 , I2SWS P93, SDA P94, SCL P95, CLK32KO PC2, TB0OUT0, INT2 PL0, LD0 PL1, LD1 PL2, LD2 PL3, LD3 PL4, LD4 PL5, LD5 PL6, LD6 PL7, LD7 PK0, LCP0 PK1, LLP PK2, LFR PK3, LBCD PM2, ALARM , MLDALM PM1, MLDALM XT1 XT2
1
110
AVCC AVSS PA2, KI2 PA1, KI1 PA0, KI0 PJ7, SDCKE PJ6, NDCLE PJ5, NDALE PJ4, SDLUDQM PJ3, SDLLDQM PJ2, SDWE, SRWR PJ1, SDCAS, SRLUB PJ0, SDRAS, SRLLB PF7, SDCLK PC1, TA3OUT, INT1 PC0, TA1OUT, INT0 PF2, SCLK0, CTS0 PF1, RXD0 PF0, TXD0 PC7, CSZF, EA25 P87, CSZE P86, CSZD P85, CSZC, ND1CE P84, CSZB, ND0CE P83, CS3 P82, CS2, CSZA P81, CS1, SDCS PC6, KO8, EA24 P80, CS0 P76, WAIT P75, RW, NDR/B P74, EA25 P73, EA24 P72, WRLU, NDWE P71, WRLL, NDRE P70, RD
105 5
100 10
15
TMP92CA25FG QFP144
95
90 20
Top View
85
25
80 30
75 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
P67, A23 P66, A22 P65, A21 P64, A20 DVCC3 P63, A19 P62, A18 P61, A17 P60, A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 PF6 PF5 DVSS3 PF4 PF3 PK7, SPCLK PK6, SPCS PK5, SPDO PK4, SPDI PN7, KO7 PN6, KO6
Figure 2.1.1 Pin Assignment Diagram (144-pin QFP)
PC3, INT3 DVSS2 DVCC2 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 P10, D8 P11, D9 P12, D10 P13, D11 P14, D12 P15, D13 P16, D14 P17, D15 PN0, KO0 PN1, KO1 PN2, KO2 PN3, KO3 PN4, KO4 PN5, KO5
RTCVCC
PC4 PC5 DVCC1 X1 DVSS1 X2 AM0 AM1
RESET
BE
92CA25-5
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
2.2
PAD Assignment
(Chip size 4.98 mm x 5.61 mm) Table 2.2.1 Pad Assignment Diagram (144-pin chip) Unit: m Pin No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
Name
VREFL VREFH PG0 PG1 PG2 PG3 P96 P97 PA3 PA4 PA5 PA6 PA7 P90 P91 P92 P93 P94 P95 PC2 PL0 PL1 PL2 PL3 PL4 PL5 PL6 PL7 PK0 PK1 PK2 PK3 PM2 PM1 XT1 XT2 RTCVCC
X point
-2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -2363 -1986 -1853 -1732 -1612 -1499 -1386 -1261 -972 -872 -772 -672 -572
Y point
2309 2189 1934 1593 1493 1393 1293 1192 1088 988 888 788 688 587 487 387 287 187 87 -13 -113 -213 -313 -413 -514 -614 -714 -814 -914 -1014 -1114 -1215 -1473 -1594 -1935 -2313 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678
Pin No.
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96
Name
DVSS2 DVCC2 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 P16 P17 PN0 PN1 PN2 PN3 PN4 PN5 PN6 PN7 PK4 PK5 PK6 PK7 PF3 PF4 DVSS3 PF5 PF6 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12
X point
-447 -297 -172 -72 28 128 228 328 429 529 629 729 829 929 1029 1129 1229 1329 1429 1529 1630 1753 1873 1994 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359
Y point
-2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2678 -2313 -2049 -1708 -1587 -1472 -1359 -1243 -1131 -1012 -885 -749 -639 -530 -420 -311 -199 -88 23 134 245 356 473 589 705
Pin No.
97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144
Name
A13 A14 A15 P60 P61 P62 P63 DVCC3 P64 P65 P66 P67 P70 P71 P72 P73 P74 P75 P76 P80 PC6 P81 P82 P83 P84 P85 P86 P87 PC7 PF0 PF1 PF2 PC0 PC1 PF7 PJ0 PJ1 PJ2 PJ3 PJ4 PJ5 PJ6 PJ7 PA0 PA1 PA2 AVSS AVCC
X point
2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 2359 1994 1874 1753 1633 1527 1420 1316 1211 1104 999 893 787 682 574 468 363 259 154 50 -55 -158 -261 -364 -467 -568 -669 -771 -872 -972 -1074 -1175 -1278 -1379 -1499 -1860 -1985
Y point
822 939 1055 1171 1288 1400 1514 1643 1779 1902 2027 2309 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675 2675
BE
PC4 PC5 DVCC1 X1 DVSS1 X2 AM0 AM1
RESET
PC3
92CA25-6
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
2.3
Pin Names and Functions
The following table shows the names and functions of the input/output pins Table 2.3.1 Pin Names and Functions (1/5)
Pin Name
D0 to D7 P10 to P17 D8 to D15 A0 to A7 A8 to A15 P60 to P67 A16 to A23 P70
RD
Number of Pins
8 8 8 8 8 1
I/O
I/O I/O I/O Output Output I/O Output Output Output I/O Output Output I/O Data: Data bus 0 to 7
Function
Port 1: I/O port input or output specifiable in units of bits Data: Data bus 8 to 15 Address: Address bus 0 to 7 Address: Address bus 8 to 15 Port 6: I/O port input or output specifiable in units of bits Address: Address bus 16 to 23 Port70: Output port Read: Outputs strobe signal to read external memory Port 71: I/O port Write: Output strobe signal for writing data on pins D0 to D7 NAND flash read: Outputs strobe signal to read external NAND flash Port 72: I/O port Write: Output strobe signal for writing data on pins D8 to D15 Write Enable for NAND flash Port 73: Output port Extended Address 24 Port 74: Output port Extended Address 25 Port 75: I/O port Read/Write: 1 represents read or dummy cycle; 0 represents write cycle NAND flash ready (1)/Busy (0) input Port 76: I/O port Wait: Signal used to request CPU bus wait
P71
WRLL NDRE
1
P72
WRLU NDWE
1
Output Output Output Output Output Output I/O Output Input I/O Input
P73 EA24 P74 EA25 P75
R/ W
1 1
1
NDR/ B P76
WAIT
1
92CA25-7
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 2.3.2 Pin Names and Functions (2/5) Pin Name
P80
CS0
Number of Pins
1
I/O
Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output I/O Output Output I/O Input Output I/O I/O Input Output I/O I/O I/O I/O Output Output Input Input Output Input Input Output Input Input
Function
Port80: Output port Chip select 0: Outputs "low" when address is within specified address area Port81: Output port Chip select 1: Outputs "low" when address is within specified address area Chip select for SDRAM: Outputs "0" when address is within SDRAM address area Port82: Output port Chip select 2: Outputs "Low" when address is within specified address area Expand chip select: ZA: Outputs "0" when address is within specified address area Port83: Output port Chip select 3: Outputs "low" when address is within specified address area Port84: Output port Expand chip select: ZB: Outputs "0" when address is within specified address area Chip select for NAND flash 0: Outputs "0" when NAND flash 0 is enabled Port85: Output port Expand chip select: ZC: Outputs "0" when address is within specified address area Chip select for NAND flash 1: Outputs "0" when NAND flash 1 is enabled Port86: Output port Expand chip select: ZD: outputs "0" when address is within specified address area Port87: Output port Expand chip select: ZE: Outputs "0" when address is within specified address area Port90: I/O port Serial 0 send data: Open-drain output programmable 2 I S clock output Port91: I/O port (Schmitt-input) Serial 0 receive data 2 I S data output Port92: I/O port (Schmitt-input) Serial 0 clock I/O Serial 0 data send enable (Clear to send) 2 I S word select output Port 93: I/O port I C data I/O Port 94: I/O port I C clock I/O Port95: Output port Output fs (32.768 kHz) clock Port 96: Input port (Schmitt-input) Interrupt request pin4: Interrupt request with programmable rising/falling edge X-Plus: Pin connectted to X+ for touch screen panel Port 97: Input port (Schmitt-input) Interrupt request pin5: Interrupt request with programmable rising/falling edge Y-Plus: Pin connectted to Y+ for touch screen panel Port: A0 to A7 port: Pin used to input ports (Schmitt input, with pull-up resistor) Key input 0 to 7: Pin used for key-on wakeup 0 to 7
2 2
P81
CS1 SDCS
1
P82
CS2 CSZA
1
P83
CS3
1
P84
CSZB ND0CE
1
P85
CSZC ND1CE
1
P86
CSZD
1 1
P87
CSZE
P90 TXD0 I2SCKO P91 RXD0 I2SDO P92 SCLK0
CTS0
1
1
1
I2SWS P93 SDA P94 SCL P95 CLK32KO P96 INT4 PX P97 INT5 PY PA0 to PA7 KI0 to KI7
1 1 1 1
1
8
92CA25-8
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 2.3.3 Pin Names and Functions (3/5) Pin Name
PC0 INT0 TA1OUT PC1 INT1 TA3OUT PC2 INT2 TB0OUT0 PC3 INT3 PC4 to PC5 PC6 KO8 EA24 PC7
CSZF
Number of Pins
1
I/O
I/O Input Output I/O Port C0: I/O port (Schmitt-input)
Function
Interrupt request pin 0: Interrupt request pin with programmable level/rising/falling edge 8-bit timer 1 output: Timer 1 output Port C1: I/O port (Schmitt-input) Interrupt request pin 1: Interrupt request pin with programmable rising/falling edge 8-bit timer 3 output: Timer 3 output Port C2: I/O port (Schmitt-input) Interrupt request pin 2: Interrupt request pin with programmable rising/falling edge Timer B0 output Port C3: I/O port (Schmitt-input) Interrupt request pin 3: Interrupt request pin with programmable rising/falling edge Port C4 to C5: U/O port Port C6: I/O port Key Output 8: Pin used of key-scan strobe (Open-drain output programmable) Extended Address 24 Port C7: I/O port Expand chip select: ZF: Outputs "0" when address is within specified address area Extended Address 25 Port F0: I/O port (Schmitt-input) Serial 0 send data: Open-drain output programmable Port F1: I/O port (Schmitt-input) Serial 0 receive data Port F2: I/O port (Schmitt-input) Serial 0 clock I/O Serial 0 data send enable (Clear to send) Port F7: Output port Clock for SDRAM (When SDRAM is not used, SDCLK can be used as system clock) Port G0 to G1 port: Pin used to input ports Analog input 0 to 1: Pin used to Input to AD conveter Port G2 port: Pin used to input ports Analog input 2: Pin used to Input to AD conveter X-Minus: Pin connectted to X- for touch screen panel Port G3 port: Pin used to input ports Analog input 3: Pin used to input to AD conveter Y-Minus: Pin connectted to Y- for touch screen panel AD trigger: Signal used to request AD start
1
Input Output I/O
1
Input Output I/O Input I/O I/O Output Output I/O
1 2 1
1
Output Output I/O Output I/O Input I/O I/O Input Output Output Input Input Input Input Output Input Input Output Intput
EA25 PF0 TXD0 PF1 RXD0 PF2 SCLK0
CTS0
1 1
1
PF7 SDCLK PG0 to PG1 AN0 to AN1 PG2 AN2 MX PG3 AN3 MY
ADTRG
1 2
1
1
92CA25-9
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 2.3.4 Pin Names and Functions (4/5) Pin Name
PJ0
SDRAS SRLLB
Number of Pins
1
I/O
Output Output Output Output Port J0: Output port Row address strobe for SDRAM Data enable for SRAM on pins D0 to D7 Port J1: Output port Column address strobe for SDRAM
Function
PJ1
SDCAS SRLUB
1
Output Output Output
Data enable for SRAM on pins D8 to D15 Port J2: Output port Write enable for SDRAM Write for SRAM: Strobe signal for writing data Port J3: Output port Data enable for SDRAM on pins D0 to D7 Port J4: Output port Data enable for SDRAM on pins D8 to D15 Port J5: I/O port Address latch enable for NAND flash Port J6: I/O port Command latch enable for NAND flash Port J7: Output port Clock enable for SDRAM Port K0: Output port LCD driver output pin Port K1: Output port LCD driver output pin Port K2: Output port LCD driver output pin Port K3: Output port LCD driver output pin Port K4: I/O port Data input pin for SD card Port K5: I/O port Data output pin for SD card
PJ2
SDWE SRWR
1
Output Output Output Output Output Output I/O Output I/O Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output I/O Input I/O Output
PJ3 SDLLDQM PJ4 SDLUDQM PJ5 NDALE PJ6 NDCLE PJ7 SDCKE PK0 LCP0 PK1 LLP PK2 LFR PK3 LBCD PK4 SPDI PK5 SPDO PK6
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
SPCS PK7 SPCLK PL0 to PL3 LD0 to LD3 PL4 to PL5 LD4 to LD5 PL6 LD6 BUSRQ PL7 LD7 BUSAK
1 1 4 2 1
I/O Output I/O Output Output Output I/O Output I/O Output Input
Port K6: I/O port Chip select pin for SD card Port K7: I/O port Clock output pin for SD card Port L0 to L3: Output port Data bus for LCD driver Port L4 to L5: I/O port Data bus for LCD driver Port L6: I/O port Data bus for LCD driver Bus request: request pin that set external memory bus to high-impedance (for External DMAC) Port L7: I/O port Data bus for LCD driver Bus acknowledge: this pin show that external memory bus pin is set to high-impedance by receiving BUSRQ (for External DMAC)
1
I/O Output Output
92CA25-10
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 2.3.5 Pin Names and Functions (5/5) Pin Name
PM1 MLDALM PM2
ALARM
Number of Pins
1
I/O
Output Output Output Output Output I/O Output Port M1: Output port Melody/alarm output pin Port M2: Output port RTC alarm output pin Melody/alarm output pin (inverted) Port N0 to N7: I/O port Key out pin (Open-drain setting ) Operation mode:
Function
1 8
MLDALM
PN0 to PN7 KO0 to KO7
Fix to AM1 = "0", AM0 = "1" for 16-bit external bus starting AM0, AM1 2 Input Fix to AM1 = "1", AM0 = "0" for 32-bit external bus starting Fix to AM1 = "1", AM0 = "1" Prohibit setting Fix to AM1 = "0", AM0 = "0" Prohibit setting X1/X2 XT1/XT2
RESET
2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3
I/O I/O Input Input Input
-
High-frequency oscillator connection pins Low-frequency oscillator connection pins Reset: Initializes TMP92CA25 (with pull-up resistor, Schmitt input) Pin for reference voltage input to AD converter (H) Pin for reference voltage input to AD converter (L) Power supply pin for RTC Back up enable pin: When power off DVCC and AVSS during RTC is operating, set to "L" level beforehand. Usually, this pin used to "H" level. (Schmitt input) Power supply pin for AD converter GND pin for AD converter (0 V) Power supply pins (All DVCC pins should be connected to the power supply pin) GND pins (0 V) (All DVSS pins should be connected to GND (0 V))
VREFH VREFL RTCVCC
BE
AVCC AVSS DVCC DVSS
Input
- - - -
92CA25-11
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.
3.1
Operation
This section describes the basic components, functions and operation of the TMP92CA25.
CPU
The TMP92CA25 contains an advanced high-speed 32-bit CPU (TLCS-900/H1 CPU)
3.1.1
CPU Outline
The TLCS-900/H1 CPU is a high-speed, high-performance CPU based on the TLCS-900/L1 CPU. The TLCS-900/H1 CPU has an expanded 32-bit internal data bus to process instructions more quickly. The following is an outline of the CPU: Table 3.1.1 TMP92CA25 Outline Parameter
Width of CPU address bus Width of CPU data bus Internal operating frequency Minimum bus cycle Internal RAM
TMP92CA25
24 bits 32 bits Max 20 MHz 1-clock access (50 ns at fSYS = 20MHz) 32-bit 1-clock access INTC, SDRAMC, 8-bit 2-clock access 16-bit 2-clock access 8-bit 56-clock access MEMC, NDFC, TSI, PORT I2S, SPIC, LCDC TMRA, TMRB, SIO, RTC, MLD/ALM, SBI, CGEAR, ADC
Internal I/O
External SRAM, Masked ROM
8- or 16-bit 2-clock access (waits can be inserted) 16-bit 1-clock access 8-bit 4-clock access (waits can be inserted) 1-clock (50 ns at fSYS = 20MHz) 2-clock (100 ns at fSYS = 20MHz) 12 bytes Compatible with TLCS-900/L1 (LDX instruction is deleted) Maximum mode only 8 channels
External SDRAM
External NAND flash Minimum instruction execution cycle Conditional jump Instruction queue buffer Instruction set CPU mode Micro DMA
92CA25-12
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.1.2
Reset Operation
When resetting the TMP92CA25, ensure that the power supply voltage is within the operating voltage range, and that the internal high-frequency oscillator has stabilized. Then hold the RESET input low for at least 20 system clocks (16 s at fc = 40 MHz). At reset, since the clock doubler (PLL) is bypassed and the clock-gear is set to 1/16, the system clock operates at 1.25 MHz (fc = 40 MHz). When the reset has been accepted, the CPU performs the following: * Sets the program counter (PC) as follows in accordance with the reset vector stored at address FFFF00H to FFFF02H: PC<7:0> PC<15:8> PC<23:16> * * * data in location FFFF00H data in location FFFF01H data in location FFFF02H
Sets the stack pointer (XSP) to 00000000H. Sets bits of the status register (SR) to 111 (thereby setting the interrupt level mask register to level 7). Clears bits of the status register to 00 (there by selecting register bank 0).
When the reset is released, the CPU starts executing instructions according to the program counter settings. CPU internal registers not mentioned above do not change when the reset is released. When the reset is accepted, the CPU sets internal I/O, ports and other pins as follows. * * Initializes the internal I/O registers as shown in the "Special Function Register" table in section 5. Sets the port pins, including the pins that also act as internal I/O, to general-purpose input or output port mode.
Internal reset is released as soon as external reset is released. Memory controller operation cannot be ensured until the power supply becomes stable after power-on reset. External RAM data provided before turning on the TMP92CA25 may be corrupted because the control signals are unstable until the power supply becomes stable after power on reset.
VCC (3.3 V)
RESET
High-frequency oscillation stabilized time +20 system clock
0 s (Min)
Figure 3.1.1 Power on Reset Timing Example
92CA25-13
2007-02-28
fsys Sampling
RESET
fsysx(13.5~14.5) clock
0FFFF00H
A23A0
CS0,1, 3
CS2
D0D31
DATA-IN
DATA-IN Read
RD
SRxxB ((After reset released, starting 1 wait read cycle)
Figure 3.1.2 TMP92CA25 Reset Timing Chart
92CA25-14
(Output mode) (Output mode) (Input mode) (Input mode) Pull up (Internal) High-Z
D0D31
DATA-OUT
WRxx
Write
SRWR
SRxxB
PF7 PJ3~PJ4, PJ7 PM1~PM2
P40~P47,P50~P57 P74~P72, PK0~PK3, PL0~PL3
PA0~PA7
TMP92CA25
2007-02-28
P71~P72, P75~P76, P90~P94, P96~P97, PC0~PC3, PC6~PC7, PF0~PF1, PG0~PG3, PJ5~PJ6, PL4~PL7,
Note: This chart shows timing for a reset using a 32-bit external bus (AM1:0=10).
TMP92CA25
3.1.3
Setting of AM0 and AM1
Set AM1 and AM0 pins as shown in Table 3.1.2 according to system usage. Table 3.1.2 Operation Mode Setup Table Operation Mode
16-bit external bus starting (MULTI 16 mode) 8-bit external bus starting (MULTI 8 mode) Prohibit setting Reserve (Toshiba test mode)
Mode Setup Input Pin
RESET
AM1
0 1 1 0
AM0
1 0 1 0
92CA25-15
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.2
Memory Map
Figure 3.2.1 is a memory map of the TMP92CA25.
000000H Internal I/O (8 Kbytes) 000100H 001D00H 002000H Internal RAM (10 Kbytes) Direct area (n)
64-Kbyte area (nn)
004800H
010000H
External memory
F00000H Provisional emulator control (64 Kbytes) F10000H (Note 1) 16-Mbyte area (R) (-R) (R+) (R + R8/16) (R + d8/16) (nnn)
External memory
FFFF00H Vector table (256 bytes) FFFFFFH ( = Internal area) (Note 2)
Figure 3.2.1 Memory Map
Note 1:
The Provisional emulator control area, mapped F00000H to F0FFFFH after reset, is for emulator use and so is not available. When emulator WR signal and RD signal are asserted, this area is accessed. Ensure external memory is used.
Note 2:
Do not use the last 16-byte area (FFFFF0H to FFFFFFH). This area is reserved for an emulator.
92CA25-16
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.3
Clock Function and Stand-by Function
The TMP92CA25 contains (1) clock gear, (2) clock doubler (PLL), (3) stand-by controller and (4) noise reduction circuits. They are used for low power, low noise systems. This chapter is organized as follows: 3.3.1 Block diagram of system clock 3.3.2 SFR 3.3.3 System clock controller 3.3.4 Clock doubler (PLL) 3.3.5 Noise reduction circuits 3.3.6 Stand-by controller
92CA25-17
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
The clock operating modes are as follows: (a) single clock mode (X1, X2 pins only), (b) dual clock mode (X1, X2, XT1 and XT2 pins) and (c) triple clock mode (X1, X2, XT1 and XT2 pins and PLL). Figure 3.3.1 shows a transition figure.
Reset (fOSCH/32) Release reset
NORMAL mode (fOSCH/gear value/2)
IDLE2 mode (I/O operate) IDLE1 mode (Operate only oscillator)
Instruction Interrupt Instruction Interrupt (a)
Instruction Interrupt
STOP mode (Stops all circuits)
Single clock mode transition figure Reset (fOSCH/32) Release reset Instruction NORMAL mode Interrupt Interrupt Instruction Interrupt STOP mode (Stops all circuits)
IDLE2 mode (I/O operate) IDLE1 mode (Operate only oscillator) IDLE2 mode (I/O operate) IDLE1 mode (Operate only oscillator)
Instruction Interrupt Instruction Interrupt Instruction Interrupt Instruction Interrupt (b)
(fOSCH/gear value/2)
STOP mode (Stops all circuits)
Instruction
SLOW mode (fs/2)
Dual clock mode transition figure Reset (fOSCH/32) Release reset
NORMAL mode (fOSCH/gear value/2)
IDLE2 mode (I/O operate) IDLE1 mode (Operate only oscillator)
Instruction Interrupt Instruction Interrupt
Instruction Instruction Note IDLE2 mode (I/O operate) Instruction Interrupt
NORMAL mode (4 x fOSCH/gear value/2)
Interrupt Instruction Interrupt Instruction SLOW mode (fs/2) Interrupt Instruction Interrupt IDLE2 mode (I/O operate) IDLE1 mode (Operate only oscillator)
STOP mode (Stops all circuits) Instruction Instruction Note
IDLE1 mode Instruction (Operate oscillator and PLL) Interrupt
Using PLL (c) Triple clock mode transition figure
Note 1:
It is not possible to control PLL in SLOW mode when shifting from SLOW mode to NORMAL mode with use of PLL. (PLL start up/stop/change write to PLLCR0, PLLCR1 register)
Note 2: When shifting from NORMAL mode with use of PLL to NORMAL mode, execute the following setting in the same order. 1) Change CPU clock (PLLCR0 "0") 2) Stop PLL circuit (PLLCR1 "0") Note 3: It is not possible to shift from NORMAL mode with use of PLL to STOP mode directly. NORMAL mode should be set once before shifting to STOP mode. (Sstop the high-frequency oscillator after stopping PLL.)
Figure 3.3.1 System Clock Block Diagram
The clock frequency input from the X1 and X2 pins is called fc and the clock frequency input from the XT1 and XT2 pins is called fs. The clock frequency selected by SYSCR1 is called the clock fFPH. The system clock fSYS is defined as the divided clock of fFPH, and one cycle of fSYS is defined as one state.
92CA25-18
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.3.1 Block Diagram of System Clock
SYSCR0 SYSCR2 Warm-up timer (High/low-frequency oscillator) Lock up timer (PLL) SYSCR0 XT1 XT2 Low-frequency oscillator fs PLLCR1, PLLCR0 fc fPLL = fOSCH x 4 SYSCR0 X1 X2 High-frequency oscillator fOSCH Clock doubler (PLL) Selector
/2 /4
T T0 fFPH /4 /8 fs
/2 fc/2 fc/4 fc/8
fc/16
/8 /16
fSYS /2 fIO
SYSCR1
SYSCR1
Clock-gear PLLCR0
fSYS fIO T0 TMRA0 to 3, TMRB0
Prescaler
CPU RAM, ROM Interrupt controller SIO0 to SIO1
Prescaler
LCDC Memory controller NAND flash controller
IS I/O ports TSI SPIC
2
I2C bus
Prescaler
SDRAMC
RTC fs MLD/ALM
ADC
WDT
Figure 3.3.2 Block Diagram of System Clock
92CA25-19
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.3.2
SFR
7 6
XTEN R/W 1 Highfrequency oscillator (fc)
0: Stop 1: Oscillation
5
4
3
2
WUEF R/W 0 Warm-up timer
0: Write don't care 1: Write
1
0
SYSCR0 (10E0H)
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
XEN
1 Lowfrequency oscillator (fs)
0: Stop 1: Oscillation
start timer
0: Read end warm-up 1: Read do not end warm-up
7
SYSCR1 (10E1H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
6
5
4
3
SYSCK 0
2
GEAR2 R/W 1
1
GEAR1 0
0
GEAR0 0
Select Select gear value of high-frequency (fc) system clock 000: fc 0: fc 001: fc/2 1: fs 010: fc/4 011: fc/8 100: fc/16 101: (Reserved) 110: (Reserved) 111: (Reserved)
7
SYSCR2 (10E2H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function - R/W 0 Always write "0"
6
5
WUPTM1 1 Warm-up timer 00: Reserved
4
WUPTM0 R/W 0
3
HALTM1 1 HALT mode 00: Reserved 01: STOP mode 10: IDLE1 mode 11: IDLE2 mode
2
HALTM0 1
1
0
01: 2 /input frequency 10: 2 /input frequency 11: 2 /input frequency
16 14
8
Note 1: The unassigned registers, SYSCR0, SYSCR0, SYSCR1, and SYSCR2 are read as undefined value. Note 2: Low-frequency oscillator is enabled on reset.
Figure 3.3.3 SFR for System Clock
92CA25-20
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
7
EMCCR0 (10E3H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function PROTECT R 0 Protect flag 0: OFF 1: ON EMCCR1 (10E4H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function EMCCR2 (10E5H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
6
5
4
3
2
EXTIN 0 1: External clock
1
DRVOSCH R/W 1
fc oscillator driver ability 1: Normal 0: Weak
0
DRVOSCL 1
fs oscillator driver ability 1: Normal 0: Weak
Switch the protect ON/OFF by writing the following to 1st-KEY, 2nd-KEY 1st-KEY: write in sequence EMCCR1 = 5AH, EMCCR2 = A5H 2nd-KEY: write in sequence EMCCR1 = A5H, EMCCR2 = 5AH
Note: When restarting the oscillator from the stop oscillation state (e.g. restarting the oscillator in STOP mode), set EMCCR0, = "1".
Figure 3.3.4 SFR for System Clock
92CA25-21
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
7
PLLCR0 (10E8H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
6
FCSEL R/W 0 Select fc clock 0: fOSCH 1: fPLL
5
LUPFG R 0 Lock up timer status flag 0: Not end 1: End
4
3
2
1
0
Note: Ensure that the logic of PLLCR0 is different from 900/L1's DFM.
7
PLLCR1 (10E9H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function PLLON R/W 0 Control on/off 0: OFF 1: ON
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Figure 3.3.5 SFR for PLL
7
PxDR (xxxxH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 Px7D
6
Px6D 1
5
Px5D 1
4
Px4D R/W 1
3
Px3D 1
2
Px2D 1
1
Px1D 1
0
Px0D 1
Output/input buffer drive-register for stand-by mode
(Purpose and use) This register is used to set each pin status at stand-by mode. All ports have registers of the format shown above. ("x" indicates the port name.) For each register, refer to "3.5 Function of ports". Before "Halt" instruction is executed, set each register according to the expected pin-status. They will be effective after the CPU has executed the "Halt" instruction. This is the case regardless of stand-by mode (IDLE2, IDLE1 or STOP). The output/input buffer control table is shown below. OE 0 0 1 1 Note 1: PxnD 0 1 0 1 Output Buffer OFF OFF OFF ON Input Buffer OFF ON OFF OFF
OE denotes an output enable signal before stand-by mode. Basically, PxCR is used as OE.
Note 2:
"n" in PxnD denotes the bit number of PORTx.
Figure 3.3.6 SFR for Drive Register
92CA25-22
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.3.3 System Clock Controller
The system clock controller generates the system clock signal (fSYS) for the CPU core and internal I/O. It contains two oscillation circuits and a clock gear circuit for high-frequency (fc) operation. The register SYSCR1 changes the system clock to either fc or fs, SYSCR0 and SYSCR0 control enabling and disabling of each oscillator, and SYSCR1 sets the high-frequency clock gear to either 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 (fc, fc/2, fc/4, fc/8 or fc/16). These functions can reduce the power consumption of the equipment in which the device is installed. The combination of settings = 1, = 0 and = 100 will cause the system clock (fSYS) to be set to fc/32 (fc/16 x 1/2) after reset. For example, fSYS is set to 1.25 MHz when the 40 MHz oscillator is connected to the X1 and X2 pins. (1) Switching from normal mode to slow mode When the resonator is connected to the X1 and X2 pins, or to the XT1 and XT2 pins, the warm-up timer can be used to change the operation frequency after stable oscillation has been attained. The warm-up time can be selected using SYSCR2. This warm-up timer can be programmed to start and stop as shown in the following examples 1 and 2. Table 3.3.1 shows the warm-up time. Note 1: When using an oscillator (other than a resonator) with stable oscillation, a warm-up timer is not needed. Note 2: The warm-up timer is operated by an oscillation clock. Hence, there may be some variation in warm-up time. Table 3.3.1 Warm-up Times
at fOSCH = 40 MHz, fs = 32.768 kHz
Warm-up Time SYSCR2
01 (2 /frequency) 10 (2 /frequency) 11 (2 /frequency)
16 14 8
Change to Normal Mode
6.4 (s) 409.6 (s) 1.638 (ms)
Change to Slow Mode
7.8 (ms) 500 (ms) 2000 (ms)
92CA25-23
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Example 1: Setting the clock Changing from high-frequency (fc) to low-frequency (fs).
SYSCR0 SYSCR1 SYSCR2 EQU EQU EQU LD SET SET WUP: BIT JR SET RES 10E0H 10E1H 10E2H (SYSCR2), 0 X 1 1 - - X X B ; 6, (SYSCR0) 2, (SYSCR0) 2, (SYSCR0) NZ, WUP 3, (SYSCR1) 7, (SYSCR0) ; ; ; ; ; ; Sets warm-up time to 2 /fs. Enables low-frequency oscillation. Clears and starts warm-up timer. Detects stopping of warm-up timer. Changes fSYS from fc to fs. Disables high-frequency oscillation.
16
X: Don't care, -: No change X1, X2 pins XT1, XT2 pins Warm-up timer End of warm-up timer System clock fSYS Clears and starts Enables low-frequency warm-up timer Chages fSYS from fc to fs End of warm-up timer Disabiles high-frequency fc fs
Counts up by fSYS Counts up by fs
92CA25-24
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Example 2: Setting the clock Changing from low-frequency (fs) to high-frequency (fc).
SYSCR0 SYSCR1 SYSCR2 EQU EQU EQU LD SET SET WUP: BIT JR RES RES 10E0H 10E1H 10E2H (SYSCR2), 0 X 1 0 - - X X B ; 7, (SYSCR0) 2, (SYSCR0) 2, (SYSCR0) NZ, WUP 3, (SYSCR1) 6, (SYSCR0) ; ; ; ; ; ; Sets warm-up time to 2 /fc. Enables high-frequency oscillation. Clears and starts warm-up timer. Detects stopping of warm-up timer. Changes fSYS from fs to fc. Disables low-frequency oscillation.
14
X: Don't care, -: No change
X1, X2 pins XT1, XT2 pins Warm-up timer End of warm-up timer System Clock fSYS Enables Clears and starts high-frequency warm-up timer Changes fSYS from fs to fc End of warm-up timer Disables low-frequency fs fc Counts up by fSYS Counts up by fc
92CA25-25
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) Clock gear controller fFPH is set according to the contents of the clock gear select register SYSCR1 to either fc, fc/2, fc/4, fc/8 or fc/16. Using the clock gear to select a lower value of fFPH reduces power consumption. Example 3: Changing to a high-frequency gear
SYSCR1 EQU LD LD X: Don't care 10E1H (SYSCR1), XXXX0000B (DUMMY), 00H ; ; Changes fSYS to fc/2. Dummy instruction
(High-speed clock gear changing) To change the clock gear, write the register value to the SYSCR1 register.It is necessary for the warm-up time to elapse before the change occurs after writing the register value. There is the possibility that the instruction following the clock gear changing instruction is executed by the clock gear before changing.To execute the instruction following the clock gear switching instruction by the clock gear after changing, input the dummy instruction as follows (instruction to execute the write cycle). Example:
SYSCR1 EQU LD LD 10E1H (SYSCR1), XXXX0001B (DUMMY), 00H ; ; Changes fSYS to fc/4. Dummy instruction
Instruction to be executed after clock gear has changed
92CA25-26
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.3.4 Clock Doubler (PLL)
PLL outputs the fPLL clock signal, which is four times as fast as fOSCH. A low-speed-frequency oscillator can be used, even though the internal clock is high-frequency. A reset initializes PLL to stop status, so setting to PLLCR0, PLLCR1 register is needed before use. As with an oscillator, this circuit requires time to stabilize. This is called the lock up time and it is measured by a 16-stage binary counter. Lock up time is about 1.6 ms at fOSCH = 10 MHz. Note 1: Input frequency range for PLL The input frequency range (High-frequency oscillation) for PLL is as follows: fOSCH = 6 to 10 MHz (VCC = 3.0 to 3.6 V) Note 2: PLLCR0 The logic of PLLCR0 is different from 900/L1's DFM. Exercise care in determining the end of lock up time. The following is an example of settings for PLL starting and PLL stopping. Example 1: PLL starting
PLLCR0 PLLCR1 LUP: EQU EQU LD BIT JR LD X: Don't care 10E8H 10E9H (PLLCR1), 5, (PLLCR0) Z, LUP (PLLCR0), 1XXXXXXXB ; ; ; X1XXXXXXB ; Enables PLL operation and starts lock up. Detects end of lock up. Changes fc from 10 MHz to 40 MHz.
PLL output: fPLL Lock up timer System clock fSYS Starts PLL operation and starts lock up Changes from 10 MHz to 40 MHz Lock up ends
Counts up by fOSCH
During lock up
After lock up
92CA25-27
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Example 2: PLL stopping
PLLCR0 PLLCR1 EQU EQU LD LD X: Don't care PLL output: fPLL System clock fSYS Changes from 40 MHz to 10 MHz Stops PLL operation 10E8H 10E9H (PLLCR0), X0XXXXXXB (PLLCR1), 0XXXXXXXB ; ; Changes fc from 40 MHz to10 MHz. Stop PLL.
92CA25-28
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Limitations on the use of PLL 1. It is not possible to execute PLL enable/disable control in the SLOW mode (fs) (writing to PLLCR0 and PLLCR1). PLL should be controlled in the NORMAL mode.
2. When stopping PLL operation during PLL use, execute the following settings in the same order.
LD LD (PLLCR0), 00H (PLLCR1), 00H ; ; Change the clock fPLL to fOSCH PLL stop
3.
When stopping the high-frequency oscillator during PLL use, stop PLL before stopping the high-frequency oscillator. Examples of settings are shown below:
(1) Start up/change control (OK) Low-frequency oscillator operation mode (fs) (high-frequency oscillator STOP) High-frequency oscillator start up High-frequency oscillator operation mode (fOSCH) PLL start up PLL use mode (fPLL)
(SYSCR0), 2, (SYSCR0) NZ, WUP (SYSCR1), (PLLCR1), 5, (PLLCR0) Z, LUP (PLLCR0), 11---1--B; ; ; ----0---B; 1-------B; ; ; -1------B; High-frequency oscillator start/warm-up start Check for warm-up end flag Change the system clock fs to fOSCH PLL start-up/lock up start Check for lock up end flag Change the system clock fOSCH to fPLL
LD WUP: BIT JR LD LD LUP: BIT JR LD
(OK)
Low-frequency oscillator operation mode (fs) (high-frequency oscillator Operate) High-frequency oscillator operation mode (fOSCH) PLL start up PLL use mode (fPLL)
LD LD LUP: BIT JR LD
(SYSCR1), (PLLCR1), 5, (PLLCR0) Z, LUP (PLLCR0),
----0---B; 1-------B; ; ; -1------B;
Change the system clock fs to fOSCH PLL start-up/lock up start Check for lock up end flag Change the system clock fOSCH to fPLL
(Error) Low-frequency oscillator operation mode (fs) (high-frequency oscillator STOP) High-frequency oscillator start up PLL start up PLL use mode (fPLL)
LD WUP: BIT JR LD LUP: BIT JR LD LD (SYSCR0), 2, (SYSCR0) NZ, WUP (PLLCR1), 5, (PLLCR0) Z, LUP (PLLCR0), (SYSCR1), 11---1--B; ; ; 1-------B; ; ; -1------B; ----0---B; High-frequency oscillator start/warm-up start Check for warm-up end flag PLL start-up/lock up start Check for lock up end flag Change the internal clock fOSCH to fPLL Change the system clock fs to fPLL
92CA25-29
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) Change/stop control (OK) PLL use mode (fPLL) High-frequency oscillator operation mode (fOSCH) PLL Stop Low-frequency oscillator operation mode (fs) High-frequency oscillator stop
(PLLCR0), (PLLCR1), (SYSCR1), (SYSCR0), -0------B; 0-------B; ----1---B; 0-------B; Change the system clock fPLL to fOSCH PLL stop Change the system clock fOSCH to fs High-frequency oscillator stop
LD LD LD LD
(Error) PLL use mode (fPLL) Low-frequency oscillator operation mode (fs) PLL stop High-frequency oscillator stop
LD LD LD LD (SYSCR1), (PLLCR0), (PLLCR1), (SYSCR0), - - - - 1 - - - B ; Change the system clock fPLL to fs - 0 - - - - - - B ; Change the internal clock (fC) fPLL to fOSCH 0 - - - - - - - B ; PLL stop 0 - - - - - - - B ; High-frequency oscillator stop
(OK)
PLL use mode (fPLL) Set the STOP mode High-frequency oscillator operation mode (fOSCH) PLL stop Halt (High-frequency oscillator stop)
LD LD LD HALT
(SYSCR2), (PLLCR0), (PLLCR1),
----01--B; -0------B; 0-------B; ;
Set the STOP mode (This command can be executed before use of PLL) Change the system clock fPLL to fOSCH PLL stop Shift to STOP mode
(Error) PLL use mode (fPLL) Set the STOP mode Halt (High-frequency oscillator stop)
LD HALT (SYSCR2), ----01--B; ; Set the STOP mode (This command can execute before use of PLL) Shift to STOP mode
92CA25-30
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.3.5 Noise Reduction Circuits
Noise reduction circuits are built-in, allowing implementation of the following features. (1) Reduced drivability for high-frequency oscillator (2) Reduced drivability for low-frequency oscillator (3) Single drive for high-frequency oscillator (4) SFR protection of register contents When above function is used, set EMCCR0 and EMCCR2 registers (1) Reduced drivability for high-frequency oscillator (Purpose) Reduces noise and power for oscillator when a resonator is used. (Block diagram)
fOSCH C1 Resonator X1 pin Enable oscillation EMCCR0
C2 X2 pin
(Setting method) The drive ability of the oscillator is reduced by writing "0" to EMCCR0 register. At reset, is initialized to "1" and the oscillator starts oscillation by normal drivability when the power-supply is on. Note: This function (EMCCR0 = "0") is available when fOSCH = 6 to 10 MHz.
92CA25-31
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) Reduced drivability for low-frequency oscillator (Purpose) Reduces noise and power for oscillator when a resonator is used. (Block diagram)
C1 Resonator EMCCR0 C2 XT2 pin fS XT1 pin Enable oscillation
(Setting method) The drive ability of the oscillator is reduced by writing 0 to the EMCCR0 register. At reset, is initialized to "1". (3) Single drive for high-frequency oscillator (Purpose) Remove the need for twin drives and prevent operational errors caused by noise input to X2 pin when an external oscillator is used. (Block diagram)
fOSCH X1 pin Enable oscillation EMCCR0
X2 pin
(Setting method) The oscillator is disabled and starts operation as buffer by writing "1" to EMCCR0 register. X2 pin's output is always "1". At reset, is initialized to "0".
92CA25-32
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(4) Runaway prevention using SFR protection register (Purpose) Prevention of program runaway caused by introduction of noise. Write operations to a specified SFR are prohibited so that the program is protected from runaway caused by stopping of the clock or by changes to the memory control register (memory controller, MMU) which prevent fetch operations. Runaway error handling is also facilitated by INTP0 interruption. Specified SFR list 1. Memory controller B0CSL/H, B1CSL/H, B2CSL/H, B3CSL/H, BECSL/H MSAR0, MSAR1, MSAR2, MSAR3, MAMR0, MAMR1, MAMR2, MAMR3, PMEMCR, MEMCR0 2. MMU LOCALPX/PY/PZ, LOCALLX/LY/LZ, LOCALRX/RY/RZ, LOCALWX/WY/WZ, 3. Clock gear SYSCR0, SYSCR1, SYSCR2, EMCCR0 4. PLL PLLCR0, PLLCR1 (Operation explanation) Execute and release of protection (write operation to specified SFR) becomes possible by setting up a double key to EMCCR1 and EMCCR2 registers. (Double key) 1st KEY: writes in sequence, 5AH at EMCCR1 and A5H at EMCCR2 2nd KEY: writes in sequence, A5H at EMCCR1 and 5AH at EMCCR2 Protection state can be confirmed by reading EMCCR0. At reset, protection becomes OFF. INTP0 interruption also occurs when a write operation to the specified SFR is executed with protection in the ON state.
92CA25-33
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.3.6 Stand-by Controller
(1) HALT modes and port drive register When the HALT instruction is executed, the operating mode switches to IDLE2, IDLE1 or STOP mode, depending on the contents of the SYSCR2 register and each pin-status is set according to the PxDR register, as shown below: 7
PxDR (xxxxH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function (Purpose and use) * * * * * * This register is used to set each pin status at stand-by mode. All ports have this registers of the format shown above. ("x" indicates the port name.) For each register, refer to 3.5 function of ports. Before "Halt" instruction is executed, set each register according to the expected pin status. They will be effective after the CPU has executed the "Halt" instruction. This is the case regardless of stand-by mode (IDLE2, IDLE1 or STOP). The Output/Input buffer control table is shown below. 1 1 1 1 Px7D
6
Px6D
5
Px5D
4
Px4D R/W
3
Px3D 1
2
Px2D 1
1
Px1D 1
0
Px0D 1
Output/input buffer drive register for stand-by mode
OE
0 0 1 1 Note 1:
PxnD
0 1 0 1
Output Buffer
OFF OFF OFF ON
Input Buffer
OFF ON OFF OFF
OE denotes an output enable signal before stand-by mode. Basically, PxCR is used as OE.
Note 2:
"n" in PxnD denotes the bit number of PORTx
The subsequent actions performed in each mode are as follows: 1. IDLE2: only the CPU halts. The internal I/O is available to select operation during IDLE2 mode by setting the following register. Table 3.3.2 shows the register setting operation during IDLE2 mode. Table 3.3.2 SFR Setting Operation during IDLE2 Mode Internal I/O
TMRA01 TMRA23 TMRB0 SIO0 I C bus AD converter WDT
2
SFR
TA01RUN TA23RUN TB0RUN SC0MOD1 SBI0BR0 ADMOD1 WDMOD
2. 3.
IDLE1: Only the oscillator, RTC (real-time clock) and MLD continue to operate. STOP: All internal circuits stop operating.
92CA25-34
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
The operation of each of the different HALT modes is described in Table 3.3.3. Table 3.3.3 I/O Operation during HALT Modes HALT Mode SYSCR2
CPU I/O ports TMRA, TMRB SIO, SBI Block AD converter WDT I2S, LCDC, SDRAMC, Interrupt controller, USBC, RTC, MLD Operate Operate Available to select operation block Stop
IDLE2 11
Stop
IDLE1 10
Depend on PxDR register setting
STOP 01
(2) How to release the HALT mode These halt states can be released by resetting or requesting an interrupt. The halt release sources are determined by the combination of the states of the interrupt mask register and the HALT modes. The details for releasing the halt status are shown in Table 3.3.4. * Release by interrupt requesting The HALT mode release method depends on the status of the enabled interrupt .When the interrupt request level set before executing the HALT instruction exceeds the value of the interrupt mask register, the interrupt is processed depending on its status after the HALT mode is released, and the CPU status executing the instruction that follows the HALT instruction. When the interrupt request level set before executing the HALT instruction is less than the value of the interrupt mask register, HALT mode release is not executed. (in non-maskable interrupts, interrupt processing is processed after releasing the HALT mode regardless of the value of the mask register.) However only for INT0 to INT4, INTKEY, INTRTC, INTALM and interrupts, even if the interrupt request level set before executing the halt instruction is less than the value of the interrupt mask register, HALT mode release is executed. In this case, the interrupt is processed, and the CPU starts executing the instruction following the HALT instruction, but the interrupt request flag is held at "1". * Release by resetting Release of all halt statuses is executed by resetting. When the STOP mode is released by RESET, it is necessary to allow enough resetting time (see Table 3.3.5) for operation of the oscillator to stabilize. When releasing the HALT mode by resetting, the internal RAM data keeps the state before the HALT instruction is executed. However the other settings contents are initialized. (Releasing due to interrupts keeps the state before the HALT instruction is executed.)
92CA25-35
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 3.3.4 Source of Halt State Clearance and Halt Clearance Operation Status of Received Interrupt HALT Mode
INTWD Source of Halt State Clearance INT0 to INT4 (Note 1) INTALM0 to INTALM4 INTTA0 to INTTA3, Interrupt INTTB0 to INTTB1 INTRX0 to INTTX0, INTSBI INTTBO0, INTI2S INTAD, INT5, INTSPI INTKEY INTRTC INTLCD RESET
Interrupt Enabled (Interrupt level) (Interrupt mask) IDLE2

Interrupt Disabled (Interrupt level) < (Interrupt mask) IDLE2
-
IDLE1
x x x x x x
STOP
x *1 x x x x x *1 *1 x
IDLE1
-
STOP
-

x x x x

x x x x
*1
x x x x x

x

x
*1 *1
x
Initialize LSI
: After clearing the HALT mode, CPU starts interrupt processing.
: After clearing the HALT mode, CPU resumes executing starting from the instruction following the HALT
instruction. x: Cannot be used to release the HALT mode. -: The priority level (interrupt request level) of non-maskable interrupts is fixed to 7, the highest priority level. This combination is not available. *1: Release of the HALT mode is executed after warm-up time has elapsed. Note 1: When the HALT mode is cleared by an INT0 interrupt of the level mode in the interrupt enabled status, hold level H until starting interrupt processing. If level L is set before holding level L, interrupt processing is correctly started.
Example: Releasing IDLE1 mode An INT0 interrupt clears the halt state when the device is in IDLE1 mode.
Address 8200H 8203H 8206H 8209H 820BH 820EH LD LD LD EI LD HALT (PCFC), 01H (IIMC), 00H (INTE0AD), 06H 5 (SYSCR2), 28H ; ; ; ; ; ; Sets PC0 to INT0. Selects INT0 interrupt rising edge. Sets INT0 interrupt level to 6. Sets interrupt level to 5 for CPU. Sets HALT mode to IDLE1 mode. Halts CPU.
INT0
INT0 interrupt routine RETI
820FH
LD
XX, XX
92CA25-36
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) Operation 1. IDLE2 mode In IDLE2 mode only specific internal I/O operations, as designated by the IDLE2 setting register, can take place. Instruction execution by the CPU stops. Figure 3.3.7 illustrates an example of the timing for clearance of the IDLE2 mode halt state by an interrupt.
X1 A0 to A23 D0 to D15
RD
Data Data
WR
Interrupt for release IDLE2 mode
Figure 3.3.7 Timing Chart for IDLE2 Mode Halt State Cleared by Interrupt 2. IDLE1 mode In IDLE1 mode, only the internal oscillator and the RTC and MLD continue to operate. The system clock stops. In the halt state, the interrupt request is sampled asynchronously with the system clock; however, clearance of the halt state (e.g., restart of operation) is synchronous with it. Figure 3.3.8 illustrates the timing for clearance of the IDLE1 mode halt state by an interrupt.
X1 A0 to A23 D0 to D15
RD
Data Data
WR
Interrupt for release IDLE1 mode
Figure 3.3.8 Timing Chart for IDLE1 Mode Halt State Cleared by Interrupt
92CA25-37
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3. STOP mode When STOP mode is selected, all internal circuits stop, including the internal oscillator. After STOP mode has been cleared system clock output starts when the warm-up time has elapsed, in order to allow oscillation to stabilize. Figure 3.3.9 illustrates the timing for clearance of the STOP mode halt state by an interrupt.
Warm-up time
X1 A0 to A23 D0 to D15
RD
Data Data
WR
Interrupt for release STOP mode
Figure 3.3.9 Timing Chart for STOP Mode Halt State Cleared by Interrupt
Table 3.3.5 Example of Warm-up Time after Releasing STOP Mode
at fOSCH = 40 MHz, fs = 32.768 kHz
SYSCR1
0 (fc) 1 (fs)
SYSCR2 01 (2 )
6.4 s 7.8 ms
8
10 (214)
409.6 s 500 ms
11 (216)
1.638 ms 2000 ms
92CA25-38
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 3.3.6 Input Buffer State Table
Input Buffer State In HALT mode (IDLE1/2/STOP) Input Function Port Name Name When the CPU is operating During Reset When used as Function pin ON upon external read - - ON - When used as Input pin - OFF - - ON - = 1 = 0
When used When used When When used as as used as as Function pin Input pin Function pin Input pin - OFF - - OFF - -
D0~D7 P10~P17 P60~P67 P71~P72 P75 P76 P90 P91 P92 P93~P94 P96 * P97
PA0~PA7*
1 1
D0~D7 D8~D15 - -
NDR / B
WAIT
OFF
- RXD0
CTS0 , SCLK0
SDA, SCL INT4 INT5 KI0-KI7 INT0 INT1 INT2 INT3 - - RXD0
CTS0
ON ON ON ON
ON OFF
PC0 PC1 PC2 PC3 PC4~PC7 PF0 PF1 PF2
PG0~PG2*
2
OFF
-
-
-
ON - ON - ON - ON ON - ON
ON upon port read
ON - ON - ON - ON - ON - ON
OFF - ON - OFF - OFF - ON -
SCLK0 -
ADTRG
PG3
*2
OFF
OFF
PJ5~PJ6 PK4 PK5~PK5 PL4~PL5, PL7 PL6 PN0~PN7
BE
RESET
- SPDI - -
BUSRQ
AM0, AM1 X1, XT1
- - - - -
input pin is not driven.
ON
-
IDLE2/IDLE1:ON, STOP:OFF *2: AIN input does not cause a current to flow through the buffer.
ON: The buffer is always turned on. A current flows the input buffer if the *1: Port having a pull-up/pull-down resistor. OFF: The buffer is always turned off. -: No applicable
92CA25-39
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 3.3.7 Output Buffer State Table (1/2)
Output Buffer State When the CPU is operating Port Name Output Function Name During Reset When used as Function pin ON upon external write When used as Output pin - ON - ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF In HALT mode (IDLE1/2/STOP) = 1 When used as Function pin When used as Output pin - ON - = 0 When used When used as as Function Output pin pin - OFF -
D0~D7 P10~P17 A0~A15 P60~P67 P70 P71 P72 P73 P74 P75 P76 P80 P81 P82 P83 P84 P85 P86 P87 P90 P91 P92 P93 P94 P95 P96 P97
D0~D7
OFF
D8~D15 A16~A15, A16~A23
RD
WRLL , NDRE
WRLU , NDWE
EA24 EA25 R/W
-
CS0
-
-
-
CS1 , SDCS
CS2 , CSZA
ON ON
ON
OFF
CS3
CSZB , ND0CE
CSZC , ND1CE
CSZD
CSZE
ON
ON
OFF
TXD0, I2SCKO I2SDO I2SWS SDA SCL CLK32KO PX PY
OFF
ON OFF - - -
ON: The buffer is always turned on. OFF: The buffer is always turned off. -: Not applicable
*1: Port having a pull-up/pull-down resistor.
92CA25-40
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 3.3.8 Output Buffer State Table (2/2)
Output Buffer State When the CPU is operating Port Name Output Function Name During Reset When used as Output pin In HALT mode (IDLE1/2/STOP) = 1 When used as Function pin When used as Output pin = 0 When used When used as as Function Output pin pin OFF - ON OFF - OFF
When used as Function pin
PC0 PC1 PC2 PC3 PC6 PC7 PF0 PF1 PF2 PF7 PG2 PG3 PJ0 PJ1 PJ2 PJ3 PJ4 PJ5 PJ6 PJ7 PK0 PK1 PK2 PK3 PK4 PK5 PK6 PK7 PL0~PL3 PL4~PL6 PL7 PM1 PM2 PN0~PN7 X2
TA1OUT TA3OUT TB0OUT0
ON - OFF ON - ON OFF - ON
ON - ON -
-
KO8, EA24
CSZF , EA25
TXD0
-
SCLK0 SDCLK MX MY
SDRAS SRLLB
-
-
SDCAS , SRLUB
SDWE , SRWR
ON ON OFF ON OFF
SDLLDQM SDLUDQM NDALE NDCLE SDCKE LCP LLP LFR LBCD
ON ON - OFF - ON - OFF
-
SPDO
SPCS
SPCLK LD0~LD3 LD4~LD6 LD7, BUSAK MLDALM
ON OFF ON
MLDALM , ALARM
KO0~KO7
OFF IDLE2/1:ON, ON - - STOP: output "H" IDLE2/1:ON, STOP: output "HZ" *1: Port having a pull-up/pull-down resistor.
- -
XT2
ON: The buffer is always turned on. OFF: The buffer is always turned off. -: Not applicable
92CA25-41
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.4
Interrupts
Interrupts are controlled by the CPU Interrupt mask register (bits12 to 14 of the status register) and by the built-in interrupt controller. The TMP92CA25 has a total of 49 interrupts divided into the following five types: Interrupts generated by CPU: 9 sources Software interrupts: 8 sources Illegal instruction interrupt: 1 source Internal interrupts: 33 sources Internal I/O interrupts: 25 sources Micro DMA transfer end interrupts: 8 sources External interrupts: 7 sources Interrupts on external pins (INT0 to INT5, INTKEY) A fixed individual interrupt vector number is assigned to each interrupt source. Any one of six levels of priority can also be assigned to each maskable interrupt. Non-maskable interrupts have a fixed priority level of 7, the highest level. When an interrupt is generated, the interrupt controller sends the priority of that interrupt to the CPU. When more than one interrupt is generated simultaneously, the interrupt controller sends the priority value of the interrupt with the highest priority to the CPU. (The highest priority level is 7, the level used for non-maskable interrupts.) The CPU compares the interrupt priority level which it receives with the value held in the CPU interrupt mask register . If the priority level of the interrupt is greater than or equal to the value in the interrupt mask register, the CPU accepts the interrupt. However, software interrupts and illegal instruction interrupts generated by the CPU are processed irrespective of the value in . The value in the interrupt mask register can be changed using the EI instruction (EI num sets to num). For example, the command EI 3 enables the acceptance of all non-maskable interrupts and of maskable interrupts whose priority level, as set in the interrupt controller, is 3 or higher. The commands EI and EI 0 enable the acceptance of all non-maskable interrupts and of maskable interrupts with a priority level of 1 or above (hence both are equivalent to the command EI 1). The DI instruction (sets to 7) is exactly equivalent to the EI 7 instruction. The DI instruction is used to disable all maskable interrupts (since the priority level for maskable interrupts ranges from 1 to 6). The EI instruction takes effect as soon as it is executed. In addition to the general purpose interrupt processing mode described above, there is also a micro DMA processing mode. In micro DMA mode the CPU automatically transfers data in one-byte, two-byte or four-byte blocks; this mode allows high-speed data transfer to and from internal and external memory and internal I/O ports. In addition, the TMP92CA25 also has a software start function in which micro DMA processing is requested in software rather than by an interrupt. Figure 3.4.1 is a flowchart showing overall interrupt processing.
92CA25-42
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Interrupt processing
Micro DMA soft start request
Interrupt specified by micro DMA start vector ?
YES
Clear interrupt request flag NO
Interrupt vector calue "V" read interrupt request F/F clear
Data transfer by micro DMA Micro DMA processing
General-purpose interrupt processing PUSH PC PUSH SR SR Level of accepted interrupt + 1 INTNEST INTNEST + 1 COUNT COUNT - 1
COUNT = 0 NO
YES
Clear vector register generating micro DMA transfer end interrupt (INTTC0 to 7)
PC (FFFF00H + V)
Interrupt processing program
RETI instruction POP SR POP PC INTNEST INTNEST - 1
End
Figure 3.4.1 Interrupt and Micro DMA Processing Sequence
92CA25-43
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.4.1 General-purpose Interrupt Processing
When the CPU accepts an interrupt, it usually performs the following sequence of operations. However, in the case of software interrupts and illegal instruction interrupts generated by the CPU, the CPU skips steps (1) and (3), and executes only steps (2), (4) and (5). (1) The CPU reads the interrupt vector from the interrupt controller. When more than one interrupt with the same priority level has been generated simultaneously, the interrupt controller generates an interrupt vector in accordance with the default priority and clears the interrupt requests. (The default priority is determined as follows: the smaller the vector value, the higher the priority.) (2) The CPU pushes the program counter (PC) and status register (SR) onto the top of the stack (pointed to by XSP). (3) The CPU sets the value of the CPU's interrupt mask register to the priority level for the accepted interrupt plus 1. However, if the priority level for the accepted interrupt is 7, the register's value is set to 7. (4) The CPU increments the interrupt nesting counter INTNEST by 1. (5) The CPU jumps to the address given by adding the contents of address FFFF00H + the interrupt vector, then starts the interrupt processing routine. On completion of interrupt processing, the RETI instruction is used to return control to the main routine. RETI restores the contents of the program counter and the status register from the stack and decrements the interrupt nesting counter INTNEST by 1. Non-maskable interrupts cannot be disabled by a user program. Maskable interrupts, however, can be enabled or disabled by a user program. A program can set the priority level for each interrupt source. (A priority level setting of 0 or 7 will disable an interrupt request.) If an interrupt request is received for an interrupt with a priority level equal to or greater than the value set in the CPU interrupt mask register , the CPU will accept the interrupt. The CPU interrupt mask register is then set to the value of the priority level for the accepted interrupt plus 1. If during interrupt processing, an interrupt is generated with a higher priority than the interrupt currently being processed, or if, during the processing of a non-maskable interrupt processing, a non-maskable interrupt request is generated from another source, the CPU will suspend the routine which it is currently executing and accept the new interrupt. When processing of the new interrupt has been completed, the CPU will resume processing of the suspended interrupt. If the CPU receives another interrupt request while performing processing steps (1) to (5), the new interrupt will be sampled immediately after execution of the first instruction of its interrupt processing routine. Specifying DI as the start instruction disables nesting of maskable interrupts. A reset initializes the interrupt mask register to 111, disabling all maskable interrupts. Table 3.4.1 shows the TMP92CA25 interrupt vectors and micro DMA start vectors. FFFF00H to FFFFFFH (256 bytes) is designated as the interrupt vector area.
92CA25-44
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 3.4.1 TMP92CA25 Interrupt Vectors and Micro DMA Start Vectors Default Priority
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 - 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Maskable Nonmaskable
Type
Interrupt Source and Source of Micro DMA Request
Reset or [SWI0] instruction [SWI1] instruction Illegal instruction or [SWI2] instruction [SWI3] instruction [SWI4] instruction [SWI5] instruction [SWI6] instruction [SWI7] instruction (Reserved) INTWD: Watchdog Timer Micro DMA INT0: INT0 pin input INT1: INT1 pin input INT2: INT2 pin input INT3: INT3 pin input INT4: INT4 pin input (TSI) INTALM0: ALM0 (8192 Hz) INTALM1: ALM1 (512 Hz) INTALM2: ALM2 (64 Hz) INTALM3: ALM3 (2 Hz) INTALM4: ALM4 (1 Hz) INTP0: Protect0 (Write to special SFR) (Reserved) INTTA0: 8-bit timer 0 INTTA1: 8-bit timer 1 INTTA2: 8-bit timer 2 INTTA3: 8-bit timer 3 INTTB0: 16-bit timer 0 INTTB1: 16-bit timer 0 INTKEY: Key-on wakeup INTRTC: RTC (Alarm interrupt) INTTBO0: 16-bit timer 0 (Overflow) INTLCD: LCDC/LP pin INTRX0: Serial receive (Channel 0) INTTX0: Serial transmission (Channel 0) (Reserved) (Reserved) (Reserved) (Reserved) INT5: INT5 pin input INTI2S: I S (Channel 0) INTNDF0 (NAND flash controller channel 0) INTNDF1 (NAND flash controller channel 1) INTSPI: SPIC INTSBI: SBI (Reserved) (Reserved) (Reserved) (Reserved) (Reserved) (Reserved)
2
Vector Value
0000H 0004H 0008H 000CH 0010H 0014H 0018H 001CH 0020H 0024H - 0028H 002CH 0030H 0034H 0038H 003CH 0040H 0044H 0048H 004CH 0050H 0054H 0058H 005CH 0060H 0064H 0068H 006CH 0070H 0074H 0078H 007CH 0080H 0084H 0088H 008CH 0090H 0094H 0098H 009CH 00A0H 00A4H 00A8H 00ACH 00B0H 00B4H 00B8H 00BCH 00C0H 00C4H
Micro Address Refer DMA Start to Vector Vector
FFFF00H FFFF04H FFFF08H FFFF0CH FFFF10H FFFF14H FFFF18H FFFF1CH FFFF20H FFFF24H - FFFF28H FFFF2CH FFFF30H FFFF34H FFFF38H FFFF3CH FFFF40H FFFF44H FFFF48H FFFF4CH FFFF50H FFFF54H FFFF58H FFFF5CH FFFF60H FFFF64H FFFF68H FFFF6CH FFFF70H FFFF74H FFFF78H FFFF7CH FFFF80H FFFF84H FFFF88H FFFF8CH FFFF90H FFFF94H FFFF98H FFFF9CH FFFFA0H FFFFA4H FFFFA8H FFFFACH FFFFB0H FFFFB4H FFFFB8H FFFFBCH FFFFC0H FFFFC4H - (Note1) 0AH (Note 2) 0BH 0CH 0DH 0EH 0FH 10H 11H 12H 13H 14H 15H 16H 17H 18H 19H 1AH 1BH 1CH 1DH 1EH 1FH 20H (Note 2) 21H 22H (Note 2) 23H 24H 25H 26H 27H 28H 29H 2AH 2BH 2CH 2DH 2EH 2FH 30H 31H
92CA25-45
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Interrupt Source and Source of Micro DMA Request
(Reserved) INTAD: AD conversion end INTTC0: Micro DMA end (Channel 0) INTTC1: Micro DMA end (Channel 1) INTTC2: Micro DMA end (Channel 2) INTTC3: Micro DMA end (Channel 3) Maskable INTTC4: Micro DMA end (Channel 4) INTTC5: Micro DMA end (Channel 5) INTTC6: Micro DMA end (Channel 6) INTTC7: Micro DMA end (Channel 7) (Reserved)
Default Priority
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 - to -
Type
Vector Value
00C8H 00CCH 00D0H 00D4H 00D8H 00DCH 00E0H 00E4H 00E8H 00ECH 00F0H : 00FCH
Micro Address Refer DMA Start to Vector Vector
FFFFC8H FFFFCCH FFFFD0H FFFFD4H FFFFD8H FFFFDCH FFFFE0H FFFFE4H FFFFE8H FFFFECH FFFFF0H : FFFFFCH 32H 33H 34H 35H 36H 37H 38H 39H 3AH 3BH - to -
Note 1: Micro DMA default priority. Micro DMA initiation takes priority over other maskable interrupts. Note 2: When initiating micro DMA, set at edge detect mode.
92CA25-46
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.4.2 Micro DMA Processing
In addition to general purpose interrupt processing, the TMP92CA25 also includes a micro DMA function. Micro DMA processing for interrupt requests set by micro DMA is performed at the highest priority level for maskable interrupts (level 6), regardless of the priority level of the interrupt source. Because the micro DMA function is implemented through the CPU, when the CPU is placed in a stand-by state by a Halt instruction, the requirements of the micro DMA will be ignored (pending). Micro DMA supports 8 channels and can be transferred continuously by specifying the micro DMA burst function as below.
Note: When using the micro DMA transfer end interrupt, always write "1" to bit 7 of SIMC register.
(1) Micro DMA operation When an interrupt request is generated by an interrupt source specified by the micro DMA start vector register, the micro DMA triggers a micro DMA request to the CPU at interrupt priority level 6 and starts processing the request. The eight micro DMA channels allow micro DMA processing to be set for up to eight types of interrupt at once. When micro DMA is accepted, the interrupt request flip-flop assigned to that channel is cleared. Data in one-byte, two-byte or four-byte blocks, is automatically transferred at once from the transfer source address to the transfer destination address set in the control register, and the transfer counter is decremented by 1. If the value of the counter after it has been decremented is not 0, DMA processing ends with no change in the value of the micro DMA start vector register. If the value of the decremented counter is 0, a micro DMA transfer end interrupt (INTTC0 to INTTC7) is sent from the CPU to the interrupt controller. In addition, the micro DMA start vector register is cleared to 0, the next micro DMA operation is disabled and micro DMA processing terminates. If micro DMA requests are set simultaneously for more than one channel, priority is not based on the interrupt priority level but on the channel number: the lower the channel number, the higher the priority (channel 0 thus has the highest priority and channel 7 the lowest). If an interrupt request is triggered for the interrupt source in use during the interval between the time at which the micro DMA start vector is cleared and the next setting, general purpose interrupt processing is performed at the interrupt level set. Therefore, if the interrupt is only being used to initiate micro DMA (and not as a general-purpose interrupt), the interrupt level should first be set to 0 (i.e., interrupt requests should be disabled). If micro DMA and general purpose interrupts are being used together as described above, the level of the interrupt which is being used to initiate micro DMA processing should first be set to a lower value than all the other interrupt levels. (Note) In this case, edge triggered interrupts are the only kinds of general interrupts which can be accepted.
Note: If the priority level of micro DMA is set higher than that of other interrupts, CPU operates as follows. In case INTxxx interrupt is generated first and then INTyyy interrupt is generated between checking "Interrupt specified by micro DMA start vector" (in the Figure 3.4.1) and reading interrupt vector with setting below. The vector shifts to that of INTyyy at the time. This is because the priority level of INTyyy is higher than that of INTxxx. In the interrupt routine, CPU reads the vector of INTyyy because cheking of micro DMA has finished. And INTyyy is generated regardless of transfer counter of micro DMA. INTxxx: level 1 without micro DMA INTyyy: level 6 with micro DMA
92CA25-47
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Although the control registers used for setting the transfer source and transfer destination addresses are 32 bits wide, this type of register can only output 24-bit addresses. Accordingly, micro DMA can only access 16 Mbytes (the upper eight bits of a 32-bit address are not valid). Three micro DMA transfer modes are supported: one-byte transfers, two-byte (one-word) transfer and four-byte transfer. After a transfer in any mode, the transfer source and transfer destination addresses will either be incremented or decremented, or will remain unchanged. This simplifies the transfer of data from memory to memory, from I/O to memory, from memory to I/O, and from I/O to I/O. For details of the various transfer modes, see section 3.4.2 (1), detailed description of the transfer mode register. Since a transfer counter is a 16-bit counter, up to 65536 micro DMA processing operations can be performed per interrupt source (provided that the transfer counter for the source is initially set to 0000H). Micro DMA processing can be initiated by any one of 34 different interrupts - the 33 interrupts shown in the micro DMA start vectors in Table 3.4.1 and a micro DMA soft start. Figure 3.4.2 shows a 2-byte transfer carried out using a micro DMA cycle in transfer destination address INC mode (micro DMA transfers are the same in every mode except counter mode). (The conditions for this cycle are as follows: Both source and destination memory are internal RAM and multiples by 4 numbered source and destination addresses.)
1 state
(1) fSYS A23 to A0
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
src
dst
Note: In fact, src and dst address are not output to A23 to A0 pins because they are internal RAM address.
Figure 3.4.2 Timing for Micro DMA Cycle State (1), (2): Instruction fetch cycle (Prefetches the next instruction code) State (3): State (4): State (5): Micro DMA read cycle Micro DMA write cycle (The same as in state (1), (2))
92CA25-48
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) Soft start function The TMP92CA25 can initiate micro DMA either with an interrupt or by using the micro DMA soft start function, in which micro DMA is initiated by a write cycle which writes to the register DMAR. Writing 1 to any bit of the register DMAR causes micro DMA to be performed once. (If write "0" to each bit, micro DMA doesn't operate). On completion of the transfer, the bits of DMAR which support the end channel are automatically cleared to 0. Only one channel can be set for DMA request at once. (Do not write "1" to plural bits.) When writing again 1 to the DMAR register, check whether the bit is "0" before writing "1". If read "1", micro DMA transfer isn't started yet. When a burst is specified by the DMAB register, data is transferred continuously from the initiation of micro DMA until the value in the micro DMA transfer counter is 0. If execatee soft start during micro DMA transfer by interrupt source, micro DMA transfer counter doesn't change. Don't use Read-modify-write instruction to avoid writign to other bits by mistake.
Symbol
Name
DMA Request
Address
109H (Prohibit RMW)
7
DREQ7 0
6
DREQ6 0
5
DREQ5 0
4
DREQ4 0 R/W
3
DREQ3 0
2
DREQ2 0
1
DREQ1 0
0
DREQ0 0
DMAR
1: DMA request in software
(3) Transfer control registers The transfer source address and the transfer destination address are set in the following registers. An instruction of the form LDC cr, r can be used to set these registers.
Channel 0 DMAS0 DMAD0 DMAC0 DMAM0 DMA source address register 0 DMA destination address register 0 DMA counter register 0 DMA mode register 0
Channel 7 DMAS7 DMAD7 DMAC7 DMAM7 8 bits 16 bits 32 bits DMA source address register 7 DMA destination address register 7 DMA counter register 7 DMA mode register 7
92CA25-49
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(4) Detailed description of the transfer mode register
0
0
0
Mode
DMAM0 to DMAM7
DMAMn[4:0] 000zz
Mode Description Destination INC mode (DMADn+) (DMASn) DMACn DMACn - 1 if DMACn = 0 then INTTCn Destination DEC mode (DMADn-) (DMASn) DMACn DMACn - 1 if DMACn = 0 then INTTCn Source INC mode (DMADn) (DMASn+) DMACn DMACn - 1 if DMACn = 0 then INTTCn Source DEC mode (DMADn) (DMASn-) DMACn DMACn - 1 if DMACn = 0 then INTTCn Source and destination INC mode (DMADn+) (DMASn+) DMACn DMACn - 1 If DMACn = 0 then INTTCn Source and destination DEC mode (DMADn-) (DMASn-) DMACn DMACn - 1 If DMACn = 0 then INTTCn Source and destination Fixed mode (DMADn) (DMASn) DMACn DMACn - 1 If DMACn = 0 then INTTCn Counter mode DMASn DMASn + 1 DMACn DMACn - 1 if DMACn = 0 then INTTCn
Execution State Number 5 states
001zz
5 states
010zz
5 states
011zz
5 states
100zz
6 states
101zz
6 states
110zz
5 states
11100
5 states
ZZ:
00 = 1-byte transfer 01 = 2-byte transfer 10 = 4-byte transfer 11 = (Reserved)
Note1: N stands for the micro DMA channel number (0 to 7) DMADn+/DMASn+: Post-increment (register value is incremented after transfer) DMADn-/DMASn-: Post-decrement (register value is decremented after transfer) "I/O" signifies fixed memory addresses; "memory" signifies incremented or decremented memory addresses. Note2: The transfer mode register should not be set to any value other than those listed above. Note3: The execution state number shows number of best case (1-state memory access).
92CA25-50
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.4.3 Interrupt Controller Operation
The block diagram in Figure 3.4.3 shows the interrupt circuits. The left hand side of the diagram shows the interrupt controller circuit. The right hand side shows the CPU interrupt request signal circuit and the halt release circuit. For each of the 52 interrupts channels there is an interrupt request flag (consisting of a flip-flop), an interrupt priority setting register and a micro DMA start vector register. The interrupt request flag latches interrupt requests from the peripherals. The flag is cleared to zero in the following cases: when a reset occurs, when the CPU reads the channel vector of an interrupt it has received, when the CPU receives a micro DMA request (when micro DMA is set), when a micro DMA burst transfer is terminated, and when an instruction that clears the interrupt for that channel is executed (by writing a micro DMA start vector to the INTCLR register). An interrupt priority can be set independently for each interrupt source by writing the priority to the interrupt priority setting register (e.g., INTE0AD or INTE12). 6 interrupt priorities levels (1 to 6) are provided. Setting an interrupt source's priority level to 0 (or 7) disables interrupt requests from that source. The priority of non-maskable interrupt (watchdog timer interrupts) is fixed at 7. If more than one interrupt request with a given priority level are generated simultaneously, the default priority (the interrupt with the lowest priority or, in other words, the interrupt with the lowest vector value) is used to determine which interrupt request is accepted first. The 3rd and 7th bit of the interrupt priority setting register indicate the state of the interrupt request flag and thus whether an interrupt request for a given channel has occurred. If several interrupts are generated simultaneously, the interrupt controller sends the interrupt request for the interrupt with the highest priority and the interrupt's vector address to the CPU. The CPU compares the mask value set in of the status register (SR) with the priority level of the requested interrupt; if the latter is higher, the interrupt is accepted. Then the CPU sets SR to the priority level of the accepted interrupt + 1. Hence, during processing of the accepted interrupt, new interrupt requests with a priority value equal to or higher than the value set in SR (e.g., interrupts with a priority higher than the interrupt being processed) will be accepted. When interrupt processing has been completed (e.g., after execution of a RETI instruction), the CPU restores to SR the priority value which was saved on the stack before the interrupt was generated. The interrupt controller also includes eight registers which are used to store the micro DMA start vector. Writing the start vector of the interrupt source for the micro DMA processing (see Table 3.4.1), enables the corresponding interrupts to be processed by micro DMA processing. The values must be set in the micro DMA parameter registers (e.g., DMAS and DMAD) prior to micro DMA processing.
92CA25-51
2007-02-28
Interrupt controller Interrupt request F/F S R
V = 20H V = 24H
CPU 1
Q Interrupt mask F/F RESET
Interrupt request
RESET interrupt vector read Decoder Priority encoder signal to CPU IFF2 to 0 3 3 INTRQ2 to 0 3 Interrupt level detect 1 7 6 6
A B C
INTWD
Priority setting register D Q CLR Interrupt request F/F Dn + 3 Interrupt request F/F 45
Interrupt vector generator
Dn
Dn + 1
EI 1 to 7 DI Interrupt request signal
Dn + 2
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 If INTRQ2 to 0 IFF 2 to 0 then 1.
INT0
Reset
SQ R D0 D1 Interrupt vector read Micro DMA acknowledge D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
1 A 2 Highest priority B 3 interrupt 4 level select C 5 6 7
INT1 INT2 INT3 INT4 INTALM0 INTALM1 INTALM2 INTALM3 INTALM4
V = 28H V = 2CH V = 30H V = 34H V = 38H V = 3CH V = 40H V = 44H V = 48H V = 4CH
During IDLE1 During STOP
Figure 3.4.3 Block Diagram of Interrupt Controller
Interrupt vector read
V = D0H V = D4H V = D8H V = DCH V = E0H V = E4H V = E8H V = ECH
92CA25-52
8 input OR Soft start 8 51 S
Selector
Halt release
Micro DMA counter 0 interrupt
RESET INT01 to INT4, INTKEY,INTRTC, INTALM
Micro DMA request
INTTC0 INTTC1 INTTC2 INTTC3 INTTC4 INTTC5 INTTC6 INTTC7
Micro DMA start vector setting register
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
DQ CLR 6
INTTC0 DMA0V DMA1V : DMA7V
if IFF = 7 then 0 3 3
RESET
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A B C Micro DMA channel priority decoder
Micro DMA channel specification
TMP92CA25
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(1) Interrupt level setting registers Symbol Name
INT0 & INTAD enable INT1 INTE12 & INT2 enable INT3 INTE34 & INT4 enable INT5 INTE5I2S & INTI2S enable INTTA0 INTETA01 & INTTA1 enable INTTA2 INTETA23 & INTTA3 enable INTTB0 INTETB01 & INTTB1 enable INTTBO0
INTETBO0
Address
7
IADC R 0 I2C R 0 I4C R 0 II2SC R 0 ITA1C R 0 ITA3C R 0 ITB1C R 0 -
6
INTAD IADM2 0 INT2 I2M2 0 INT4 I4M2 0 INTI2S II2SM2 0 ITA1M2 0 ITA3M2 0 ITB1M2 0 - -
5
IADM1 R/W 0 I2M1 R/W 0 I4M1 R/W 0 II2SM1 R/W 0 ITA1M1 R/W 0 ITA3M1 R/W 0 ITB1M1 R/W 0 -
4
IADM0 0 I2M0 0 I4M0 0 II2SM0 0 ITA1M0 0 ITA3M0 0 ITB1M0 0 -
3
I0C R 0 I1C R 0 I3C R 0 I5C R 0 ITA0C R 0 ITA2C R 0 ITB0C R 0
ITBO0C
2
INT0 I0M2 0 INT1 I1M2 0 INT3 I3M2 0 INT5 I5M2 0 ITA0M2 0 ITA2M2 0 ITB0M2 0 INTTBO0
ITBO0M2
1
I0M1 R/W 0 I1M1 R/W 0 I3M1 R/W 0 I5M1 R/W 0 ITA0M1 R/W 0 ITA2M1 R/W 0 ITB0M1 R/W 0
ITBO0M1
0
I0M0 0 I1M0 0 I3M0 0 I5M0 0 ITA0M0 0 ITA2M0 0 ITB0M0 0
ITBO0M0
INTE0AD
F0H
D0H
D1H
EBH
INTTA1 (TMRA1) D4H
INTTA0 (TMRA0)
INTTA3 (TMRA3) D5H
INTTA2 (TMRA2)
INTTB1 (TMRB1) D8H
INTTB0 (TMRB0)
(Overflow) enable
DAH
R Note: Always write 0 0 ITX0M0 0 ITX1M0 0 IA1M0 0 IA3M0 0 IA0C R 0 IA2C R 0 0 0 IRX0C R 0 - 0 - - 0 INTTX0
R/W 0 INTRX0 IRX0M2 IRX0M1 R/W 0 - 0 - IRX0M0 0
INTRX0 INTES0 & INTTX0 enable DBH ITX0C R 0 ITX1C R 0 INTALM0 & INTALM1 enable IA1C R 0 INTALM2 & INTALM3 enable IA3C R 0 0 0 0 0
ITX0M2
ITX0M1 R/W 0
INTTX1 INTESPI INTSPI enable E0H ITX1M2 ITX1M1 R/W 0 INTALM1
INTEALM01
Note: Always write 0 INTALM0 IA0M2 IA0M1 R/W 0 INTALM2 IA2M2 IA2M1 R/W 0 0 IA2M0 0 IA0M0
E5H
IA1M2
IA1M1 R/W 0
INTALM3
INTEALM23
E6H
IA3M2
IA3M1 R/W 0
92CA25-53
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Symbol
Name
INTALM4 enable
Address
7
-
6
- -
5
-
4
-
3
IA4C R 0
2
INTALM4 IA4M2 0 INTRTC IRM2 0 INTKEY IKM2 0 INTLCD ILCDM2 0 INTNDF0 IN0M2 0 INTP0 IP0M2 0
1
IA4M1 R/W 0 IRM1 R/W 0 IKM1 R/W 0 ILCDM1 R/W 0 IN0M1 R/W 0 IP0M1 R/W 0
0
IA4M0 0 IRM0 0 IKM0 0 ILCDM0 0 IN0M0 0 IP0M0 0
INTEALM4
E7H
Note: Always write 0 - INTERTC INTRTC enable E8H - - - -
IRC R 0
Note: Always write 0 - INTEKEY INTKEY enable E9H - - - -
IKC R 0
Note: Always write 0 - INTELCD INTLCD enable EAH - - - -
ILCD1C R 0
Note: Always write 0 INTNDF0 & INTNDF1 enable INTNDF1 ECH IN1C R 0 - 0 - INTEP0 INTP0 enable EEH - - - IN1M2 IN1M1 R/W 0 0 IN1M0
INTEND01
IN0C R 0 IP0C R 0
Note: Always write 0
lxxM2
0 0 0 0 Interrupt request flag 1 1 1 1
lxxM1
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
lxxM0
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Function (Write)
Disables interrupt requests Sets interrupt priority level to 1 Sets interrupt priority level to 2 Sets interrupt priority level to 3 Sets interrupt priority level to 4 Sets interrupt priority level to 5 Sets interrupt priority level to 6 Disables interrupt requests
92CA25-54
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Symbol
Name
INTTC0 & INTTC1 enable INTTC2 & INTTC3 enable INTTC4 & INTTC5 enable INTTC6 & INTTC7 enable
Address
7
ITC1C R 0 ITC3C R 0 ITC5C R 0 ITC7C R 0
6
ITC1M2 0 ITC3M2 0 ITC5M2 0 ITC7M2 0 - -
5
ITC1M1 R/W 0 ITC3M1 R/W 0 ITC5M1 R/W 0 ITC7M1 R/W 0 -
4
ITC1M0 0 ITC3M0 0 ITC5M0 0 ITC7M0 0 -
3
ITC0C R 0 ITC2C R 0 ITC4C R 0 ITC6C R 0 ITCWD R 0
2
ITC0M2 0 ITC2M2 0 ITC4M2 0 ITC6M2 0 INTWD - -
1
ITC0M1 R/W 0 ITC2M1 R/W 0 ITC4M1 R/W 0 ITC6M1 R/W 0 - -
0
ITC0M0 0 ITC2M0 0 ITC4M0 0 ITC6M0 0 - -
INTTC1 (DMA1) F1H
INTTC0 (DMA0)
INTETC01
INTTC3 (DMA3) F2H
INTTC2 (DMA2)
INTETC23
INTTC5 (DMA5) F3H
INTTC4 (DMA4)
INTETC45
INTTC7 (DMA7) INTETC67 F4H
INTTC6 (DMA6)
INTWDT
INTWD enable
F7H
-
Note: Always write 0
lxxM2
0 0 0 0 Interrupt request flag 1 1 1 1
lxxM1
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
lxxM0
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Function (Write)
Disables interrupt requests Sets interrupt priority level to 1 Sets interrupt priority level to 2 Sets interrupt priority level to 3 Sets interrupt priority level to 4 Sets interrupt priority level to 5 Sets interrupt priority level to 6 Disables interrupt requests
92CA25-55
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) External interrupt control Symbol Name Address 7
I5EDGE 0 F6H
6
I4EDGE 0
5
I3EDGE W 0
4
I2EDGE 0
3
I1EDGE 0
2
I0EDGE 0
1
I0LE R/W 0
0
- 0 Always write "0"
IIMC
Interrupt input mode control
INT5EDGE INT4EDGE INT3EDGE INT2EDGE INT1EDGE INT0EDGE 0: INT0 (Prohibit edge 0: Rising 0: Rising 0: Rising 0: Rising 0: Rising 0: Rising RMW) mode 1: Falling 1: Falling 1: Falling 1: Falling 1: Falling 1: Falling 1: INT0 level mode
*INT0 level enable 0 Edge detect INT 1 "H" level INT Note 1: Disable INT0 request before changing INT0 pin mode from level sense to edge sense.
Setting example: DI LD LD NOP NOP NOP EI
(IIMC), XXXXXX00B ; Switches from level to edge. (INTCLR), 0AH ; Clears interrupt request flag. ; Wait EI execution
X: Don't care, -: No change.
Note 2: See electrical characteristics in section 4 for external interrupt input pulse width. Settings of External Interrupt Pin Function Interrupt Pin Name Mode
Rising edge INT0 PC0 Falling edge High level Rising edge INT1 PC1 Falling edge Rising edge INT2 PC2 Falling edge Rising edge INT3 PC3 Falling edge Rising edge INT4 P96 Falling edge Rising edge INT5 P97 Falling edge = 0, = 0 = 0, = 1 = 1 = 0 = 1 = 0 = 1 = 0 = 1 = 0 = 1 = 0 = 1
Setting Method
92CA25-56
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) SIO receive interrupt control Symbol Name Address 7
- W SIO SIMC interrupt mode control F5H (Prohibit RMW) 0 Always write "0" (Note) 1 Always write "0"
6
5
4
3
2
1
- W
0
IR0LE 1 0: INTRX0 edge mode 1: INTRX0 level mode
Note: When using the micro DMA transfer end interrupt, always write "1".
INTRX0 rising edge enable 0 Edge detect INTRX0 1 "H" level INTRX0
92CA25-57
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(4) Interrupt request flag clear register The interrupt request flag is cleared by writing the appropriate micro DMA start vector, as given in Table 3.4.1, to the register INTCLR. For example, to clear the interrupt flag INT0, perform the following register operation after execution of the DI instruction. INTCLR 0AH Symbol Name
Interrupt clear control
Clears interrupt request flag INT0. 6
CLRV6 0
Address
F8H (Prohibit RMW)
7
CLRV7
5
CLRV5 0
4
CLRV4 W 0
3
CLRV3 0
2
CLRV2 0
1
CLRV1 0
0
CLRV0 0
INTCLR
0
Interrupt vector
(5) Micro DMA start vector registers These registers assign micro DMA processing to sets which source corresponds to DMA. The interrupt source whose micro DMA start vector value matches the vector set in one of these registers is designated as the micro DMA start source. When the micro DMA transfer counter value reaches zero, the micro DMA transfer end interrupt corresponding to the channel is sent to the interrupt controller, the micro DMA start vector register is cleared, and the micro DMA start source for the channel is cleared. Therefore, in order for micro DMA processing to continue, the micro DMA start vector register must be set again during processing of the micro DMA transfer end interrupt. If the same vector is set in the micro DMA start vector registers of more than one channel, the lowest numbered channel takes priority. Accordingly, if the same vector is set in the micro DMA start vector registers for two different channels, the interrupt generated on the lower numbered channel is executed until micro DMA transfer is complete. If the micro DMA start vector for this channel has not been set in the channel's micro DMA start vector register again, micro DMA transfer for the higher-numbered channel will be commenced. (This process is known as micro DMA chaining.)
92CA25-58
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Symbol
Name
DMA0
Address
7
6
5
DMA0V5
4
DMA0V4 0 DMA1V4 0 DMA2V4 0 DMA3V4 0 DMA4V4 0 DMA5V4 0 DMA6V4 0 DMA7V4 0
3
DMA0V3 0 DMA1V3 0 DMA2V3 0 DMA3V3 0 DMA4V3 0 DMA5V3 0 DMA6V3 0 DMA7V3 0 R/W
2
DMA0V2 0 DMA1V2 0 DMA2V2 0 DMA3V2 0 DMA4V2 0 DMA5V2 0 DMA6V2 0 DMA7V2 0
1
DMA0V1 0 DMA1V1 0 DMA2V1 0 DMA3V1 0 DMA4V1 0 DMA5V1 0 DMA6V1 0 DMA7V1 0
0
DMA0V0 0 DMA1V0 0 DMA2V0 0 DMA3V0 0 DMA4V0 0 DMA5V0 0 DMA6V0 0 DMA7V0 0
DMA0V
start vector
100H 0 DMA1V5 101H 0 DMA2V5 102H 0 DMA3V5 103H 0 DMA4V5 104H 0 DMA5V5 105H 0 DMA6V5 106H 0 DMA7V5 107H 0
DMA0 start vector DMA1 DMA1V start vector R/W DMA1 start vector DMA2 DMA2V start vector R/W DMA2 start vector DMA3 DMA3V start vector R/W DMA3 start vector DMA4 DMA4V start vector R/W DMA4 start vector DMA5 DMA5V start vector R/W DMA5 start vector DMA6 DMA6V start vector R/W DMA6 start vector DMA7 DMA7V start vector R/W DMA7 start vector
92CA25-59
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(6) Specification of a micro DMA burst Specifying the micro DMA burst function causes micro DMA transfer, once started, to continue until the value in the transfer counter register reaches zero. Setting any of the bits in the register DMAB which correspond to a micro DMA channel (as shown below) to 1 specifies that any micro DMA transfer on that channel will be a burst transfer. Symbol Name
DMA burst
Address
7
DBST7
6
DBST6 0
5
DBST5 0
4
DBST4 R/W 0
3
DBST3 0
2
DBST2 0
1
DBST1 0
0
DBST0 0
DMAB
108H 0
1: DMA burst request
92CA25-60
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(7) Notes The instruction execution unit and the bus interface unit in this CPU operate independently. Therefore, immediately before an interrupt is generated, if the CPU fetches an instruction which clears the corresponding interrupt request flag, the CPU may execute this instruction in between accepting the interrupt and reading the interrupt vector. In this case, the CPU will read the default vector 0004H and jump to interrupt vector address FFFF04H. To avoid this, an instruction which clears an interrupt request flag should always be placed after a DI instruction. And in the case of setting an interrupt enable again by EI instruction after the execution of clearing instruction, execute EI instruction after clearing and more than 3-instructions (e.g., "NOP" x 3 times). If it placed EI instruction without waiting NOP instruction after execution of clearing instruction, interrupt will be enabled before request flag is cleared. In the case of changing the value of the interrupt mask register by execution of POP SR instruction, disable an interrupt by DI instruction before execution of POP SR instruction. In addition, please note that the following two circuits are exceptional and demand special attention.
INT0 level mode
In level mode INT0 is not an edge triggered interrupt. Hence, in level mode the interrupt request flip-flop for INT0 does not function. The peripheral interrupt request passes through the S input of the flip-flop and becomes the Q output. If the interrupt input mode is changed from edge mode to level mode, the interrupt request flag is cleared automatically. If the CPU enters the interrupt response sequence as a result of INT0 going from 0 to 1, INT0 must then be held at 1 until the interrupt response sequence has been completed. If INT0 is set to level mode so as to release a halt state, INT0 must be held at 1 from the time INT0 changes from 0 to 1 until the halt state is released. (Hence, it is necessary to ensure that input noise is not interpreted as a 0, causing INT0 to revert to 0 before the halt state has been released.) When the mode changes from level mode to edge mode, interrupt request flags which were set in level mode will not be cleared. Interrupt request flags must be cleared using the following sequence. DI LD (IIMC), 00H NOP NOP NOP EI ; Switches from level to edge. ; Wait EI execution LD (INTCLR), 0AH ; Clears interrupt request flag.
INTRX
In level mode (the register SIMC set to "0"), the interrupt request flip-flop can only be cleared by a reset or by reading the serial channel receive buffer. It cannot be cleared by writing INTCLR register.
Note:
The following instructions or pin input state changes are equivalent to instructions which clear the interrupt request flag.
INT0: Instructions which switch to level mode after an interrupt request has been generated in edge mode. The pin input changes from high to low after an interrupt request has been generated in level mode. ("H" "L") INTRX: Instructions which read the receive buffer. INTRX: Instructions which read the receive buffer.
92CA25-61
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.5
Function of Ports
The TMP92CA25 I/O port pins are shown in Table 3.5.1 and Table 3.5.2. In addition to functioning as general-purpose I/O ports, these pins are also used by the internal CPU and I/O functions. Table 3.5.3 to Table 3.5.5 list the I/O registers and their specifications. Table 3.5.1 Port Functions (1/2) (R: PD = with programmable pull-down resistor, U = with pull-up resistor)
Port Name
Port 1 Port 6 Port 7
Pin Name
P10 to P17 P60 to P67 P70 P71 P72 P73 P74 P75 P76
Number of Pins
8 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
I/O
I/O I/O Output I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O
R
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I/O Setting
Bit Bit (Fixed) Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit
Pin Name for Built-in Function
D8 to D15 A16 to A23
RD
WRLL , NDRE
WRLU , NDWE
EA24 EA25 R/ W , NDR/ B
WAIT CS0 CS1 , SDCS CS2 , CSZA CS3 CSZB , WRUL , ND0CE CSZC , WRUU , ND1CE CSZD CSZE
Bit (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit (Fixed)
Port 8
P80 P81 P82 P83 P84 P85 P86 P87
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O Output Input Input Input I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O Output
- -
- - - - - -
Port 9
P90 P91 P92 P93 P94 P95 P96 P97
TXD0, I2SCKO RXD0, I2SDO SCLK0, CTS0 , I2SWS SDA SCL CLK32KO INT4, PX INT5, PY KI0 to KI7 INT0, TA1OUT INT1, TA3OUT INT2, TB0OUT0 INT3
PD
-
Port A Port C
PA0 to PA7 PC0 PC1 PC2 PC3 PC4 PC5 PC6 PC7
U
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
KO8, EA24
CSZF , EA25
Port F
PF0 PF1 PF2 PF3 PF4 PF5 PF6 PF7
TXD0 RXD0 SCLK0, CTS0
SDCLK
92CA25-62
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 3.5.2 Port Functions (2/2) (R: PD = with programmable pull-down resistor, U = with pull-up resistor) Port Name
Port G
Pin Name
PG0 to PG1 PG2 PG3
Number of Pins
2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 2 1 1 1 1 8
I/O
Input Input Input Output Output Output Output Output I/O I/O Output Output Output Output Output I/O I/O I/O I/O Output I/O I/O I/O Output Output I/O
R
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I/O Setting
(Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) Bit Bit (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) Bit Bit Bit Bit (Fixed) Bit Bit Bit (Fixed) (Fixed) Bit
Pin Name for Built-in Function
AN0 to AN1 AN2, MX AN3, ADTRG , MY
SDRAS , SRLLB SDCAS , SRLUB SDWE , SRWR
Port J
PJ0 PJ1 PJ2 PJ3 PJ4 PJ5 PJ6 PJ7
SDLLDQM SDLUDQM NDALE NDCLE SDCKE LCP0 LLP LFR LBCD SPDI SPDO
SPCS
Port K
PK0 PK1 PK2 PK3 PK4 PK5 PK6 PK7
SPCLK LD0 to LD3 LD4 to LD5 LD6, BUSRQ LD7, BUSAK MLDALM
ALARM , MLDALM
Port L
PL0 to PL3 PL4 to PL5 PL6 PL7
Port M Port N
PM1 PM2 PN0 to PN7
KO0 to KO7
92CA25-63
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 3.5.3 I/O Registers and Specifications (1/3)
X: Don't care
Port
Port 1
Pin Name
P10 to P17 Input port Output port
Specification
I/O Register Pn
X X X X X X X X X X 1 0 1 0 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X None 0 1 X 1 0 None 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0
PnCR
0 1 X
PnFC PnFC2
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 X 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 None None None
D8 to D15 bus A0 to A7 output Port 6 P60 to P67 Input port Output port A16 to A23 output Port 7 P70 to P76 P71 to P76 P70 P71 Output port Input port
RD output
WRLL output NDRE output
P72
WRLU output NDWE output
P73 P74 P75 P76 Port 8 P80 to P87 P80 P81 P82 P83 P84 P85 P86 P87
EA24 output EA25 output R/ W output NDR/ B input
WAIT input
Output Port
CS0 output CS1 output SDCS output CS2 output CSZA Output CS3 output CSZB output ND0CE output CSZC output ND1CE output CSZD output CSZE output
92CA25-64
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 3.5.4 I/O Registers and Specifications (2/3)
X: Don't care
Port
Port 9
Pin Name
P90 to P94, P96 to P97 P90 to P94 P95 P90 Input port Output port
Specification Pn
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X None X X X X X X X X X X 0 X 0 X X X X X X X X
I/O Register PnCR
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 None None None 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 None
PnFC PnFC2
0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 None 0 0 1 None None None None None None None 0 1 0 1 None None 1 0
TXD0 output I2SCKO output TXD0 output (Open drain)
P91
RXD0 input I2SDO output
P92
SCLK0 output I2SWS output SCLK0, CTS0 input (Note1)
P93
SDA I/O SDA I/O (Open drain)
P94
SCL I/O SCL I/O (Open drain)
P95 P96 P97 Port A Port C PA0 to PA7 PC0 to PC3 PC6 to PC7 PC0 PC1 PC2
CLK32KO output INT4 input INT5 input Input port KI0 to KI7 input Input port Output port INT0 input TA1OUT output INT1 input TA3OUT output INT2 input TB0OUT0 output
PC3 PC6 PC7 Port F PF0 to PF6 PF0 toPF7 PF0 PF1 PF2 PF7
INT3 input KO8 output (Open drain) EA24 output
CSZF output
EA25 output Input port Output port TXD0 output TXD0 output (Open drain) RXD0 input SCLK0 output SCLK0, CTS0 input SDCLK output
Note:
To use P92-pin as SCLK0 input or CTS0 input, set "1" to PF
92CA25-65
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 3.5.5 I/O Registers and Specifications (3/3)
X: Don't care
Port
Port G
Pin Name
PG0 to PG3 PG3 PG2 PG3 Input port
Specification
I/O Register Pn PnCR PnFC PnFC2
AN0 to AN3 input
ADTRG input
X
None
None
None
MX output MY output Output port Input port
SDRAS , SRLLB output SDCAS , SRLUB output SDWE , SRWR output
Port J
PJ0 to PJ7 PJ5 to PJ6 PJ0 PJ1 PJ2 PJ3 PJ4 PJ5 PJ6 PJ7
X X X X X X 1 0 0 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 0 1 X X X
1 0
0 0 1 1
None
1 1 1
SDLLDQM output SDLUDQM output NDALE output NDCLE output SDCKE output Input port Output port Output port LCP0 output LLP output LFR output LBCD output SPDI input SPDO output
SPCS output
None
1 1 None 0 None 1
1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 None None None
Port K
PK4 to PK7 PK0 to PK3 PK4 to PK7 PK0 PK1 PK2 PK3 PK4 PK5 PK6 PK7
None
0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1
SPCLK output Input Port Output Port LD0 to LD7 output
BUSRQ input
Port L
PL4 to PL7 PL0 to PL7 PL0 to PL7 PL6 PL7
BUSAK output
Port M
PM1 to PM2 PM1 PM2
Output Port MLDALM output
MLDALM output ALARM output
None
1 1 1 0 0 1
None
Port N
PN0 to PN7
Input Port Output Port (CMOS output) KO output (Open drain output)
0 1 1
None
92CA25-66
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.5.1 Port 1 (P10 to P17)
Port 1 is an 8-bit general-purpose I/O port. Bits can be individually set as either inputs or outputs by control register P1CR and function register P1FC. In addition to functioning as a general-purpose I/O port, port1 can also function as a data bus (D8 to D15). AM1
0 0 1 1
AM0
0 1 0 1
Function Setting after Reset is Released
Don't use this setting Data bus (D8 to D15) Data bus (D8 to D15) Input port
P1CR register
P1FC register External write enable P1 register
S 0 D8 to D15 S Port read data 1 0 Selector 1 Selector P10 to P17 (D8 to D15)
D8 to D15 External read enable
Figure 3.5.1 Port 1
92CA25-67
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Port 1 register 7
P1 (0004H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset P17
6
P16
5
P15
4
P14 R/W
3
P13
2
P12
1
P11
0
P10
Data from external port (Output latch register is cleared to "0")
Port 1 Control register 7
P1CR (0006H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 P17C
6
P16C
5
P15C
4
P14C W
3
P13C 0
2
P12C 0
1
P11C 0
0
P10C 0
0: Input 1: Output
Port 1 Function register 7
P1FC (0007H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P1F W 0/1 Note 2 0: Port 1: Data bus (D8 to D15)
Port 1 Drive register 7
P1DR (0081H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1 1 1 P17D
6
P16D
5
P15D
4
P14D W
3
P13D 1
2
P12D 1
1
P11D 1
0
P10D 1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode
Note1: Read-modify-write is prohibited for P1CR and P1FC. Note2: It is set to "Port" or "Data bus" by AM pin setting.
Figure 3.5.2 Register for Port 1
92CA25-68
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.5.2 A0 to A7
A0 to A7 pin function is Address bus function only. Driver register is following register.
Port 4 Drive register 7
P4DR (0084H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1 1 1 P57D
6
P56D
5
P55D
4
P54D W
3
P53D 1
2
P52D 1
1
P51D 1
0
P50D 1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode
Figure 3.5.3 Driver register for A0 to A7
3.5.3
A8 to A15
A8 to A15 pin function is Address bus function only. Driver register is following register.
Port 5 Drive register 7
P5DR (0085H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1 1 1 P57D
6
P56D
5
P55D
4
P54D W
3
P53D 1
2
P52D 1
1
P51D 1
0
P50D 1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode
Figure 3.5.4 Drive register for A8 to A15
92CA25-69
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.5.4 Port 6 (P60 to P67)
Port 6 is an 8-bit general-purpose I/O port. Bits can be individually set as either inputs or outputs by control register P6CR and function register P6FC. In addition to functioning as a general-purpose I/O port, port 6 can also function as an address bus (A16 to A23). AM1
0 0 1 1
AM0
0 1 0 1 P6CR register
Function Setting after Reset is Released
Don't use this setting Address bus (A16 to A23) Address bus (A16 to A23) Input port
P6FC register (Reserved) P6 register
S 0 A16 to A23 S Port read data 1 0 Selector 1 Selector P60 to P67 (A16 to A23)
Figure 3.5.5 Port 6
92CA25-70
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Port 6 register 7
P6 (0018H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset P67
6
P66
5
P65
4
P64 R/W
3
P63
2
P62
1
P61
0
P60
Data from external port (Output latch register is cleared to "0")
Port 6 Control register 7
P6CR (001AH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 P67C
6
P66C
5
P65C
4
P64C W
3
P63C 0
2
P62C 0
1
P61C 0
0
P60C 0
0: Input 1: Output
Port 6 Function register 7
P6FC (001BH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Note 2 Function 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 P67F
6
P66F
5
P65F
4
P64F W
3
P63F
2
P62F
1
P61F
0
P60F
0/1
0/1
0/1
0/1
0: Port 1: Address bus (A16 to A23)
Port 6 Drive register 7
P6DR (0086H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1 1 1 P67D
6
P66D
5
P65D
4
P64D W
3
P63D 1
2
P62D 1
1
P61D 1
0
P60D 1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode
Note 1: Read-modify-write is prohibited for P6CR and P6FC. Note 2: It is set to "Port" or "Address bus" by AM pin setting.
Figure 3.5.6 Register for Port 6
92CA25-71
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.5.5 Port 7 (P70 to P76)
Port 7 is a 7-bit general-purpose I/O port (P70 is used for output only). Bits can be individually set as either inputs or outputs by control register P7CR and function register P7FC. In addition to functioning as a general-purpose I/O port, P70 to P76 pins can also function as interface pins for external memory. A reset initializes P70 pin to output port mode, and P71to P76 pin to input port mode. AM1
0 0 1 1
AM0
0 1 0 1
Function Setting after Reset is Released
Don't use this setting RD pin RD pin P70 output port
P7FC register
P7 register 0
RD
S P70( RD ) 1 Selector
Port read data
P7CR register P7FC register S 0 S
NDRE , NDWE WRLL , WRLU
P7 register
0 1 S 1 0 Selector
1 Selector
P71 ( WRLL , NDRE ) P72 ( WRLU , NDWE )
Port read data
Figure 3.5.7 Port 7
92CA25-72
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
P7CR register P7FC register S 0 1 Selector S Port read data 1 0 Selector P73 (EA24) P74 (EA25)
P7 register EA24, EA25
P7CR register P7FC register S 0 1 Selector S Port read data 1 0 NDR/ B P75 (R/ W , NDR/ B )
P7 register R/ W
P7CR register P7FC register
P7 register
P76 ( WAIT )
Port read data
WAIT
Figure 3.5.8 Port 7
92CA25-73
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Port 7 register 7
P7 (001CH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Data from external port (Output latch register is set to "1")
6
P76
5
P75
4
P74
3
P73 R/W
2
P72
1
P71
0
P70
Data from external port (Output latch register is set to "0")
Data from external port (Output latch register is set to "1")
1
Port 7 Control register 7
P7CR (001EH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0
6
P76C
5
P75C
4
P74C W
3
P73C 0
2
P72C 0
1
P71C 0
0
0: Input 1: Output
Port 7 Function register 7
P7FC (001FH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0: Input port 1: WAIT 0 0
6
P76F
5
P75F
4
P74F
3
P73F W 0 Refer to following table
2
P72F 0
1
P71F 0
0
P70F 0/1 Note 2 0: port 1: RD
Port 7 Drive register 7
P7DR (0087H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function P73 Setting 0 1 P76 Setting 0 0 Input port 1 Output port 0 Input port (Reserved) 1 Output port EA24 output P72 Setting 0 0 Input port 1 Output port
NDWE output (at = 0) WRLH output (at = 1)
6
P76D 1
5
P75D 1
4
P94D 1
3
P73D R/W 1
2
P72D 1
1
P71D 1
0
P70D 1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode P71 Setting 0 0 Input port 1 Output port
NDRE output at ( = 0) WRLL output (at = 1)
1 P75 Setting 0 1
(Reserved)
1 P74 Setting
(Reserved)
0 Input port NDR/ B input (at = 1)
1 Output port R/ W output
0
0 Input port
1 Output port
1
WAIT input
(Reserved)
1
(Reserved)
EA25 output
Note 1: Read-modify-write is prohibited for P7CR and P7FC. Note 2: It is set to "Port" or " RD " by AM pin setting. Note 3: When NDRE and NDWE are used, set registers in the following order to avoid outputting a negative glitch.
Order (1) (2) (3)
Register P7 P7FC P7CR
Bit2 0 1 1
Bit1 0 1 1 Figure 3.5.9 Register for Port 7
92CA25-74
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.5.6 Port 8 (P80 to P87)
Ports 80 to 87 are 8-bit output ports. Resetting sets the output latch of P82 to "0" and the output latches of P80 to P81, P83 to P87 to "1". Port 8 can also be set to function as an interface pin for external memory using function register P8FC. Writing "1" in the corresponding bit of P8FC and P8FC2 enables the respective functions. Resetting to of P8FC to "0" and P8FC2 to "0", sets all bits to output ports.
Reset
Function control 2 P8FC2 write
Internal data bus
Function contol P8FC write
Ouptut latch
Selector
P8 write
P80 ( CS0 ) P81 ( CS1 , SDCS ) P82 ( CS2 , CSZA ) P83 ( CS3 ) P84 ( CSZB , ND0CE ) P85 ( CSZC , ND1CE ) P86 ( CSZD ) P87 ( CSZE )
P8 read
"1", "1", "1", "1", ND0CE , ND1CE , "1", "1", "1", SDCS , CSZA , "1"
CS0 , CS1 , CS2 , CS3 , CSZB , CSZC , CSZD , CSZE
Figure 3.5.10 Port 8
92CA25-75
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Port 8 Register 7
P8 (0020H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset 1 1 1 1 P87
6
P86
5
P85
4
P84 R/W
3
P83 1
2
P82 0
1
P81 1
0
P80 1
Port 8 Function Register 7
P8FC (0023H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0: Port 1: CSZE 0 0: Port 1: CSZD 0 Refer to following table 0 Refer to following table P87F
6
P86F
5
P85F
4
P84F W
3
P83F 0 0: Port 1: CS3
2
P82F 0 Refer to following table
1
P81F 0 0: Port 1: CS1
0
P80F 0 0: Port 1: CS0
Port 8 Function Register 2 7
P8FC2 (0021H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 Refer to following table 0: 0: Refer to 1:Reserved 1:Reserved following table P87F2
6
P86F2
5
P85F2
4
P84F2 W
3
P83F2 0
Always write "0"
2
P82F2 0
1
P81F2 0
0
P80F2 0
Always write "0"
Refer to 0: table below 1: SDCS
Port 8 Drive Register 7
P8DR (0088H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1 1 1 P87D
6
P86D
5
P85D
4
P84D R/W
3
P83D 1
2
P82D 1
1
P81D 1
0
P80D 1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode
P85 Setting 0 0 1 Output port (Reserved)
CSZC output ND1CE output
P84 Setting 1 0 1 Output port (Reserved)
CSZB output ND0CE output
P82 Setting 0 1 0 1 Output port
CSZA output CS2 output
0
1
Reserved
Note 1: Read-modify-write is prohibited for P8FC and P8FC2. Note 2: Don't write "1" to P8 register before setting P82 pin to CS2 or CSZA because P82 pin output "0" as
CE for program memory by reset.
Figure 3.5.11 Register for Port 8
92CA25-76
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.5.7 Port 9 (P90 to P97)
P90 to P94 are 5-bit general-purpose I/O ports. I/O can be set on a bit basis using the control register. Resetting sets P90 to P94 to input port and all bits of output latch to"1". P95 is 1-bit general-purpose output port and P96 to P97 are 2-bit general-purpose input ports. Setting the corresponding bits of P9FC enables the respective functions. Resetting resets the P9FC to "0", and sets all bits except P95 to input ports. (1) Port 90 (TXD0, I2SCKO), Port91 (RXD0, I2SDO), Port 92 (SCLK0, CTS0 I2SWS) Ports 90 to 92 are general-purpose I/O ports. They also function as either SIO0 or I2S. Each pin is detailed below. SIO mode (SIO0 module)
P90 P91 P92 TXD0 (Data output) RXD0 (Data input) SCLK0 (Clock input or output)
UART, IrDA mode (SIO0 module)
TXD0 (Data output) RXD0 (Data input)
CTS0
I2S mode (I S module)
I2SCKO (Clock output) I2SDO (Data output) I2SWS (Word select output)
2
SIO mode (I2S module)
I2SCKO (Clock output) I2SDO (Data output) (No use)
(Clear to send)
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis) P9CR write Function control (on bit basis) P9FC write S Output latch
Internal data bus
S A Selector B S B Selector A
P90 (TXD0, I2SCKO) SPDI input
P9 write TXD0, I2SCKO output
P9 read
Figure 3.5.12 P90
92CA25-77
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis)
P9CR write Function control (on bit basis) P9FC write S Output latch
Internal data bus
S A Selector B S B Selector A (to Port F1) P91RXD0 input (to Port F2) P92SCLK0 input
P91 (RXD0, I2SDO) P92 (SCLK0, CTS0 , I2SWS)
P9 write I2SDO output SCLK0,I2SWS output
P9 read
Figure 3.5.13 P91 and P92
(2) P93 (SDA), P94 (SCL)
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis)
P9CR write Function control (on bit basis) P9FC write S Output latch
Internal data bus
S A Selector B S B Selector A
Open drain enable P9FC2
P93(SDA), P94(SCL)
P9 write SDA, SCL output
P9 read SDA, SCL input
Figure 3.5.14 Port 93 and 94
92CA25-78
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) P95 (CLK32KO)
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis) P9CR write
Internal data bus
Funtcion control (on bit basis) P9FC write S Output latch
S A Selector B
P95 (CLK32KO)
P9 write fs
P9 read
Figure 3.5.15 Port 95 (4) P96 (INT4, PX), P97 (INT5, PY)
Internal data bus
Reset
Function control TSICR0 P9FC write TSICR0
AVCC Switch for TSI Typ.20
P9 read
P96 (INT4, PX) P97 (INT5, PY)
TSICR1 S Rising/Falling edge detection IIMC A Selector B De-bounce circuit
Only for P96
INT4 INT5
TSICR0 TSICR0 TSICR0
Pull-down resistor typ.200k
Figure 3.5.16 Port 96, 97
92CA25-79
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Port 9 Register 7
P9 (0024H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset P97 R Data from external port 0
6
P96
5
P95
4
P94
3
P93 R/W
2
P92
1
P91
0
P90
Data from external port (Output latch register is set to "1")
Port 9 Control Register 7
P9CR (0026H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0
6
5
P95C
4
P94C
3
P93C W
2
P92C 0
1
P91C 0
0
P90C 0
Refer to following table
Port 9 Function Register 7
P9FC (0027H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0
0: Input port 1: INT5
6
P96F 0
0: Input port 1: INT4
5
P95F 0
4
P94F W 0
3
P93F 0
2
P92F 0
1
P91F 0
0
P90F 0
P97F
Refer to following table
P92 Setting 0 0 1 P95 Setting 0 0 1 Output port (Reserved)
CLK32KO output
P91 Setting 1 Input port
SCLK0, CTS0 input
P90 Setting 0 Input port RXD0 input
I2SDO output
1 Output port (Reserved) 0 1 P93 Setting
0 Input port
I2SCKO output
1 Output port
TXD0 output
Output port
SCLK0 output
0 1 P94 Setting
I2SWS output
1 0 1
0 Input port (Reserved)
1 Output port (Reserved) 0 1
0 Input port (Reserved)
1 Output port SDA I/O
(Reserved)
Port 9 Function Register 2 7
P9FC2 (0025H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0: CMOS 1: Open drain
6
5
4
P94F2 W
3
P93F2 0 0: CMOS 1: Open drain
2
1
0
P90F2 W 0 0: CMOS 1: Open drain
Port 9 Drive Register 7
P9DR (0089H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1 1 1 P97D
6
P96D
5
P95D
4
P94D R/W
3
P93D 1
2
P92D 1
1
P91D 1
0
P90D 1
Output/Input buffer drive register for standby mode
Note 1: Read modify write is prohibited for P9CR, P9FC and P9FC2. Note 2: When setting P97 and P96 pin to INT5 and INT4 input, set P9DR to "00"(prohibit input), and when driving P96 and P97 pins to "0", execute HALT instruction. This setting generates INT5 and INT4 inside. If don't use external interrupt in HALT condition, set like a interrupt don't generated. (e.g. change port setting)
Figure 3.5.17 Register for Port 9
92CA25-80
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.5.8 Port A (PA0 to PA7)
Ports A0 to A7 are 8-bit input general-purpose ports with pull-up resistor. In addition to functioning as general-purpose I/O ports, ports A0 to A7 can also, as a keyboard interface, operate a key-on wakeup function. The various functions can each be enabled by writing a "1" to the corresponding bit of the port A function register (PAFC). Resetting resets all bits of the register PAFC to "0" and sets all pins to be input port.
INTKEY
Edge detection
PA0 to PA7 8-input OR
Reset Key-on Enable (on bit basis) PAFC write Pull-up resistor
Internal data bus
PA read
PA0 (KI0) PA1 (KI1) PA2 (KI2) PA3 (KI3) PA4 (KI4) PA5 (KI5) PA6 (KI6) PA7 (KI7)
Figure 3.5.18 Port A When PAFC = "1", if the input of any of KI0 to KI7 pins fall down, an INTKEY interrupt is generated. An INTKEY interrupt can be used to release all HALT modes.
92CA25-81
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Port A Register 7
PA (0028H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset PA7
6
PA6
5
PA5
4
PA4 R/W
3
PA3
2
PA2
1
PA1
0
PA0
Data from external port
Port A Function Register 7
PAFC (002BH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 0: Key input disable PA7F
6
PA6F
5
PA5F
4
PA4F W
3
PA3F 0
2
PA2F 0
1
PA1F 0
0
PA0F 0
1: Key input enable
Port A Drive register 7
PADR (008AH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1 1 1 PA7D
6
PA6D
5
PA5D
4
PA4D W
3
PA3D 1
2
PA2D 1
1
PA1D 1
0
PA0D 1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode
Note: Read-modify-write is prohibited for PACR and PAFC.
Figure 3.5.19 Register for Port A
92CA25-82
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.5.9 Port C (PC0 to PC3, PC6 to PC7)
PC0 to PC7 are 8-bit general-purpose I/O ports. Each bit can be set individually for input or output. Resetting sets port C to an input port. In addition to functioning as a general-purpose I/O port, port C can also function as an output pin for timers (TA1OUT, TA3OUT and TB0OUT0), input pin for external interruption (INT0 to INT3), output pin for memory ( CSZF ), output pin for key (KO8). These settings are made using the function register PCFC. The edge select for external interruption is determined by the IIMC register in the interruption controller. (1) PC0 (INT0, TA1OUT)
Reset
Direction control Direction control (on bit basis)
PCCR write
Internal data bus
Function control Function control (on bit basis) PCFC write S Output latch S A Selector B
PC0 (INT0, TA1OUT)
PC write TA1OUT S B Selector A Level/edge select and Rising/falling select IIMC
PC read
INT0
Figure 3.5.20 Port C0
92CA25-83
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) PC1 (INT1, TA3OUT), PC2 (INT2, TB0OUT0), PC3 (INT3, TB0OUT1)
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis)
PCCR write
Function control (on bit basis) PCFC write S Output latch S A Selector B
Internal data bus
PC1 (INT1, TA3OUT) PC2 (INT2, TB0OUT0) PC3 (INT3)
PC write TA3OUT TB0OUT0
S B Selector A
PC read INT1 to INT3
Rising/falling edge detection IIMC
Figure 3.5.21 Port C1, C2, C3 (3) PC4, PC5
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis)
PCCR write Function control (on bit basis)
Internal data bus
PCFC write S Output latch PC4 PC5
PC write S B Selector A
PC read
Figure 3.5.22 Port C4, C5
92CA25-84
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(4) PC6 (KO8, EA24)
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis)
PCCR write
Internal data bus
Funtcion control (on bit basis)
PCFC write S Output latch S A Selector B
PC6 (KO8, EA24)
Open drain enable
PC write EA24
S B Selector A
PC read
Figure 3.5.23 Port C6 (4) PC7 ( CSZF , EA25)
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis)
PCCR write Funtcion control (on bit basis)
Internal data bus
PFFC write S Output latch S A Selector B C S B Selector A
PC7 ( CSZF , EA25)
PC write
CSZF
EA25
PC read
Figure 3.5.24 Port C7
92CA25-85
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Port C Register 7
PC (0030H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset PC7
6
PC6
5
PC5
4
PC4 R/W
3
PC3
2
PC2
1
PC1
0
PC0
Data from external port (Output latch register is set to "1")
Port C Control Register 7
PCCR (0032H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 PC7C
6
PC6C
5
PC5C
4
PC4C W
3
PC3C 0
2
PC2C 0
1
PC1C 0
0
PC0C 0
Refer to following table
Port C Function Register 7
PCFC (0033H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function PC2 Setting 0 1 PC5 Setting 0 1 0 Input port (Reserved) 1 Output port (Reserved) 0 Input port INT2 1 Output port TB0OUT PC1 Setting 0 1 PC4 Setting 0 1 0 Input port (Reserved) 1 Output port (Reserved) 0 Input port INT1 1 Output port TA3OUT 0 0 0 0 PC7F
6
PC6F
5
PC5F
4
PC4F W
3
PC3F 0
2
PC2F 0
1
PC1F 0
0
PC0F 0
Refer to following table PC0 Setting 0 1 PC3 Setting 0 1 0 Input port INT3 1 Output port (Reserved) 0 Input port INT0 1 Output port TA1OUT
PC7 Setting 0 0 1 Input port
CSZF I/O
PC6 Setting 1 Output port
EA25 output at = 0
0 0 1 Input port KO8 (Open drain)
1 Output port
EA24 output at = 0
Port C Drive Register 7
PCDR (008CH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1 1 1 PC7D
6
PC6D
5
PC5D
4
PC4D R/W
3
PC3D 1
2
PC2D 1
1
PC1D 1
0
PC0D 1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode
Note1: Read-modify-write is prohibited for the registers PCCR and PCFC. Note2: When setting PC3-PC0 pins to INT3-INT0 input, set PCDR to "0000"(prohibit input), and when driving PC3-PC0 pins to "0", execute HALT instruction. This setting generates INT3-INT0 inside. If don't use external interrupt in HALT condition, set like an interrupt don't generated. (e.g. change port setting)
Figure 3.5.25 Register for Port C
92CA25-86
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.5.10 Port F (PF0 to PF7)
Ports F0 to F6 are 7-bit general-purpose I/O ports. Resetting sets PF0 to PF6 to be input ports. It also sets all bits of the output latch register to "1". In addition to functioning as general-purpose I/O port pins, PF0 to PF6 can also function as the I/O for serial channels 0 and 1. A pin can be enabled for I/O by writing a "1" to the corresponding bit of the port F function register (PFFC). Port F7 is a 1-bit general-purpose output port. In addition to functioning as a general-purpose output port , PF7 can also function as the SDCLK output. Resetting sets PF7 to be an SDCLK output port. (1) Port F0 (TXD0), F1 (RXD0), F2 (SCLK0, CTS0 ) Ports F0 to F2 are general-purpose I/O ports. They also function as either SIO0. Each pin is detailed below.
SIO mode (SIO0 module) PF0 PF1 PF2 TXD0 (Data output) RXD0 (Data input) SCLK0 (Clock input or output) UART, IrDA mode (SIO0 module) TXD0 (Data output) RXD0 (Data input)
CTS0
(Clear to send)
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis)
PFCR write Function control (on bit basis)
Internal data bus
PFFC write S Output latch
S A BSelector
PF0 (TXD0) Open drain set possible PFFC2
PF write TXD0
S B Selector A
PF read
Figure 3.5.26 Port F0
92CA25-87
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis)
Internal data bus
PFCR write S Output latch PF1 (RXD0)
PF write
S B Selector A PFFC S A Selector B
PF read
RXD0
P91RXD0 input
Figure 3.5.27 Port F1
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis)
PFCR write
Internal data bus
S Output latch SCLK0 output PF write Function control (on bit basis) Selector S PF2 (SCLK0, CTS0 )
PFFC write
S B Selector A PFFC S A Selector B
PF read
SCLK0 input, CTS0 input
P92SCLK0 input
Figure 3.5.28 Port F2
92CA25-88
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) PF3, PF4, PF5, PF6, PF7
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis)
PFCR write Function control (on bit basis) PFFC write S Output latch PF3 PF4 PF5 PF6 S B Selector A PF read
Internal data bus
PF write
Figure 3.5.29 Port F3, F4. F5 and F6
Reset
Internal data bus
Function control (on bit basis)
PFFC write S Output latch SDCLK PF write S A Selector B
PF7 (SDCLK)
PF read
Figure 3.5.30 Port F7
92CA25-89
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Port F Register 7
PF (003CH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset 1 PF7
6
PF6
5
PF5
4
PF4 R/W
3
PF3
2
PF2
1
PF1
0
PF0
Data from external port (Output latch register is set to "1")
Port F Control Register 7
PFCR (003EH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0
6
PF6C
5
PF5C
4
PF4C
3
PF3C W 0 Refer to following table
2
PF2C 0
1
PF1C 0
0
PF0C 0
Port F Functon Register 7
PFFC (003FH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 0 0 0 Refer to following table PF7F
6
PF6F
5
PF5F
4
PF4F W
3
PF3F 0
2
PF2F 0
1
PF1F 0 RXD0 pin selection 0: Port F1 1: Port 91
0
PF0F 0 Refer to following table
PF2 Setting 0
Input port,
PF1 Setting 1 Output port 0 0
Input port, RXD0 input from PF1,
PF0 Setting 1 Output port 0 0 Input port (Reserved) 1 1 Output port TXD0 output
0
SCLK0, CTS0 input From PF2 pin at = 0 From P92 pin at = 1
RXD0 input from P91 Reserved
1 PF5 Setting 0 1 PF7 Setting 0 1
(Reserved)
SCLK0 output
1
PF4 Setting 0 Input port (Reserved) 1 Output port (Reserved) 0 1 PF6 Setting Output port SDCLK output 0 1 0 Input port (Reserved) 1 Output port (Reserved) 0 Input (Reserved) 1 Output (Reserved)
PF3 Setting 0 1 0 Input port (Reserved) 1 Output port (Reserved)
92CA25-90
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Port F Functon Register 2 7
PFFC2 (003DH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
-
6
5
4
3
2
-
1
0
PF0F2 W 0
Output buffer 0: CMOS 1: Open drain
W 0 Always write "0"
W 0 Always write "0"
Port F Drive Register 7
PFDR (008FH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1 1 1 PF7D
6
PF6D
5
PF5D
4
PF4D R/W
3
PF3D 1
2
PF2D 1
1
PF1D 1
0
PF0D 1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode
Note: Read-modify-write is prohibited for the registers PFCR, PFFC and PFFC2.
Figure 3.5.31 Register for Port F
92CA25-91
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.5.11 Port G (PG0 to PG3)
PG0 to PG3 are 4-bit input ports and can also be used as the analog input pins for the internal AD converter. PG3 can also be used as the ADTRG pin for the AD converter. PG2 and PG3 can also be used as the MX and MY pins for a touch screen interface.
Internal data bus
Port G read Conversion result register
PG0 (AN0), PG1 (AN1), PG2 (AN2, MX), PG3 (AN3, MY, ADTRG ) AD converter Channel selector
AD read
ADTRG (only for PG3)
(Only for PG2, PG3) TSICR0 Switch for TSI typ. 20 TSICR0
Figure 3.5.32 Port G Port G Register 7
PG (0040H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset
6
5
4
3
PG2
2
PG2 R
1
PG1
0
PG0
Data from external port
Note: The input channel selection of the AD converter and the permission for ADTRG input are set by AD converter mode register ADMOD1.
Port G Drive Register 7
PGDR (0090H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1
6
5
4
3
PG3D R/W
2
PG2D 1
1
0
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode
Figure 3.5.33 Register for Port G
92CA25-92
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.5.12 Port J (PJ0 to PJ7)
PJ0 to PJ4 and PJ7 are 6-bit output ports. Resetting sets the output latch PJ to "1", and they output "1". PJ5 to PJ6 are 2-bit I/O ports. In addition to functioning as a port, port J also functions as output pins for SDRAM ( SDRAS , SDCAS , SDWE , SDLLDQM, SDLUDQM and SDCKE), SRAM ( SRWR , SRLLB , SRLUB ) and NAND flash (NDALE and NDCLE). The above settings are made using the function register PJFC. However, H either SDRAM or SRAM output signals for PJ0 to PJ2 are selected automatically according to the setting of the memory controller.
Reset
Function control 2 (on bit basis)
PJFC2 write
Internal data bus
Function control (on bit basis) S PJFC write Selector Output latch PJ0 ( SDRAS , SRLLB ) PJ1 ( SDCAS , SRLUB ) PJ2 ( SDWE , SRWR ) PJ3 (SDLLDQM) PJ4 (SDLUDQM) PJ7 (SDCKE)
PJ write
SRLLB , SRLUB , SRWR SDRAS , SDCAS , SDWE , SDLLDQM, SDLUDQM, SDCKE
PJ read
Figure 3.5.34 Port J0, J1, J2, J3, J4 and J7
92CA25-93
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis)
PJCRwrite Function control (on bit basis) PJFC write S Output latch Selector PJ write NDALE, NDCLE S B Selector A
Internal data bus
S
PJ5 (NDALE), PJ6 (NDCLE)
PJ read
Figure 3.5.35 Port J5 and J6
92CA25-94
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Port J Register 7
PJ (004CH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset 1 Data from external port (Output latch register is set to "1") 1 PJ7
6
PJ6
5
PJ5
4
PJ4 R/W
3
PJ3
2
PJ2
1
PJ1
0
PJ0
1
1
1
1
Port J Control Register 7
PJCR (004EH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0
6
PJ6C W
5
PJ5C 0
4
3
2
1
0
0: Input 1: Output
Port J Function Register 7
PJFC (004FH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0
0: Port 1: SDCKE at = 1
6
PJ6F 0
0: Port 1: NDCLE at = 0,
5
PJ5F 0
0: Port
4
PJ4F W 0
0: Port
3
PJ3F 0
0: Port
2
PJ2F 0
0: Port
1
PJ1F 0
0: Port 1: SDCAS , SRLUB
0
PJ0F 0
0: Port 1: SRRAS , SRLLB
PJ7F
1: NDALE at 1: SDLUDQM 1: SDLLDQM 1: SDWE , = 0 at = 1 at = 1 SDWR
Port J Drive Register 7
PJDR (0093H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1 1 1 PJ7D
6
PJ6D
5
PJ5D
4
PJ4D R/W
3
PJ3D 1
2
PJ2D 1
1
PJ1D 1
0
PJ0D 1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode
Note: Read-modify-write is prohibited for the registers PJCR and PJFC.
Figure 3.5.36 Register for Port J
92CA25-95
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.5.13 Port K (PK0 to PK7)
Port K is a 4-bit output port. Resetting sets the output latch PK to "0", and PK0 to PK3 pins output "0". PK4 to PK7 are 4-bit input ports. Resetting sets the PLCR to "0", and set input port. In addition to functioning as an output port, port K also functions as output pins for an LCD controller (LCP0, LLP, LFR and LBCD) and pin for an SPI controller (SPCLK, SPCS , SPDO and SPDI). The above settings are made using the function register PKFC.
Reset
Function control
Internal data bus
(on bit basis)
PKFC write S Output latch A Selector PK write B LCP0, LLP, LFR, LBCD Output buffer PK0 (LCP0) PK1(LLP) PK2 (LFR) PK3 (LBCD)
PK read
Figure 3.5.37 Port K0 to K3
92CA25-96
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Reset
Direction contorl (on bit basis)
PKCR write Function control (on bit basis) PKFC write S Output latch PK4 (SPDI)
Internal data bus
PK write S B Selector A
PK read
SPDI input
Figure 3.5.38 Port K4
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis)
PKCR write Function control (on bit basis) PKFC write S Output latch S A Selector B
Internal data bus
PK5 (SPDO) PK6 ( SPCS ) PK7 (SPCLK)
PK write SPDO SPCS SPCLK
S B Selector A
PJ read
Figure 3.5.39 Port K5 to K7
92CA25-97
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Port K Register 7
PK (0050H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Data from external port (Output latch register is cleared to "0") PK7
6
PK6
5
PK5
4
PK4 R/W
3
PK3
2
PK2
1
PK1
0
PK0
0
0
0
0
Port K Control Register 7
PKCR (0052H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 PK7C
6
PK6C W
5
PK5C 0
4
PK4C 0
3
2
1
0
0: Input 1: Output
Port K Function Register 7
PKFC (0053H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0: Port 1: SPCLK output 0 0: Port 1: SPCS output 0 0: Port 1: SPDO output 0 0: Port 1: SPDI output PK7F
6
PK6F
5
PK5F
4
PK4F W
3
PK3F 0 0: Port 1: LBCD
2
PK2F 0 0: Port 1: LFR
1
PK1F 0 0: Port 1: LLP
0
PK0F 0 0: Port 1: LCP0
PK5 Setting
0 1
PK4 Setting
0 1
0 1 PK7 Setting

Input port Reserved
Output port SPDO output
0 1 PK6 Setting
Input port SPDI input
Output port Reserved
0
1

0
1
0 1
Input port Reserved
Output port SPCLK output
0 1
Input port Reserved
Output port SPCS output
Port K Drive Register 7
PKDR (0094H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1 1 1 PK7D
6
PK6D
5
PK5D
4
PK4D R/W
3
PK3D 1
2
PK2D 1
1
PK1D 1
0
PK0D 1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode
Note: Read-modify-write is prohibited for the register PKFC.
Figure 3.5.40 Register for Port K
92CA25-98
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.5.14 Port L (PL0 to PL7)
PL0 to PL3 are 4-bit output ports. Resetting sets the output latch PL to "0", and PL0 to PL3 pins output "0". PL4 to PL7 are 4-bit general-purpose I/O ports. Each bit can be set individually for input or output using the control register PLCR. Resetting resets the control register PLCR to "0" and sets PL4 to PL7 to input ports. In addition to functioning as a general-purpose I/O port, port L can also function as a data bus for an LCD controller (LD0 to LD7) and external bus open request input ( BUSRQ ),answer output ( BUSAK ). The above settings are made using the function register PLFC.
Reset
Function control (on bit basis)
Internal data bus
PLFC write R Output latch S A PL write LD0 to LD3 Selector B PL0 to PL3 (LD0 to LD3)
PL read
Figure 3.5.41 Register for Port L0 to L3
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis)
PLCR write
Internal data bus
Function control (on bit basis) PLFC write S Output latch
S A Selector B S B Selector
PL4 to PL5 (LD4 to LD5)
PL write LD4 to LD5
PL read
A
Figure 3.5.42 Register for Port L4 to L5
92CA25-99
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis)
PLCR write
Internal data bus
Functino control (on bit basis) PLFC write R Output latch
S A Selector B S B Selector
PL6 (LD6, BUSRQ )
PL write BUSRQ
PL read
A
BUSRQ
Figure 3.5.43 Port L6
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis)
PLCR write
Function control (on bit basis)
Internal data bus
PLFC write R Output latch
S A Selector B
PL7 (LD7, BUSAK )
PL write S A Selector B S B Selector A
LD7
BUSAK
PL read
Figure 3.5.44 Port L7
92CA25-100
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Port L Register 7
PL (0054H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Data from external port (Output latch register is cleared to "0") PL7
6
PL6
5
PL5
4
PL4 R/W
3
PL3
2
PL2
1
PL1
0
PL0
0
0
0
0
Port L Control Register 7
PLCR (0056H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 PL7C
6
PL6C W
5
PL5C 0
4
PL4C 0
3
2
1
0
0: Input 1: Output
Port L Function Register 7
PLFC (0057H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 Refer following table PL5 Setting
0 1
6
PL6F
5
PL5F
4
PL4F W
3
PL3F 0
2
PL2F 0 PL4 Setting
0
1
PL1F 0
0
PL0F 0
PL7F
0: Port 1: Data bus for LCDC (LD3 to LD0)
1
0 1 PL7 Setting

Input port Reserved
Output port LD5 output
0 1 PL6 Setting
Input port Reserved
Output port LD4 output
0
1

0
1
0 1
Input port
Output port LD7 output
0 1
Input port
Output port LD6 output
BUSAK output
BUSRQ input
Port L Drive Register 7
PLDR (0095H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1 1 1 PL7D
6
PL6D
5
PL5D
4
PL4D R/W
3
PL3D 1
2
PL2D 1
1
PL1D 1
0
PL0D 1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode
Note1: Read-modify-write is prohibited for the registers PLCR and PLFC. Note2: When Port L are used at LD0 to LD7, If set PL6 pin to BUSRQ function input temporarily, CPU may not be operate normally. Therefore, set registers by following order. Order (1) (2) Register PLCR PLFC Setting value 1 1
Figure 3.5.45 Port L Register
92CA25-101
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.5.15 Port M (PM1 to PM2)
PM1 and PM2 are 2-bit output ports. Resetting sets the output latch PM to "1", and PM1 and PM2 pins output "1". In addition to functioning as a port, port M also functions as output pins for the RTC alarm ( ALARM ), and as the output pin for the melody/alarm generator (MLDALM, MLDALM ). The above settings are made using the function register PMFC. Only PM2 has two output functions - ALARM and MLDALM . These are selected using PM.
Reset
Function control (on bit basis)
Internal data bus
PMFC write S Output latch S A Selector B PM write
PM1 (MLDALM)
PM read MLDALM
Figure 3.5.46 Port M1
Reset
Function control (on bit basis)
PMFC write
Internal data bus
S Output latch A
S Selector PM2 ( ALARM , MLDALM )
PM write
B
PM read S
MLDALM
A Selector
ALARM
B
Figure 3.5.47 Port M2
92CA25-102
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Port M Register 7
PM (0058H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset 1
6
5
4
3
2
PM2 R/W
1
PM1 1
0
Port M Function Register 7
PMFC (005BH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0
0: Port 1: ALARM at = "1" 1: MLDALM at = "0"
6
5
4
3
2
PM2F W
1
PM1F 0 0: Port
1: MLDALM output
0
Port M Drive Register 7
PMDR (0096H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1
6
5
4
3
2
PM2D R/W
1
PM1D 1
0
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode
Note: Read-modify-write is prohibited for the register PMFC.
Figure 3.5.48 Register for Port M
92CA25-103
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.5.16 Port N (PN0 to PN7)
PN0 to PN7 are 8-bit general-purpose I/O port. Each bit can be set individually for input or output. Resetting sets Port N to an input port. In addition to functioning as a general-purpose I/O port, Port N can also as interface pin for key-board (KO0 to KO7). This function can set to open-drain type output buffer.
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis)
PNCR write
Internal data bus
Function control (on bit basis) PNFC write S Output latch Open drian enable PN write S B Selector PN read A PN0 to PN7 (KO0 to KO7)
Figure 3.5.49 Port N
92CA25-104
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Port N register 7
PN (005CH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset PN7
6
PN6
5
PN5
4
PN4 R/W
3
PN3
2
PN2
1
PN1
0
PN0
Data from external port (Output latch register is set to "1")
Port N Control Register 7
PNCR (005EH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 PN7C
6
PN6C
5
PN5C
4
PN4C W
3
PN3C 0
2
PN2C 0
1
PN1C 0
0
PN0C 0
0: Input 1: Output
Port N Function Register 7
PNFC (005FH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 PN7F
6
PN6F
5
PN5F
4
PN4F W
3
PN3F 0
2
PN2F 0
1
PN1F 0
0
PN0F 0
0: CMOS output 1:Open drain output
Port N Drive Register 7
PNDR (0097H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1 1 1 PN7D
6
PN6D
5
PN5D
4
PN4D R/W
3
PN3D 1
2
PN2D 1
1
PN1D 1
0
PN0D 1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode
Note: Read modify write is prohibited for the registers PNCR and PNFC.
Figure 3.5.50 Register for Port N
92CA25-105
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.6
Memory Controller
Functions
The TMP92CA25 has a memory controller with a variable 4-block address area that controls as follows. (1) 4-block address area support Specifies a start address and a block size for the 4-block address area (block 0 to 3). * * * * SRAM or ROM: All CS blocks (CS0 to CS3) are supported. SDRAM Page ROM NAND flash : Only either CS1 or CS2 blocks are supported. : Only CS2 blocks are supported. : CS setting is not needed.
3.6.1
(2) Connecting memory specifications Specifies SRAM, ROM and SDRAM as memories that connect with the selected address areas. (3) Data bus width selection Whether 8 bits, 16 bits is selected as the data bus width of the respective block address areas. (4) Wait control Wait specification bit in the control register and WAIT input pin control the number of waits in the external bus cycle. Read cycle and write cycle can specify the number of waits individually. The number of waits is controlled in the 6 modes listed below. 0 waits, 1 wait, 2 waits, 3 waits, 4 waits N waits (controls with WAIT pin)
3.6.2
Control Register and Operation after Reset Release
This section describes the registers that control the memory controller, the state following reset release and the necessary settings. (1) Control register The control registers of the memory controller are as follows and in Table 3.6.1 and Table 3.6.2. * Control register: BnCSH/BnCSL (n = 0 to 3, EX) Sets the basic functions of the memory controller; the memory type that is connected, the number of waits which are read and written. Memory start address register: MSARn (n = 0 to 3) Sets a start address in the selected address areas. Memory address mask register: MAMR (n = 0 to 3) Sets a block size in the selected address areas. Page ROM control register: PMEMCR Sets the method of accessing page ROM. Memory controls control register: MEMCR0 Sets waveform selection of RD pin and setting method of
CS0
* * * *
to
CS3 .
92CA25-106
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 3.6.1 Control Register 7
B0CSL (0140H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset B0CSH (0141H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset MAMR0 (0142H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset MSAR0 (0143H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset B1CSL (0144H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset B1CSH (0145H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset MAMR1 (0146H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset MSAR1 (0147H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset B2CSL (0148H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset B2CSH (0149H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset MAMR2 (014AH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset MSAR2 (014BH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset B3CSL (014CH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset B3CSH (014DH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset MAMR3 (014EH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset MSAR3 (014FH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset 1 1 1 1 1 M3S23 1 M3S22 1 M3S21 1 M3S20 R/W 1 1 1 1 0 M3V22 0 (Note) M3V21 0 (Note) M3V20 0 M3V19 R/W 1 M3S19 1 M3S18 1 M3S17 1 M3S16 B3E 0 - 1 1 B3WW2 1 B3WW1 W 1 - 0 B3REC W 0 M3V18 0 M3V17 0 M3V16 0 M3V15 B3OM1 0 B3OM0 1 B3WW0 1 M2S23 1 M2S22 1 M2S21 1 M2S20 R/W 1 1 B3WR2 1 B3WR1 W 1 B3BUS1 0 B3BUS0 1 B3WR0 1 M2V22 0 M2V21 0 (Note) M2V20 0 M2V19 R/W 1 M2S19 1 M2S18 1 M2S17 1 M2S16 B2E 0 B2M 1 1 B2WW2 1 B2WW1 W 1 - 0 B2REC W 0 M2V18 0 M2V17 0 M2V16 0 M2V15 B2OM1 0 B2OM0 1 B2WW0 1 M1S23 1 M1S22 1 M1S21 1 M1S20 R/W 1 1 B2WR2 1 B2WR1 W 1 B2BUS1 0 B2BUS0 1 B2WR0 0 M1V21 0 (Note) M1V20 0 (Note) M1V19 0 M1V18 R/W 1 M1S19 1 M1S18 1 M1S17 1 M1S16 B1E 0 - 1 1 B1WW2 1 B1WW1 W 1 - 0 B1REC W 0 M1V17 0 M1V16 0 M1V15 to M1V9 0 M1V8 B1OM1 0 B1OM0 1 B1WW0 1 M0S23 1 M0S22 1 M0S21 1 M0S20 R/W 1 1 B1WR2 1 B1WR1 W 1 B1BUS1 0 B1BUS0 1 B1WR0 0 M0V20 0 (Note) M0V19 0 (Note) M0V18 0 M0V17 R/W 1 M0S19 1 M0S18 1 M0S17 1 M0S16 B0E 0 -
6
B0WW2
5
B0WW1 W 1 -
4
B0WW0 0 B0REC W
3
2
B0WR2 0
1
B0WR1 W 1 B0BUS1 0 M0V14 to M0V9
0
B0WR0 0 B0BUS0 0 M0V8
B0OM1 0 M0V16
B0OM0 0 M0V15
Note 1: Always write "0". Note 2:Read-modify-write is prohibited for BnCS0 and BnCSH (n = 0 to 3) registers.
92CA25-107
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 3.6.2 Control Register 7
BEXCSH (0159H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset BEXCSL (0158H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset PMEMCR Bit symbol (0166H) Read/Write After reset MEMCR0 (0168H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Note: Read-modify-write is prohibited for BEXCSH and BEXCSL registers. 0 0 BEXWW2 BEXWW1 W 1 0 OPGE 0 OPWR1 0 0 OPWR0 R/W 0 CSDIS 1 RDTMG1 R/W 0 0 0 RDTMG0 BEXWW0 0 0 BEXWR2
6
5
4
3
BEXOM1
2
BEXOM0 W
1
BEXBUS1 0 BEXWR1 W 1 PR1
0
BEXBUS0 0 BEXWR0 0 PR0
(2) Operation after reset release The start data bus width is determined by the state of AM1/AM0 pins just after reset release. The external memory is then accessed as follows AM1
0 0 1 1
AM0
0 1 0 1
Start Mode
Don't use this setting Start with 16-bit data bus (Note) Start with 8-bit data bus (Note) Don't use this setting
Note: The memory to be used on starting after reset must be either NOR flash or masked ROM. NAND flash and SDRAM cannot be used.
AM1/AM0 pins are valid only just after reset release. In other cases, the data bus width is set by the control register . On reset, only the control register (B2CSH/B2CSL) of the block address area 2 becomes effective automatically (B2CSH is set to "1" on reset). The data bus width which is specified by AM1/AM0 pins is loaded to the bit for specification of the bus width of the control register in the block address area 2. The block address area 2 is set to 000000H to FFFFFFH address on reset (B2CSH is reset to "0"). After reset release, the block address areas are specified by the memory start address register (MSARn) and the memory address mask register (MAMRn). The control register (BnCS) is then set. Set the enable bit (BnE) of the control register to "1" to enable the setting.
92CA25-108
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.6.3 Basic Functions and Register Setting
This section describes the setting of the block address area, the connecting memory and the number of waits out of the memory controller's functions. (1) Block address area specification The block address area is specified by two registers. The memory start address register (MSARn) sets the start address of the block address areas. The memory controller compares the register value and the address every bus cycle. The address bit which is masked by the memory address mask register (MAMRn) is not compared by the memory controller. The block address area size is determined by setting the memory address mask register. The value that is set to the register is compared with the block address area on the bus. If the result is a match, the memory controller sets the chip select signal (CSn) to "low". (i) Memory start address register setting The MS23 to MS16 bits of the memory start address register correspond with addresses A23 to A16 respectively. The lower start addresses A15 to A0 are always set to address 0000H. Therefore the start addresses of the block address area are set to all 64 Kbytes of addresses 000000H to FF0000H. (ii) Memory address mask register setting The memory address mask register determines whether an address bit is compared or not. In register setting, "0" is "compare", and "1" is "do not compare". The address bits that can be set depends on the block address area. Block address area 0: A20 to A8 Block address area 1: A21 to A8 Block address area 2 to 3: A22 to A15 The upper bits are always compared. The block address area size is determined by the result of the comparison. The size to be set depending on the block address area is as follows.
Size (bytes) CS area CS0 CS1 CS2 to CS3
256
512
32 K
64 K
128 K 256 K 512 K
1M
2M
4M
8M
Note: After reset release, only the control register of the block address area 2 is valid. The control register of block address area 2 has the bit. If the bit is set to "0", block address area 2 is set to addresses 000000H to FFFFFFH. (This is the state following reset release .) If the bit is set to "1", the start address and the address area size are set, as in the other block address areas.
92CA25-109
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(iii) Example of register setting To set the block address area 64 Kbytes from address 110000H, set the register as follows. MSAR1 Register Bit
Bit symbol Specified value
7
M1S23 0
6
M1S22 0
5
M1S21 0
4
M1S20 1
3
M1S19 0
2
M1S18 0
1
M1S17 0
0
M1S16 1
M1S23 to M1S16 bits of the memory start address register MSAR1 correspond with address A23 to A16. A15 to A0 are set to "0". Therefore, if MSAR1 is set to the above mentioned value, the start address of the block address area is set to address 110000H. MAMR1 Register Bit
Bit symbol Specified value
7
M1V21 0
6
M1V20 0
5
M1V19 0
4
M1V18 0
3
M1V17 0
2
M1V16 0
1
M1V15 to M1V9
0
M1V8 1
0
M1V21 to M1V16 and M1V8 bits of the memory address mask register MAMR1 are set whether addresses A21 to A16 and A8 are compared or not. In register setting, "0" is "compare", and "1" is "do not compare". M1V15 to M1V9 bits determine whether addresses A15 to A9 are compared or not with bit 1. A23 and A22 are always compared. When set as above, A23 to A9 are compared with the value that is set as the start addresses. Therefore, 512 bytes (addresses 110000H to 1101FFH) are set as block address area 1, and if it is compared with the addresses on the bus, the chip select signal CS1 is set to "low". The other block address area sizes are specified in the same way. A23 and A22 are always compared with block address area 0. Whether A20 to A8 are compared or not is determined by the register. Similarly, A23 is always compared with block address areas 2 to 5. Whether A22 to A15 are compared or not is determined by the register. Note 1: When the set block address area overlaps with the built-in memory area, or both two address areas overlap, the block address area is processed according to priority as follows. Built-in I/O > Built-in memory > Block address area 0 > 1 > 2 > 3 Note 2: If an address area other than CS0 to CS3 is accessed, this area is regarded as CSEX . Therefore, wait number and data bus width controls follow the setting of CSEX (BEXCSH, BEXCSL register).
92CA25-110
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) Connection memory specification Setting the bit of the control register (BnCSH) specifies the memory type that is connected with the block address areas. The interface signal is outputted according to the set memory as follows. Bit (BnCSH Register)
0 0 1 1

0 1 0 1 Reserved Reserved SDRAM
Function
SRAM/ROM (Default)
Note 1: SDRAM should be set to block either 1 or 2. Note 2: Set "00" for NAND flash, RAM built-in LCDD. (3) Data bus width specification The data bus width is set for every block address area. The bus size is set by setting the control register (BnCSH) as follows. bit (BnCSH Register) BnBUS 1
0 0 1 1
BnBUS 0
0 1 0 1
Function
8-bit bus mode (Default) 16-bit bus mode Reserved Don't use this setting
Note: SDRAM should be set to either "01" (16-bit bus). This method of changing the data bus width depending on the accessing address is called "dynamic bus sizing". The part of the data bus to which the data is output depends on the data size, baus width and start address. Number of external data bus pin in TMP92CA25 are 16 pins. Therefore, please ignore case of memory data size is 32 in each tables. Note: Since there is a possibility of abnormal writing/reading of the data if two memories with different bus width are put in consecutive addresses, do not execute an access to both memories with one command.
92CA25-111
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Operand Data Size (bit)
Operand Start Address 4n + 0 4n + 1
Memory Data Size (bit) 8/16/32 8 16/32 8/16 32 8 16 32 8 16/32 8 16 32 8 16 32 8 16 32
CPU Address 4n + 0 4n + 1 4n + 1 4n + 2 4n + 2 4n + 3 4n + 3 4n + 3 (1) 4n + 0 (2) 4n + 1 4n + 0 (1) 4n + 1 (2) 4n + 2 (1) 4n + 1 (2) 4n + 2 4n + 1 (1) 4n + 2 (2) 4n + 1 4n + 2 4n + 2 (1) 4n + 3 (2) 4n + 4 (1) 4n + 3 (2) 4n + 4 (1) 4n + 3 (2) 4n + 4 (1) 4n + 0 (2) 4n + 1 (3) 4n + 2 (4) 4n + 3 (1) 4n + 0 (2) 4n + 2 4n + 0 (1) 4n + 0 (2) 4n + 1 (3) 4n + 2 (4) 4n + 3 (1) 4n + 1 (2) 4n + 2 (3) 4n + 4 (1) 4n + 1 (2) 4n + 4 (1) 4n + 2 (2) 4n + 3 (3) 4n + 4 (4) 4n + 5 (1) 4n + 2 (2) 4n + 4 (1) 4n + 2 (2) 4n + 4 (1) 4n + 3 (2) 4n + 4 (3) 4n + 5 (4) 4n + 6 (1) 4n + 3 (2) 4n + 4 (3) 4n + 6 (1) 4n + 3 (2) 4n + 4 xxxxx
CPU Data D31 to D24 D23 to D16 D15 to D8 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx b7 to b0 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx b7 to b0 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx b15 to b8 xxxxx xxxxx b7 to b0 xxxxx b7 to b0 xxxxx xxxxx b15 to b8 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx b7 to b0 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx b15 to b8 b31 to b24 b15 to b8 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx b7 to b0 b23 to b16 xxxxx b7 to b0 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx b15 to b8 b31 to b24 xxxxx b31 to b24 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx b7 to b0 b23 to b16 xxxxx xxxxx b23 to b16 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx b7 to b0 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx b7 to b0 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx b15 to b8 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx b15 to b8 b7 to b0 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx b7 to b0 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx b31 to b24 b23 to b16 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx b23 to b16 b15 to b8 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx b15 to b8 b7 to b0 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx b7 to b0 xxxxx xxxxx b31 to b24 D7 to D0 b7 to b0 b7 to b0 xxxxx b7 to b0 xxxxx b7 to b0 xxxxx xxxxx b7 to b0 b15 to b8 b7 to b0 b7 to b0 b15 to b8 xxxxx b15 to b8 xxxxx b7 to b0 b15 to b8 b7 to b0 xxxxx b7 to b0 b15 to b8 xxxxx b15 to b8 xxxxx b15 to b8 b7 to b0 b15 to b8 b23 to b16 b31 to b24 b7 to b0 b23 to b16 b7 to b0 b7 to b0 b15 to b8 b23 to b16 b31 to b24 xxxxx b15 to b8 b31 to b24 xxxxx b31 to b24 b7 to b0 b15 to b8 b23 to b16 b31 to b24 b7 to b0 b23 to b16 xxxxx b23 to b16 b7 to b0 b15 to b8 b23 to b16 b31 to b24 xxxxx b15 to b8 b31 to b24 xxxxx b15 to b8
8
4n + 2 4n + 3
4n + 0
4n + 1
16
4n + 2
4n + 3
4n + 0
8
16 32 8
4n + 1
16
32 32 4n + 2 8
16 32 4n + 3 8
16
32
xxxxx: During a read, data input to the bus ignored. At write, the bus is at high impedance and the write strobe signal remains non active.
92CA25-112
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(4) Wait control The external bus cycle completes a wait of at least two states (100 ns at fSYS = 20 MHz). Setting the and of BnCSL specifies the number of waits in the read cycle and the write cycle. is set using the same method as . / (BnCSL Register)
0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 Others 1 0 1 0 1 1
Function
2 states (0 waits) access fixed mode 3 states (1 wait) access fixed mode (Default) 4 states (2 waits) access fixed mode 5 states (3 waits) access fixed mode 6 states (4 waits) access fixed mode
WAIT pin input mode
(Reserved)
Note 1: For SDRAM, the above setting is ineffective. Refer to 3.16 SDRAM controller. Note 2: For NAND flash, this setting is ineffective. For RAM built-in LCDD, this setting is effective. (i) Waits number fixed mode The bus cycle is completed following the number of states set. The number of states is selected from 2 states (0 waits) to 6 states (4 waits). (ii) WAIT pin input mode This mode samples the WAIT input pins. In this mode, a wait is inserted continuously while the signal is active. The bus cycle is a minimum 2 states. The bus cycle is completed if the wait signal is non active ("High" level) at the second state. The bus cycle continues if the wait signal is active after 2 states or more.
92CA25-113
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(5) Recovery (Data hold) cycle control Some memory is defined by AC specification about data hold time by CE or OE for read cycle. Therefore, a data conflict problem may occur. To avoid this problem, 1-dummy cycle can be inserted after CSm-block access cycle by setting "1" to BmCSH register. This 1-dummy cycle is inserted when the next cycle is for another CS-block. (BnCSH register)
0 1 No dummy cycle is inserted (Default). Dummy cycle is inserted.
*
When no dummy cycle is inserted (0 waits)
SDCLK A23 to A0
CSm
CSn RD
*
When inserting a dummy cycle (0 waits)
Dummy SDCLK A23 to A0
CSm
CSn
RD
Above function (BnCSH) is inserted dummy cycle and performance go down. Therefore, TMP92CA25 have changing function of RD pin falling timing except for . This function can be changed falling timing of RD pin by changing MEMCR0. This function can be avoided A.C speck shortage about data-hold time from OE , and it can be avoided data conflict problem. This function can use with . And, this function doesn't depend on CS block. Cycle until from memory OE to data output becomes short by using this function. If using this function, please be careful. (MEMCR0 register)
00 01 10 11
RD "H" pulse width = 0.5T(Default) RD "H" pulse width = 0.75T RD "H" pulse width = 1.0T
(Reserved)
92CA25-114
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
T1 SDCLK (20MHz)
T2
CSn
A23 to A0
SRxxB
D15 to D0 = "00" = "01"
Input
RD
= "10"
92CA25-115
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(6) Basic bus timing (a) External read/write cycle (0 waits)
SDCLK (20 MHz)
CSn
T1
T2
A23 to A0
RD , SRxxB
Read D15 to D0
SRWR , SRxxB WRxx
Input
Write Output
D15 to D0
(b) External read/write cycle (1 wait)
SDCLK (20 MHz)
CSn
T1
TW
T2
A23 to A0
RD , SRxxB
Read D15 to D0
SRWR , SRxxB
WRxx
Input
Write Output
D15 to D0
92CA25-116
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(c) External read/write cycle (0 waits at WAIT pin input mode)
SDCLK (20 MHz)
CSn
T1
T2
A23 to A0
RD , SRxxB
Read D15 to D0
SRWR , SRxxB
WRxx
Input
Write Output
D15 to D0
WAIT
Sampling
(d) External read/write cycle (n waits at WAIT pin input mode)
SDCLK (20 MHz)
CSn
T1
TW
T2
A23 to A0
RD , SRxxB
Read D15 to D0
SRWR , SRxxB
WRxx
Input
Write Output
D15 to D0
WAIT
Sampling
Sampling
92CA25-117
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Example of wait input cycle (5 waits)
FF0 D CK
Q
FF1 D CK
Q
FF2 D CK
Q
FF3 D CK
Q
FF4 D CK
Q
WAIT
RES
RES
RES
RES
RES
SDCLK
CSn RD SRWR
SDCLK (20 MHz)
CSn
RD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
FF_RES FF0_D FF0_Q FF1_Q FF2_Q FF3_Q
WAIT
92CA25-118
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(7) Connecting external memory Figure 3.6.1 shows an example of how to connect an external 16-bit SRAM and 16-bit NOR flash to the TMP92CA25.
TMP92CA25
RD SRLLB SRLUB SRWR CS0
16-bit SRAM
OE LDS UDS
R/W
CE
D [15:0] A0 A1 A2 A3
Not connect
I/O [16:1] A0 A1 A2 16-bit NOR flash
OE
WE
CS2
CE
DQ [15:0] A0 A1 A2
Figure 3.6.1 Example of External 16-Bit SRAM and NOR Flash Connection
92CA25-119
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.6.4 ROM Control (Page mode)
This section describes ROM page mode accessing and how to set registers. ROM page mode is set by the page ROM control register. (1) Operation and how to set the registers The TMP92CA25 supports ROM access of the page mode. ROM access of the page mode is specified only in block address area 2. ROM page mode is set by the page ROM control register (PMEMCR). Setting of the PMEMCR register to "1" sets the memory access of the block address area to ROM page mode access. The number of read cycles is set by the of the PMEMCR register. (PMEMCR register)
0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1
Number of Cycle in a Page
1 state (n-1-1-1 mode) (n 2) 2 state (n-2-2-2 mode) (n 3) 3 state (n-3-3-3 mode) (n 4) (Reserved)
Note: Set the number of waits ("n") using the control register (BnCSL) in each block address area. The page size (the number of bytes) of ROM in the CPU size is set by the of the PMEMCR register. When data is read out up to the border of the set page, the controller completes the page reading operation. The start data of the next page is read in the normal cycle. The following data is set to page read again. Bit (PMEMCR register)
0 0 1 1

0 1 0 1 64 bytes 32 bytes
ROM Page Size
16 bytes (Default) 8 bytes
SDCLK tCYC A0 to A23 +0 +1 +2 +3
CS2
tAD3
RD
tAD2
tAD2
tAD2
tHA
tRD3 D0 to D31
Data input
tHA
Data input
tHA
Data input
tHA
Data input
tHR
Figure 3.6.2 Page mode access Timing (8-byte example)
92CA25-120
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.6.5 Cautions
(1) Note on timing between CS and RD If the parasitic capacitance of the RD (Read signal) is greater than that of the CS (Chip select signal), it is possible that an unintended read cycle occurs due to a delay in the read signal. Such an unintended read cycle may cause a problem, as in the case of (a) in Figure 3.6.3.
SDCLK (20 MHz) A23 to A0
CSm CSn RD
(a)
Figure 3.6.3 Read Signal Delay Read Cycle Example: When using an externally connected NOR flash which uses JEDEC standard commands, note that the toggle bit may not be read out correctly. If the read signal in the cycle immediately preceding the access to the NOR flash does not go high in time, as shown in Figure 3.6.4, an unintended read cycle like the one shown in (b) may occur.
Memory access SDCLK (20 MHz) A23 to A0 NOR flash chip select
RD
Toggle bit RD cycle
Toggle bit (b)
Figure 3.6.4 NOR Flash Toggle Bit Read Cycle When the toggle bit is reversed by this unexpected read cycle, the CPU cannot read the toggle bit correctly since it always reads same value for the toggle bit. To avoid this phenomenon, data polling function control is recommended.
92CA25-121
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) Note on NAND flash area setting, LCD driver area setting with built-in RAM Figure 3.6.5 shows a memory map for a NAND flash and RAM built-in LCD driver. Since it is recommended that CS3 area be assigned to the address 000000H to 3FFFFFH, the following explanation is given. In this case, the NAND flash and RAM built-in LCD driver overlap with CS3 area. However, each access control circuit in the TMP92CA25 operates independently. So, if a program on CS3 area accesses NAND flash, both CS3 and NAND flash will be accessed at the same time and a problem such as data conflict will occur. To avoid this phenomenon, TMP92CA25 have MEMCR0. If set to "1", CS3 pin don't active in case of access 001D00H to 001FFFH (768B) in area that is set as CS3 area. Above phenomenon can be avoided by this setting. This function is valid not only CS3 but also all CS0 to CS3 pins. Note1: In above setting, the address from 000000H to 005FFFH of 24 Kbytes for CS3's memory can't be used. Note2: 512 byte area (001D00H to 001EFFH) for NAND flash are fixedlike a following without relation ship to setting CS block. Therefore, NAND flash area don't conform to CS3 area setting. (NAND flash area specification) 1. bus width 2. WAIT control
000000H Internal I/O 001D00H NAND flash (512byte)
CS0 CS3 pins become to
: Fixed 8 bit : Depend on NDnFSPR of NAND flash controller
(No assigned) 001FE0H LCDD with built-in RAM (16byte) 001FF0H 002000H Internal RAM (10K byte) 004800H 008000H COMMON-X (2 M byte)
001F00H
Non-active by setting MEMCR0 to "1"
200000H
CS3 area setting 000000H~3FFFFFH (4 MB) LOCAL-X (2 M byte)
400000H
Figure 3.6.5 Recommended CS3 and CS0 Setting
92CA25-122
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) The cautions at the time of the functional change of a
CSn .
A chip select signal output has the case of a combination terminal with a general-purpose port function. In this case, an output latch register and a function control register are initialized by the reset action, and an object terminal is initialized by the port output ("1" or "0") by it. Functional change Although an object terminal is changed from a port to a chip select signal output by setting up a function control register (PnFC register), the short pulse for several ns may be outputted to the changing timing. Although it does not become especially a problem when using the usual memory, it may become a problem when using a special memory.
* XX is a function register address.(When an output port is initialized by "0") A port is set as CSn . Internal Signal Internal address bus Function control signal Output port External Signal Pxx A23 to A0 n n+2 Output pulse tAD3
CSn
n
XX
n+2
The measure by software The countermeasures in S/W for avoiding this phenomenon are explained. Since CS signal decodes the address of the access area and is generated, an unnecessary pulse is outputted by access to the object CS area immediately after setting it as a CSn function. Then, if internal area is accessed also immediately after setting a port as CS function, an unnecessary pulse will not output. 1. The ban on interruption under functional change (DI command) 2. 3. A dummy command is added in order to carry out continuous internal access. (Access to a functional change register is corresponded by 16-bit command. (LDW command))
A port is set as CSn . Internal Internal address bus Function control signal Output port signal Pxx A23 to A0 n n+2
CSn
Dummy access n+2
External
signal
XX
XX+1
92CA25-123
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.7
8-Bit Timers (TMRA)
The TMP92CA25 features 4 built-in 8-bit timers (TMRA0-TMRA3). These timers are paired into two modules: TMRA01 and TMRA23. Each module consists of two channels and can operate in any of the following four operating modes. * * * * 8-bit interval timer mode 16-bit interval timer mode 8-bit programmable square wave pulse generation output mode (PPG: Variable duty cycle with variable period) 8-bit pulse width modulation output mode (PWM: Variable duty cycle with constant period)
Figure 3.7.1 and Figure 3.7.2 show block diagrams for TMRA01 and TMRA23. Each channel consists of an 8-bit up counter, an 8-bit comparator and an 8-bit timer register. In addition, a timer flip-flop and a prescaler are provided for each pair of channels. The operation mode and timer flip-flops are controlled by a five-byte SFR (special function register). Each of the two modules (TMRA01 and TMRA23) can be operated independently. All modules operate in the same manner; hence only the operation of TMRA01 is explained here. The contents of this chapter are as follows. 3.7.1 Block Diagrams 3.7.2 Operation of Each Circuit 3.7.3 SFR 3.7.4 Operation in Each Mode (1) 8-bit timer mode (2) 16-bit timer mode (3) 8-bit PPG (programmable pulse generation) output mode (4) 8-bit PWM (pulse width modulation) output mode (5) Mode settings Table 3.7.1 Registers and Pins for Each Module Module
Input pin for external clock Output pin for timer flip-flop Timer run register SFR (Address) Timer register Timer mode register Timer flip-flop control register
TMRA01
No TA1OUT (Shared with PC0) TA01RUN (1100H) TA0REG (1102H) TA1REG (1103H) TA01MOD (1104H) TA1FFCR (1105H)
TMRA23
No TA3OUT (Shared with PC1) TA23RUN (1108H) TA2REG (110AH) TA3REG (110BH) TA23MOD (110CH) TA3FFCR (110DH)
External pin
92CA25-124
2007-02-28
3.7.1
Prescaler 16 32 64 128 256 512 T16 Timer flip-flop TA1FF TA01RUN TA1FFCR T256 Run/clear TA01RUN
Prescaler clock: T0
2
4
8
T1
T4
Block Diagrams
Timer flip-flop output: TA1OUT
Selector Selector 8-bit up counter (UC1) 8-bit up counter (UC0) 2 Over flow TA01MOD TA01MOD
n
TA01RUN
T1 T4 T16 T1 T16 T256
Figure 3.7.1 TMRA01 Block Diagram
92CA25-125
8-bit up counter (CP0) TA01MOD 8-bit timer register TA0REG 8-bit timer register TA1REG Match detect
TA0TRG
TA01MOD
8-bit comparator (CP1)
Match detect
TA01RUN
Register buffer 0
TMP92CA25
2007-02-28
Internaldata bus
TMRA0 Interrupt output: INTTA0
TMRA0 Internal data bus Interrupt output: TA0TRG
TMRA1 Interrupt output: INTTA1
Prescaler 4 T4 T16 T256 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 Run/clear TA23RUN
Prescaler clock: T0
2
T1
Timer flip-flop TA3FF TA23RUN TA3FFCR
Timer flip-flop output: TA3OUT
Selector Selector 8-bit up comparator (UC3) 8-bit up counter (UC2) 2 Over flow TA23MOD TA23MOD
n
TA23RUN
T1 T4 T16 T1 T16 T256
Figure 3.7.2 TMRA23 Block Diagram
92CA25-126
8-bit comparator (CP2) Match detect
TA2TRG
TA23MOD
8-bit comparator (CP3)
Match detect
TA23MOD 8-bit timer register TA2REG 8-bit timer register TA3REG
TA23RUN
Register buffer 2
TMP92CA25
2007-02-28
Internal data bus
TMRA2 Interrupt output: INTTA2
TMRA2 Internal data bus Interrupt output: TA2TRG
TMRA3 Interrupt output: INTTA3
TMP92CA25 3.7.2 Operation of Each Circuit
(1) Prescalers A 9-bit prescaler generates the input clock to TMRA01. The clock T0 is divided into 8 by the CPU clock fSYS and input to this prescaler. The prescaler operation can be controlled using TA01RUN in the timer control register. Setting to "1" starts the count; setting to "0" clears the prescaler to "0" and stops operation. Table 3.7.2 shows the various prescaler output clock resolutions. Table 3.7.2 Prescaler Output Clock Resolution
System clock selection SYSCR1 1 (fs) Clock gear selection SYSCR1 - 000 (1/1) 001 (1/2) 0 (fc) 010 (1/4) 011 (1/8) 100 (1/16) 1/8
Timer counter input clock TMRA prescaler - T1(1/2)
fs/16 fc/16 fc/32 fc/64 fc/128 fc/256
TAxMOD T4(1/8)
fs/64 fc/64 fc/128 fc/256 fc/512 fc/1024
T16(1/32) T256(1/512)
fs/256 fc/256 fc/512 fc/1024 fc/2048 fc/4096 fs/4096 fc/4096 fc/8192 fc/16384 fc/32768 fc/65536
xxx: Don't care (2) Up counters (UC0 and UC1) These are 8-bit binary counters which count up the input clock pulses for the clock specified by TA01MOD. The input clock for UC0 is selectable and can be either the external clock input via the TA0IN pin or one of the three internal clocks T1, T4 or T16. The clock setting is specified by the value set in TA01MOD. The input clock for UC1 depends on the operation mode. In 16-bit timer mode, the overflow output from UC0 is used as the input clock. In any mode other than 16-bit timer mode, the input clock is selectable and can either be one of the internal clocks T1, T16 or T256, or the comparator output (the match detection signal) from TMRA0. For each interval timer the timer operation control register bits TA01RUN and TA01RUN can be used to stop and clear the up counters and to control their count. A reset clears both up counters, stopping the timers.
92CA25-127
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) Timer registers (TA0REG and TA1REG) These are 8-bit registers, which can be used to set a time interval. When the value set in the timer register TA0REG or TA1REG matches the value in the corresponding up counter, the comparator match detect signal goes Active. If the value set in the timer register is 00H, the signal goes Active when the up counter overflows. TA0REG has a double buffer structure, making a pair with the register buffer. The setting of the bit TA01RUN determines whether TA0REG's double buffer structure is enabled or disabled. It is disabled if = "0" and enabled if = "1". When the double buffer is enabled, data is transferred from the register buffer to the timer register when a 2n overflow occurs in PWM mode, or at the start of the PPG cycle in PPG mode. Hence the double buffer cannot be used in timer mode. A reset initializes to "0", disabling the double buffer. To use the double buffer, write data to the timer register, set to "1", and write the following data to the register buffer. Figure 3.7.3 show the configuration of TA0REG.
Timer registers 0 (TA0REG) B Selector S A Matching detection PPG cycle n 2 overflow of PWM Write to TA0REG
Shift trigger Register buffers 0 Write Internal data bus
TA01RUN
Figure 3.7.3 Configuration of TA0REG Note: The same memory address is allocated to the timer register and the register buffer. When = 0, the same value is written to the register buffer and the timer register; when = 1, only the register buffer is written to. The address of each timer register is as follows. TA0REG: 001102H TA2REG: 00110AH TA1REG: 001103H TA3REG: 00110BH
All these registers are write only and cannot be read.
92CA25-128
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(4) Comparator (CP0) The comparator compares the value in an up counter with the value set in a timer register. If they match, the up counter is cleared to "0" and an interrupt signal (INTTA0 or INTTA1) is generated. If timer flip-flop inversion is enabled, the timer flip-flop is inverted at the same time. (5) Timer flip-flop (TA1FF) The timer flip-flop (TA1FF) is a flip-flop inverted by the match detects signals (8-bit comparator output) of each interval timer. Whether inversion is enabled or disabled is determined by the setting of the bit TA1FFCR in the timer flip-flops control register. A reset clears the value of TA1FF to "0". Writing "01" or "10" to TA1FFCR sets TA1FF to "0" or "1". Writing "00" to these bits inverts the value of TA1FF (this is known as software inversion). The TA1FF signal is output via the TA1OUT pin (which can also be used as PC0). When this pin is used as the timer output, the timer flip-flop should be set beforehand using the port C function register PCCR and PCFC.
Note: When the double buffer is enabled for an 8-bit timer in PWM or PPG mode, caution is required as explained below. If new data is written to the register buffer immediately before an overflow occurs by a match between the timer register value and the up-counter value, the timer flip-flop may output an unexpected value. For this reason, make sure that in PWM mode new data is written to the register buffer by six cycles (fSYS x 6) before the next overflow occurs by using an overflow interrupt. When using PPG mode, make sure that new data is written to the register buffer by six cycles before the next cycle compare match occurs by using a cycle compare match interrupt. Example when using PWM mode
Match between TA0REG and up-counter 2 overflow interrupt (INTTA0) TA1OUT tPWM (PWM cycle) Desired PWM cycle change point Write new data to the register buffer before the next overflow occurs by using an overflow interrupt
n
92CA25-129
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.7.3 SFR
TMRA01 Run Register 7
TA01RUN Bit symbol (1100H) Read/Write After reset Function TA0RDE R/W 0 Double buffer 0: Disable 1: Enable TA0REG double buffer control 0 1 Disable Enable 0 IDLE2 0: Stop 1: Operate 0 TMRA01 prescaler
6
5
4
3
I2TA01
2
TA01PRUN R/W
1
TA1RUN 0 UP counter (UC1)
0
TA0RUN 0 UP counter (UC0)
0: Stop and clear 1: Run (Count up) Timer run/stop control 0 1 Stop and clear Run (Count up)
Note: The values of bits 4 to 6 of TA01RUN are undefined when read.
TMRA23 Run Register 7
TA23RUN Bit symbol (1108H) Read/Write After reset Function TA2RDE R/W 0 Double buffer 0: Disable 1: Enable TA2REG double buffer control 0 1 Disable Enable 0 IDLE2 0: Stop 1: Operate 0 TMRA23 prescaler
6
5
4
3
I2TA23
2
TA23PRUN R/W
1
TA3RUN 0 UP counter (UC3)
0
TA2RUN 0 UP counter (UC4)
0: Stop and clear 1: Run (Count up) Timer run/stop control 0 1 Stop and clear Run (Count up)
Note: The values of bits 4 to 6 of TA23RUN are undefined when read.
Figure 3.7.4 TMRA01 Run Register and TMRA23 Run Register
92CA25-130
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
TMRA01 Mode Register 7
TA01MOD (1104H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Operation mode 00: 8-bit timer mode 01: 16-bit timer mode 10: 8-bit PPG mode 11: 8-bit PWM mode 0 0 PWM cycle 00: Reserved 01: 2
6 7 8
6
TA01M0
5
PWM01
4
PWM00 0 R/W
3
TA1CLK1 0 00: TA0TRG 01: T1 10: T16 11: T256
2
TA1CLK0 0
1
TA0CLK1 0 00: Reserved 01: T1 10: T4 11: T16
0
TA0CLK0 0
TA01M1
Source clock for TMRA1
Source clock for TMRA0
10: 2 11: 2
TMRA0 source clock selection 00 01 10 11 (Reserved) T1 (Prescaler) T4 (Prescaler) T16 (Prescaler)
TMRA1 source clock selection TA01MOD 01 00 01 10 11 Comparator output from TMRA0 T1 T16 T256 (16-bit timer mode) TA01MOD = 01 Overflow output from TMRA0
PWM cycle selection 00 01 10 11 Reserved 2 x Source clock 2 x Source clock 2 x Source clock
8 7 6
TMRA01 operation mode selection 00 01 10 11 8-bit timers x 2ch 16-bit timer 8-bit PPG 8-bit PWM (TMRA0) 8-bit timer (TMRA1)
Figure 3.7.5 TMRA Mode Register
92CA25-131
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
TMRA23 Mode Register 7
TA23MOD (110CH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Operation mode 00: 8-bit timer mode 01: 16-bit timer mode 10: 8-bit PPG mode 11: 8-bit PWM mode 0 0 PWM cycle 00: Reserved 01: 2 10: 2 11: 2
6 7 8
6
TA23M0
5
PWM21
4
PWM20 0 R/W
3
TA3CLK1 0 00: TA2TRG 01: T1 10: T16 11: T256
2
TA3CLK0 0
1
TA2CLK1 0 00: Reserved 01: T1 10: T4 11: T16
0
TA2CLK0 0
TA23M1
Source clock for TMRA3
Source clock for TMRA2
TMRA2 source clock selection 00 01 10 11 (Reserved) T1 (Prescaler) T4 (Prescaler) T16 (Prescaler)
TMRA3 source clock selection TA23MOD 01 00 01 10 11 Comparator output from TMRA2 T1 T16 T256 (16-bit timer mode) TA23MOD = 01 Overflow output from TMRA2
PWM cycle selection 00 01 10 11 Reserved 2 x Source clock 2 x Source clock 2 x Source clock
8 7 6
TMRA23 operation mode selection 00 01 10 11 8-bit timers x 2ch 16-bit timer 8-bit PPG 8-bit PWM (TMRA2) 8-bit timer (TMRA3)
Figure 3.7.6 TMRA23 Mode Register
92CA25-132
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
TMRA1 Flip-Flop Control Register 7
TA1FFCR (1105H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset
Read-modify- Function write instruction is prohibited.
6
5
4
3
TA1FFC1 1 00: Invert TA1FF 01: Set TA1FF 10: Clear TA1FF 11: Don't care
2
TA1FFC0 R/W 1
1
TA1FFIE 0 TA1FF control for inversion 0: Disable 1: Enable
0
TA1FFIS 0 TA1FF inversion select 0: TMRA0 1: TMRA1
Inverse signal for timer flop-flop 1 (TA1FF) (Don't care except in 8-bit timer mode) 0 1 Inversion by TMRA0 Inversion by TMRA1
Inversion of TA1FF 0 1 Disabled Enabled
Control of TA1FF 00 01 10 11 Note: The values of bits4 to 6 of TA1FFCR are undefined when read. Inverts the value of TA1FF Sets TA1FF to "1" Clears TA1FF to "0" Don't care
Figure 3.7.7 TMRA Flip-Flop Control Register
92CA25-133
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
TMRA3 Flip-Flop Control Register 7
TA3FFCR Bit symbol (110DH) Read/Write After reset
Readmodifywrite instruction is prohibited.
6
5
4
3
TA3FFC1 1 00: Invert TA3FF 01: Set TA3FF 10: Clear TA3FF 11: Don't care
2
TA3FFC0 R/W 1
1
TA3FFIE 0 TA3FF control for inversion 0: Disable 1: Enable
0
TA3FFIS 0 TA3FF inversion select 0: TMRA2 1: TMRA3
Function
Inverse signal for timer flip-flop 3 (TA3FF) (Don't care except in 8-bit timer mode) 0 1 Inversion by TMRA2 Inversion by TMRA3
Inversion of TA3FF 0 1 Disabled Enabled
Control of TA3FF 00 01 10 11 Note: The values of bits4 to 6 of TA3FFCR are undefined when read. Inverts the value of TA3FF Sets TA3FF to "1" Clears TA3FF to "0" Don't care
Figure 3.7.8 TMRA3 Flip-Flop Control Register
92CA25-134
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
TMRA Register
Symbol TA0REG Address 1102H
7
6
5
4
- W Undefined -
3
2
1
0
TA1REG
1103H
W Undefined -
TA2REG
110AH
W Undefined -
TA3REG
110BH
W Undefined
Note: Read-modify-write instruction is prohibited.
Figure 3.7.9 8-Bit Timers Register
92CA25-135
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.7.4 Operation in Each Mode
(1) 8-bit timer mode Both TMRA0 and TMRA1 can be used independently as 8-bit interval timers. 1. Generating interrupts at a fixed interval (using TMRA1) To generate interrupts at constant intervals using TMRA1 (INTTA1), first stop TMRA1 then set the operation mode, input clock and a cycle to TA01MOD and TA1REG register, respectively. Then, enable the interrupt INTTA1 and start TMRA1 counting. Example: To generate an INTTA1 interrupt every 40 s at fC = 40 MHz, set each register as follows:
MSB 7 TA01RUN TA01MOD TA1REG INTETA01 TA01RUN - 0 0 X - 6 X 0 1 1 X 5 X X 1 0 X 4 X X 0 1 X 3 - 0 0 - - 2 - 1 1 - 1 LSB 1 0 - 0 - 1 0 - - 0 - - Stop TMRA1 and clear it to "0". Select 8-bit timer mode and select T1 (= (16/fc)s at fC = 40 MHz) as the input clock. Set TREG1 to 40 s / T1 = 100 = 64H. Enable INTTA1 and set it to level 5. Start TMRA1 counting.
X: Don't care, -: No change
Select the input clock using Table 3.7.3.
Table 3.7.3 Selecting Interrupt Interval and the Input Clock Using 8-Bit Timer Input Clock
T1 T4 T16 (8/fSYS) (32/fSYS) (128/fSYS)
Interrupt Interval (at fSYS = 20 MHz)
0.4 s to 102.4 s 1.6 s to 409.6 s 6.4 s to 1.638 ms 102.4 s to 26.21 ms
Resolution
0.4 s 1.6 s 6.4 s 102.4 s
T256 (2048/fSYS)
Note:
The input clocks for TMRA0 and TMRA1 differ as follows: TMRA0: Uses TMRA0 input (TA0IN) and can be selected from T1, T4 or T16 TMRA1: Matches output of TMRA0 (TA0TRG) and can be selected from T1, T16, T256
92CA25-136
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
2. Generating a 50 % duty ratio square wave pulse The state of the timer flip-flop (TA1FF1) is inverted at constant intervals and its status output via the timer output pin (TA1OUT). Example: To output a 2.4-s square wave pulse from the TA1OUT pin at fC = 40 MHz, use the following procedure to make the appropriate register settings. This example uses TMRA1; however, either TMRA0 or TMRA1 may be used.
7 TA01RUN TA01MOD TA1REG TA1FFCR PCCR PCFC TA01RUN - 0 0 X - - - 6 X 0 0 X - - X 5 X X 0 X - - X 4 X X 0 X - - X 3 - 0 0 1 - - - 2 - 1 0 0 - - 1 1 0 - 1 1 - - 1 0 - - 1 1 1 1 - Stop TMRA1 and clear it to "0". Select 8-bit timer mode and select T1 (= (16/fc)s at fC = 40 MHz) as the input clock. Set the timer register to 2.4 s / T1 / 2 = 3 Clear TA1FF to "0" and set it to invert on the match detect signal from TMRA1. Set PC0 to function as the TA1OUT pin. Start TMRA1 counting.
X: Don't care, -: No change
T1 TA01RUN Bit7 to Bit2 Up counter Bit1 Bit0 Comparator timing Comparator output (Match detect) INTTA1 UC1 clear TA1FF TA1OUT 1.2 s at fC = 40 MHz 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0
Figure 3.7.10 Square Wave Output Timing Chart (50 % Duty)
92CA25-137
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3. Making TMRA1 count up on the match signal from the TMRA0 comparator Select 8-bit timer mode and set the comparator output from TMRA0 to be the input clock to TMRA1.
Comparator output (TMRA0 match) TMRA0 up counter (when TA0REG = 5) TMRA1 up counter (when TA1REG = 2) TMRA1 match output 1 2 3 1 4 5 1 2 3 2 4 5 1 2 1 3
Figure 3.7.11 TMRA1 Count Up on Signal from TMRA0
(2) 16-bit timer mode A 16-bit interval timer is configured by pairing the two 8-bit timers TMRA0 and TMRA1. To make a 16-bit interval timer in which TMRA0 and TMRA1 are cascaded together, set TA01MOD to "01". In 16-bit timer mode, the overflow output from TMRA0 is used as the input clock for TMRA1, regardless of the value set in TA01MOD. Table 3.7.2 shows the relationship between the timer (interrupt) cycle and the input clock selection. To set the timer interrupt interval, set the lower eight bits in timer register TA0REG and the upper eight bits in TA1REG. Be sure to set TA0REG first (as entering data in TA0REG temporarily disables the compare, while entering data in TA1REG starts the compare). Setting example: To generate an INTTA1 interrupt every 0.4 s at fC = 40 MHz, set the timer registers TA0REG and TA1REG as follows: If T16 (= (256/fc)s at fC = 40 MHz) is used as the input clock for counting, set the following value in the registers: 0.4 s / =(256/fc)s = 62500 = F424H; e.g. set TA1REG to F4H and TA0REG to 24H.
92CA25-138
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
The comparator match signal is output from TMRA0 each time the up counter UC0 matches TA0REG, though the up counter UC0 is not cleared. In the case of the TMRA1 comparator, the match detect signal is output on each comparator pulse on which the values in the up counter UC1 and TA1REG match. When the match detect signal is output simultaneously from both the comparator TMRA0 and TMRA1, the up counters UC0 and UC1 are cleared to "0" and the interrupt INTTA1 is generated. Also, if inversion is enabled, the value of the timer flip-flop TA1FF is inverted.
Example: When TA1REG = 04H and TA0REG = 80H Value of up counter (UC1, UC0) TMRA0 comparator match detect signal TMRA1 comparator match detect signal Interrupt INTTA0 Interrupt INTTA1 Timer output TA1OUT Inversion
0080H
0180H
0280H
0380H
0480H
0080H
Figure 3.7.12 Timer Output by 16-Bit Timer Mode (3) 8-bit PPG (Programmable pulse generation) output mode Square wave pulses can be generated at any frequency and duty ratio by TMRA0. The output pulses may be active low or active high. In this mode TMRA1 cannot be used. TMRA0 outputs pulses on the TA1OUT pin (which can also be used as PC0).
tH = "10" t tL = "01" t Example: = "01" TA0REG and UC0 match (Interrupt INTTA0) TA1REG and UC0 match (Interrupt INTTA1) TA1OUT
tL
tH
TA0REG TA1REG
Figure 3.7.13 8-Bit PPG Output Waveforms
92CA25-139
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
In this mode a programmable square wave is generated by inverting the timer output each time the 8-bit up counter (UC0) matches the value in one of the timer registers TA0REG or TA1REG. The value set in TA0REG must be smaller than the value set in TA1REG. Although the up counter for TMRA1 (UC1) is not used in this mode, TA01RUN should be set to "1" so that UC1 is set for counting. Figure 3.7.14 shows a block diagram representing this mode.
Selector T1 T4 T16 TA01MOD 8-bit up counter (UC0) TA01RUN TA1OUT TA1FFCR
TA1FF
Inversion INTTA0
Comparator
Comparator
INTTA1
Selector
TA0REG Shift trigger Register buffer TA1REG
TA0REG-WR
TA01RUN
Internal data bus
Figure 3.7.14 Block Diagram of 8-Bit PPG Output Mode If the TA0REG double buffer is enabled in this mode, the value of the register buffer will be shifted into TA0REG each time TA1REG matches UC0. Use of the double buffer facilitates the handling of low duty waves (when duty is varied).
Match with TA0REG and up counter Match with TA1REG TA0REG (Value to be compared) Register buffer Shift from register buffer Q1 Q2 Q2 Q3 TA0REG (Register buffer) write
(Up counter = Q1)
(Up counter = Q2)
Figure 3.7.15 Operation of Register Buffer
92CA25-140
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Example:
To generate 1/4 duty 62.5 kHz pulses (at fC = 40 MHz)
16 s Calculate the value which should be set in the timer register. To obtain a frequency of 62.5 kHz, the pulse cycle t should be: t = 1/62.5 kHz = 16 s T1 (=(16/fc)s (at fC = 40 MHz); 16 s / (16/fc)s = 40 Therefore set TA1REG to 40 (28H) The duty is to be set to 1/4: t x 1/4 = 16 s x 1/4 = 4 s 4 s / (16/fc)s = 10 Therefore, set TA0REG = 10 = 0AH. 7 TA01RUN TA01MOD TA0REG TA1REG TA1FFCR PCCR PCFC TA01RUN 0 1 0 0 X - - 1 6 X 0 0 0 X - - X 5 X X 0 1 X - - X 4 X X 0 0 X - - X 3 - X 1 1 0 - - - 2 0 X 0 0 1 - - 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 - - 1 0 0 1 0 0 X 1 1 1 Stop TMRA0 and TMRA1 and clear it to "0". Set the 8-bit PPG mode, and select T1 as input clock. Write 0AH. Write 28H. Set TA1FF, enabling both inversion and the double buffer. 10 generate a negative logic pulse. Set PC0 as the TA1OUT pin. Start TMRA0 and TMRA1 counting.
X: Don't care, -: No change
92CA25-141
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(4) 8-bit PWM output mode This mode is only valid for TMRA0. In this mode, a PWM pulse with the maximum resolution of 8 bits can be output. When TMRA0 is used the PWM pulse is output on the TA1OUT pin (which is also used as PC1). TMRA1 can also be used as an 8-bit timer. The timer output is inverted when the up counter (UC0) matches the value set in the timer register TA0REG or when 2n counter overflow occurs (n = 6, 7 or 8 as specified by TA01MOD). The up counter UC0 is cleared when 2n counter overflow occurs. The following conditions must be satisfied before this PWM mode can be used. Value set in TA0REG < value set for 2n counter overflow Value set in TA0REG 0
TA0REG and UC0 match 2 overflow (INTTA0 interrupt)
n
TA1OUT tPWM (PWM cycle)
Figure 3.7.16 8-Bit PWM Waveforms Figure 3.7.17 shows a block diagram representing this mode.
TA01RUN T1 T4 T16 Selector 8-bit up counter (UC0) TA1OUT TA1FFCR
Clear
TA1FF
Inversion TA01MOD 2 overflow control
n
TA01MOD
Comparator
Overflow INTTA0
TA0REG Selector TA0REG-WR Shift trigger Register buffer
TA01RUN
Internal data bus
Figure 3.7.17 Block Diagram of 8-Bit PWM Mode
92CA25-142
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
In this mode the value of the register buffer will be shifted into TA0REG if 2n overflow is detected when the TA0REG double buffer is enabled. Use of the double buffer facilitates the handling of low duty ratio waves.
Match with TA0REG Up counter = Q1 2 overflow TA0REG (Value to be compared) Register buffer Shift into TA0REG Q1 Q2 Q2 Q3 TA0REG (Register buffer) write
n
Up counter = Q2
Figure 3.7.18 Register Buffer Operation Example: To output the following PWM waves on the TA1OUT pin (at fC = 40 MHz).
36.0 s 51.2 s To achieve a 51.2-s PWM cycle by setting T1 (= (16/fc)s (@fC = 40 MHz): 51.2 s / (16/fc)s = 128 n 2 = 128 Therefore n should be set to 7. Since the low level period is 36.0 s when T1 = (16/fc)s, set the following value for TREG0: 36.0 s / (16/fc)s = 90 = 5AH MSB 7 TA01RUN TA01MOD TA0REG TA1FFCR PCCR PCFC TA01RUN - 1 0 X - - 1 6 X 1 1 X - - X 5 X 1 0 X - - X 4 X 0 1 X - - X 3 - - 1 1 - - - 2 - - 0 0 - - 1 LSB 1 - 0 1 1 - - - 0 0 1 0 X 1 1 1 Stop TMRA0 and clear it to 0 Select 8-bit PWM mode (cycle: 2 ) and select T1 as the input clock. Write 5AH. Clear TA1FF to 0; enable the inversion and double buffer.
7
Set PC0 as the TA1OUT pin. Start TMRA0 counting.
X: Don't care, -: No change
92CA25-143
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 3.7.4 PWM Cycle
PWM cycle
System clock SYSCR0 Clock gear SYSCR1
TAxxMOD - T1(x2) 2 (x64) TAxxMOD T4(x8)
4096/fs 4096/fc 8192/fc 16384/fc 32768/fc 65536/fc
6
2 (x128) TAxxMOD T1(x2)
2048/fs 2048/fc 4096/fc 8192/fc 16384/fc 32768/fc
7
2 (x256) TAxxMOD T1(x2)
4096/fs 4096/fc 8192/fc 16384/fc 32768/fc 65536/fc
8
T16(x32)
16384/fs 16384/fc 32768/fc 65536/fc 131072/fc 262144/fc
T4(x8)
8192/fs 8192/fc 16384/fc 32768/fc 65536/fc 131072/fc
T16(x32)
32768/fs 32768/fc 65536/fc 131072/fc 262144/fc 524288/fc
T4(x8)
16384/fs 16384/fc 32768/fc 65536/fc 131072/fc 262144/fc
T16(x32)
65536/fs 65536/fc 131072/fc 262144/fc 524288/fc 1048576/fc
1(fs)
- 000(x1) 001(x2)
1024/fs 1024/fc
0(fc)
010(x4) 011(x8) 100(x16)
x8
2048/fc 4096/fc 8192/fc 16384/fc
(5) Settings for each mode Table 3.7.5 shows the SFR settings for each mode. Table 3.7.5 Timer Mode Setting Registers
Register name Function Timer Mode TA01MOD PWM Cycle Upper Timer Input Clock Lower timer match, T1, T16, T256 (00, 01, 10, 11) - Lower Timer Input Clock External clock, T1, T4, T16 (00, 01, 10, 11) External clock, T1, T4, T16 (00, 01, 10, 11) External clock, T1, T4, T16 (00, 01, 10, 11) External clock, T1, T4, T16 (00, 01, 10, 11) - TA1FFCR Timer F/F Invert Signal Select 0: Lower timer output 1: Upper timer output
8-bit timer x 2 channels
00
-
16-bit timer mode
01
-
-
8-bit PPG x 1 channel
10
6
-
7 8
-
-
8-bit PWM x 1 channel 8-bit timer x 1 channel
11 11
2 ,2 ,2 (01, 10, 11) -
- T1, T16, T256 (01, 10, 11)
- Output disabled
-: Don't care
92CA25-144
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.8
External Memory Extension Function (MMU)
By providing 3 local areas, the MMU function allows for the expansion of the program/data area up to 512 Mbytes. The recommended address memory map is shown in Figure 3.8.1. However, when the memory used is less than 16 Mbytes, it is not necessary to set the MMU register. In this case, please refer to the Memory Controller section. An area which can be set as a bank is called a local area. Since the address for local areas is fixed, it cannot be changed. And, area which cannot be set as a bank is called Common area. Basically one series of program should be closed within one bank. Please don't jump to the same LOCAL-area in the different bank directly by JP instruction and so on. Refer to the examples as follows. It is not possible for a program to branch between different banks of the same local area. The TMP92CA25 has the following external pins for memory LSI connection. Address bus: EA25, EA24 and A23 to A0 Chip select: CS0 to CS3 , CSZA to CSZF , SDCS ND0CE and ND1CE Data bus: D15 to D0
3.8.1
Recommended Memory Map
Figure 3.8.1 shows one recommended address memory map. This is for maximum expanded memory size and for a system in which an internal boot ROM with NAND flash is not required.
92CA25-145
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Memory controller setting
ND0CE pin (128 Mbytes)
Address 000000H
Memory Map Internal I/O, RAM COMMON-X (2 Mbytes)
ND1CE pin (128 Mbytes) CS3 pin
64 Mbytes(2 Mbytes x 32)
CS0 area 32 Mbytes CS3 area 4 Mbytes
200000H LOCAL-X (2 Mbytes) 400000H LOCAL-Y (2 Mbytes) 600000H COMMON-Y (2 Mbytes) 800000H
SDCS or CS1 pin 64 Mbytes(2 Mbytes x 32)
Bank 0
1
2
3
15
31
Bank 0
1
2
3
15
31 CS1 area 4 Mbytes
LOCAL-Z (4 Mbytes)
Bank 0
1
2
3
15 16
31
80
95
C00000H
CSZA pin (Note) 64 Mbytes(4 Mbytes x 16) CSZB pin CSZF pin
CS2 area 8 Mbytes COMMON-Z (4 Mbytes)
FFFF00H FFFFFFH Vector area
: Internal area : Overlapped with COMMON area and disabled setting as LOCAL area.
Note: CSZA is a chip select for not only bank 0 to 15 of LOCAL-Z but also COMMON-Z.
Figure 3.8.1 Recommended Memory Map for Maximum Specification (Logical address)
92CA25-146
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
TMP92CA25
LOCAL-X
CS3
LOCAL-Y
SDCS or CS1
LOCAL-Z
CSZA to CSZF , EA24, EA25
64 Mbytes
64 Mbytes
64 Mbytes x 6 = 384 Mbytes
CSZA
CSZD
000000H
BANK 0
BANK 0 BANK 0 BANK 48
Internal I/O and RAM
31
31
15
63
CSZB
CSZE
BANK 16
BANK 64
31
79
CSZC
CSZF
BANK 32
BANK 80
47
95
Figure 3.8.2 Recommended Memory Map for Maximum Specification (Physical address)
92CA25-147
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.8.2 Control Registers
There are 12 MMU registers, covering 4 functions (program, data read, data write and LCDC display data), in each of 3 local areas (Local-X, Y and Z), providing easy data access.
(Instructions for use) First, set the enable register and bank number for each LOCAL register. The relevant pin and memory settings should then be set to the ports and memory controller. When the CPU or LCDC outputs a local area logical address, the MMU converts and outputs this to the physical address according to the bank number. The physical address bus is output to the external address bus pin, thereby enabling access to external memory. Note 1: Since the common area cannot be used as local area, do not set a bank number to LOCAL register which overlaps with the common area. Note 2: Changing program BANK number (LOCALPX, Y or Z) is disabled in the LOCAL area. The program bank setting for each local area must be changed in the common area. (But bank setting of read data, write data and data for LCD display can be changed in the local area.) Note 3: After data bank number register (LOCALRn, LOCALWn or LOCALLn; where "n" means X, Y or Z) is set by an instruction, do not access its memory by the following instruction because several clocks are required for effective MMU setting. For this reason, insert between them a dummy instruction which accesses SFR or another memory, as in the following example.
(Example) ld ld ld ld xix, 200000H (localrx), 81H wa, (localrx) wa, (xix) ; ; ; ; Data bank number is set Inserted dummy instruction which accesses SFR Instruction which reads BANK 1 of LOCAL-X area.
Note 4: When LOCAL-Z area is used, chip select signal CSZA should be assigned to P82 pin. In this case, CSZA works as chip select signal for not only BANK 0 to 15 but also COMMON-Z. The following setting after reset is required before setting Port82.
ld ld ld ld ld ld (*1) (*2) (localpz), 80H (localrz), 80H (localwz), 80H (locallz), 80H (p8fc), ; ; ; ; LOCAL-Z bank enable for program LOCAL-Z bank enable for data read LOCAL-Z bank enable for data write Set P82 pin to CSZA output (*1) LOCAL-Z bank enable for LCD display memory (*2)
-----0--B ;
(p8fc2), - - - - - 1 - - B ;
If COMMON-Z area is not used as data write memory, this setting is not required. If COMMON-Z area is not used as LCD display memory, this setting is not required.
92CA25-148
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(1) Program bank register The bank number used as program memory is set to these registers. It is not possible to change program bank number in the same local area. LOCAL-X Register for Program 7
LOCALPX Bit symbol (01D0H) Read/Write After reset Function LXE R/W 0 Use BANK for LOCAL-X 0: Not use 1: Use 0 0
6
5
4
X4
3
X3
2
X2 R/W 0
1
X1 0
0
X0 0
Set wBANK number for LOCAL-X ("0" is disabled because of overlap with COMMON area.)
LOCAL-Y Register for Program 7
LOCALPY Bit symbol (01D1H) Read/Write After reset Function LYE R/W 0 Use BANK for LOCAL-Y 0: Not use 1: Use 0 0
6
5
4
Y4
3
Y3
2
Y2 R/W 0
1
Y1 0
0
Y0 0
Set BANK number for LOCAL-Y ("3" is disabled because of overlap with COMMON area.)
LOCAL-Z Register for Program 7
LOCALPZ Bit symbol (01D3H) Read/Write After reset Function LZE 0 Use BANK for LOCAL-Z 0: Disable 1: Enable
6
Z6 0
5
Z5 0
4
Z4 R/W 0
3
Z3 0
2
Z2 0
1
Z1 0
0
Z0 0
Set BANK number for LOCAL-Z ("3" is disabled because of overlap with COMMON area.)
92CA25-149
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) LCD Display bank register The bank number used as LCD display memory is set to these registers. Since the bank registers for CPU and LCDC are prepared independently, the bank number for CPU (Program, Read data or Write data) can be changed during LCD display. LOCAL-X Register for LCDC Display Data 7
LOCALLX Bit symbol (01D4H) Read/Write After reset Function LXE R/W 0 Use BANK for LOCAL-X 0: Not use 1: Use 0 0
6
5
4
X4
3
X3
2
X2 R/W 0
1
X1 0
0
X0 0
Set BANK number for LOCAL-X ("0" is disabled because of overlap with COMMON area.)
LOCAL-Y Register for LCDC Display Data 7
LOCALLY (01D5H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function LYE R/W 0 Use BANK for LOCAL-Y 0: Not use 1: Use 0 0
6
5
4
Y4
3
Y3
2
Y2 R/W 0
1
Y1 0
0
Y0 0
Set BANK number for LOCAL-Y ("3" is disabled because of overlap with COMMON area.)
LOCAL-Z Register for LCDC Display Data 7
LOCALLZ (01D7H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Use BANK for LOCAL-Z 0: Disable 1: Enable 0 0 0 LZE
6
Z6
5
Z5
4
Z4 R/W
3
Z3 0
2
Z2 0
1
Z1 0
0
Z0 0
Set BANK number for LOCAL-Z ("3" is disabled because of overlap with COMMON area.)
92CA25-150
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) Read data bank register The bank register number used as read data memory is set to these registers. The following is an example where the read data bank register of LOCAL-X is set to "1". When "ld wa, (xix)" instruction is executed, the bank becomes effective only at the read cycle for xix address. (Example) ld ld ld SFR ld wa, (xix) ; Read bank1 of LOCAL-X area xix, 200000h (localrx), 81h wa, (localrx) ; ; Set Read data bank. ; <-- Insert dummy instruction which accesses
LOCAL-X Register for Read Data 7
LOCALRX Bit symbol (01D8H) Read/Write After reset Function LXE R/W 0 Use BANK for LOCAL-X 0: Not use 1: Use 0 0
6
5
4
X4
3
X3
2
X2 R/W 0
1
X1 0
0
X0 0
Set BANK number for LOCAL-X ("0" is disabled because of overlap with COMMON area.)
LOCAL-Y Register for Read Data 7
LOCALRY Bit symbol (01D9H) Read/Write After reset Function LYE R/W 0 Use BANK for LOCAL-Y 0: Not use 1: Use 0 0
6
5
4
Y4
3
Y3
2
Y2 R/W 0
1
Y1 0
0
Y0 0
Set BANK number for LOCAL-Y ("3" is disabled because of overlap with COMMON area.)
LOCAL-Z Register for Read Data 7
LOCALRZ Bit symbol (01DBH) Read/Write After reset Function LZE 0 Use BANK for LOCAL-Z 0: Disable 1: Enable
6
Z6 0
5
Z5 0
4
Z4 R/W 0
3
Z3 0
2
Z2 0
1
Z1 0
0
Z0 0
Set BANK number for LOCAL-Z ("3" is disabled because of overlap with COMMON area.)
92CA25-151
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(4) Write data bank register The bank number used as write data memory is set to these registers. The following is an example where the data bank register of LOCAL-X is set to "1". When "ld (xix), wa" instruction is executed, the bank becomes effective only at the write cycle for xix address. (Example) ld ld ld SFR ld wa, (xix) ; Write to bank 1 of LOCAL-X area xix, 200000h (localx), 81h wa, (localwx) ; ; Set write data bank. ; <--Insert dummy instruction which accesses
LOCAL-X Register for Write Data 7
LOCALWX Bit symbol (01DCH) Read/Write After reset Function LXE R/W 0 Use BANK for LOCAL-X 0: Not use 1: Use 0 0
6
5
4
X4
3
X3
2
X2 R/W 0
1
X1 0
0
X0 0
Set BANK number for LOCAL-X ("0" is disabled because of overlap with COMMON area.)
LOCAL-Y Register for Write Data 7
LOCALWY Bit symbol (01DDH) Read/Write After reset Function LYE R/W 0 Use BANK for LOCAL-Y 0: Not use 1: Use 0 0
6
5
4
Y4
3
Y3
2
Y2 R/W 0
1
Y1
0
Y0
0
0
Set BANK number for LOCAL-Y ("3" is disabled because of overlap with COMMON area.)
LOCAL-Z Register for Write Data 7
LOCALWZ Bit symbol (01DFH) Read/Write After reset Function LZE 0 Use BANK for LOCAL-Z 0: Disable 1: Enable
6
Z6 0
5
Z5 0
4
Z4 R/W 0
3
Z3 0
2
Z2 0
1
Z1 0
0
Z0 0
Set BANK number for LOCAL-Z ("3" is disabled because of overlap with COMMON area.)
92CA25-152
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.8.3 Setting Example
Below is a setting example. No.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Used as
Main routine Character ROM Sub routine LCD display RAM Stack RAM
Memory
NOR flash (16 Mbytes, 1 pcs)
Setting
CSZA , 32 bits,
MMU Area
COMMON-Z Bank 0 in LOCAL-Z Bank 0 in LOCAL-Y Bank 1 in LOCAL-Y -
Logical Address
Physical Address
C00000H to FFFFFFH 800000H to BFFFFFH 400000H to 5FFFFFH 000000H to 3FFFFFH 000000H to 1FFFFFH 200000H to 3FFFFFH 002000H to 005FFFH
1 wait
SRAM (16 Mbytes, 1 pcs) Internal RAM (16 Kbytes)
CS1 ,
16 bits, 0 waits - (32 bits, 1 clock)
(a) Main routine (COMMON-Z) Logical Address
C00000H C000xxH
Physical Address
(Same)
No
1 2 3 4 5 5.1 5.2 6 7 8 9 10 11 org ldw ldw ldw ldw ld ld ld ld ld ld ld : call : : :
Instruction
C00000H (mamr2), 80FFH (b2csl), C222H (mamr1), 40FFH (b1csl), 8111H (localpz), 80H (localrz), 80H (p8fc), 02H (p8fc2), 04H (pjfc), 07H xsp, 6000H (localpy), 80H ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; 400000H ; ; ; ;
Comment
CS2 800000-FFFFFF/8 Mbytes CS2 32-bit ROM, 1 wait CS1 400000-7FFFFF/4 Mbytes CS1 16-bit RAM, 0 waits LOCAL-Z bank enable for program LOCAL-Z bank enable for data read P81: CS1 P82: CSZA PJ2: SRWR , PJ1: SRLUB , PJ0: SRLLB Stack pointer = 6000H BANK 0 in LOCAL-Y is set as program for sub routine Call sub routine
C000yyH
12 13 14 15
* * * *
Instructions from No.2 to No.8 are settings for ports and memory controller. No.9 is a setting for stack pointer. It is assigned to internal RAM. No.10 is a setting to execute No.12's instruction. No.12 is an instruction to call sub routine. When CPU outputs 400000H address, this MMU will convert and output 000000H address to external address bus: A23 to A0. And CS1 for SRAM will be asserted because its logical address is in the CS1area at the same time. These instructions allow the CPU to branch to sub routine. Note:This example assumes a sub routine program is already written on SRAM.
92CA25-153
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(b) Sub routine (Bank 0 in LOCAL-Y) Logical Address
400000H 4000xxH
Physical Address
000000H 0000xxH
No
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 org ld ld ld ld ld : ld ld ld : : ld ld ld : ret
Instruction
400000H (localwy), 81H (locally), 81H (localrz), 80H xiy, 800000H wa, (xiy) (localpy), 82H xix, 400000H (xix), bc ;
Comment
; BANK 1 in LOCAL-Y is set as write data for LCD display RAM ; BANK 1 in LOCAL-Y is set as LCD display data for LCD display RAM ; BANK 0 in LOCAL-Z is set as read data for character ROM ; Index address register to read character ROM ; Reading character ROM ; Convert it to display data ; ; Index address register to write LCD display data ; Writing LCD display data ; Setting LCD controller ;
xiz, 400000H (lsarcl), xiz (lcdctl0), 01H
; Setting LCD start address to LCDC ; ; Start LCD display operation ; ;
5000yyH
1000yyH
32
*
No.17 and No.18 are settings for BANK 1 of LOCAL-Y. In this case, LCD display data is written to SRAM by CPU. So, (LOCALWY) and (LOCALLY) should be set to the same BANK 1. No.19 is a setting for BANK 0 of LOCAL-Z to read data from character ROM. No.20 and No.21 are instructions to read data from character ROM. When CPU outputs 800000H address, this MMU will convert and output 000000H address to external address bus: A23 to A0. And CSZA for NOR flash will be asserted because its logical address is in the CS2 area at the same time. These instructions allow the CPU to read data from character ROM. No.23 is an instruction which changes the program BANK number in the local area. This setting is disabled. No.24 and No.25 are instructions to write data to SRAM. When CPU outputs 400000H address, this MMU will convert and output 200000H address to external address bus: A23 to A0. And CS1 for SRAM will be asserted because its logical address is in the CS1area at the same time. These instructions allow the CPU to write data to SRAM. No.28 and No.29 are settings to set LCD starting address to LCD controller. When LCDC outputs 400000H address in DMA cycle, this MMU will convert and output 200000H address to external address bus: A23 to A0. And CS1 for SRAM will be asserted because its logical address is in the CS1 area at the same time. These instructions allow the LCDC to read data from SRAM. No.30 is an instruction to start LCD display operation.
* *
* *
*
*
92CA25-154
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.9
Serial Channels
The TMP92CA25 includes 1 serial I/O channels. For the channel, either UART mode (asynchronous transmission) or I/O interface mode (synchronous transmission) can be selected. And SIO0 includes data modulator that supports the IrDA 1.0 infrared data communication specification. I/O interface mode UART mode Mode 0: Mode 1: Mode 2: Mode 3: For transmitting and receiving I/O data using the synchronizing signal SCLK for extending I/O. 7-bit data 8-bit data 9-bit data
In mode 1 and mode 2 a parity bit can be added. Mode 3 has a wakeup function for making the master controller start slave controllers via a serial link (a multi controller system). Figure 3.9.2 is block diagrams for SIO0. SIO0 is compounded mainly prescaler, serial clock generation circuit, receiving buffer and control circuit, transmission buffer and control circuit.
This chapter contains the following sections: 3.9.1 Block diagram 3.9.2 Operation of each circuit 3.9.3 SFR 3.9.4 Operation in each mode 3.9.5 Support for IrDA mode
92CA25-155
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
*
Mode 0 (I/O interface mode) Bit0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Transfer direction * Mode 1 (7-bit UART mode) No parity Parity * Start Start Bit0 Bit0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 Stop Parity Stop
Mode 2 (8-bit UART mode) No parity Parity Start Start Bit0 Bit0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 Stop Parity Stop
*
Mode 3 (9-bit UART mode) Start Wakeup Start Bit0 Bit0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 Bit8 Stop Stop
When bit8 = 1, Address (Select code) is denoted. When bit8 = 0, Data is denoted.
Figure 3.9.1 Data Formats
92CA25-156
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.9.1 Block Diagrams
Prescaler T0 2 4 8 16 32 64 T2 T8 T32 TA0TRG (from TMRA0)
Serial clock generation circuit BR0CR BR0CR BR0ADD Prescaler T0 T2 T8 T32 Selector
Selector
Selector
UART mode
SIOCLK
BR0CR Baud rate generator fIO
SC0MOD0 Selector
SC0MOD0
/2 SCLK0
I/O interface mode
SCLK0
I/O interface mode
SC0CR INT request INTRX0 INTTX0 SC0MOD0 Serial channel interrupt control Transmision counter
Receive counter
(UART only / 16)
(UART only / 16)
RXDCLK SC0MOD0 Receive control SC0CR RXD0 Receive buffer 1 (Shift register) Parity control
TXDCLK Transmission control SC0MOD0
CTS0
RB8
Receive buffer 2 (SC0BUF)
Error flag
TB8
Transmission buffer (SC0BUF)
TXD0
SC0CR Internal data bus
Figure 3.9.2 Block Diagram of Serial Channel 0
92CA25-157
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.9.2 Operation for Each Circuit
(1) SIO Prescaler and prescaler clock select There is a 6-bit prescaler for waking serial clock. The prescaler can be run by selecting the baud rate generator as the waking serial clock. Table 3.9.1 shows prescaler clock resolution into the baud rate generator.
Table 3.9.1 Prescaler Clock Resolution to Baud Rate Generator
System clock selection SYSCR1 1(fs) Clock gear selection SYSCR1 - 000(1/1) 001(1/2) 0(fc) 010(1/4) 011(1/8) 100(1/16) 1/8
Baud rate generator input clock
- T0 fs/8 fc/8 fc/16 fc/32 fc/64 fc/128 SIO prescaler BR0CR T2(1/4) fs/32 fc/32 fc/64 fc/128 fc/256 fc/512 T8(1/16) fs/128 fc/128 fc/256 fc/512 fc/1024 fc/2048 T32(1/64) fs/512 fc/512 fc/1024 fc/2048 fc/4096 fc/8192
The baud rate generator selects between 4 clock inputs: T0, T2, T8, and T32 among the prescaler outputs.
92CA25-158
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) Baud rate generator The baud rate generator is a circuit which generates transmission and receiving clocks that determine the transfer rate of the serial channels. The input clock to the baud rate generator, T0, T2, T8 or T32, is generated by the 6-bit SIO prescaler, which is shared by the timers. One of these input clocks is selected using the BR0CR field in the baud rate generator control register. The baud rate generator includes a frequency divider, which divides the frequency by 1 or N + (16 - K)/16 or 16 values, thereby determining the transfer rate. The transfer rate is determined by the settings of BR0CR and BR0ADD. * In UART mode (1) When BR0CR = 0 The settings BR0ADD are ignored. The baud rate generator divides the selected prescaler clock by N, which is set in BR0CK. (N = 1, 2, 3 ...16) (2) When BR0CR = 1 The N + (16 - K)/16 division function is enabled. The baud rate generator divides the selected prescaler clock by N + (16 - K)/16 using the value of N set in BR0CR (N = 2, 3...15) and the value of K set in BR0ADD (K = 1, 2, 3...15) If N = 1 or N = 16, the N + (16 - K)/16 division function is disabled. Set BR0CR to 0. In I/O interface mode Note: The N + (16 - K)/16 division function is not available in I/O interface mode. Set BR0CR to 0 before dividing by N. The method for calculating the transfer rate when the baud rate generator is used is explained below. * In UART mode Baud rate = * Input clock of baud rate generator / 16 Frequency divider for baud rate generator
*
In I/O interface mode Input clock of baud rate generator Baud rate = /2 Frequency divider for baud rate generator
92CA25-159
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
* Integer divider (N divider) For example, when the source clock frequency (fC) is 39.3216 MHz, the input clock is T2 (fC/32), the frequency divider N (BR0CR) = 8, and BR0CR = 0, the baud rate in UART mode is as follows:
* Clock condition Clock gear : 1/1
Baud rate =
Input clock of baud rate generator / 16 Frequency divider for baud rate generator fC/32 = / 16 8 function is disabled and setting
= 39.3216 x 106 / 16 / 8 / 16 = 9600 (bps) Note: The N + (16 - K)/16 division BR0ADD is invalid.
*
N + (16 - K)/16 divider (UART mode only) Accordingly, when the source clock frequency (fC) = 31.9488 MHz, the input clock is T2 (fC/32), the frequency divider N (BR0CR) = 6, K (BR0ADD) = 8, and BR0CR = 1, the baud rate in UART mode is as follows:
* Clock condition Clock gear : 1/1
Baud rate =
Input clock of baud rate generator Frequency divider for baud rate generator + fC /32 (16 - 8) 16 / 16
/ 16
=6
8 = 31.9488 x 106 / 16 / (6 + 16 ) / 16 = 9600 (bps) Table 3.9.2 show examples of UART mode transfer rates. Additionally, the external clock input is available in the serial clock. (Serial channels 0 and 1). The method for calculating the baud rate is explained below: * In UART mode Baud rate = external clock input frequency / 16 It is necessary to satisfy (External clock input cycle) 4/fSYS * In I/O interface mode Baud rate = external clock input frequency It is necessary to satisfy (External clock input cycle) 16/fSYS
92CA25-160
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 3.9.2 Selection of Transfer Rate (1) (when baud rate generator is used and BR0CR = 0) Unit (Kbps) Input Clock fSYS [MHz] Frequency Divider
9.8304 12.2880 14.7456 19.6608 22.1184 24.5760 2 4 8 10 5 A 2 3 6 C 1 2 4 8 10 3 1 2 4 5 8 A 10
T0 (fSYS/4)
76.800 38.400 19.200 9.600 38.400 19.200 115.200 76.800 38.400 19.200 307.200 153.600 76.800 38.400 19.200 115.200 384.000 192.000 96.000 76.800 48.000 38.400 24.000
T2 (fSYS/16)
19.200 9.600 4.800 2.400 9.600 4.800 28.800 19.200 9.600 4.800 76.800 38.400 19.200 9.600 4.800 28.800 96.000 48.000 24.000 19.200 12.000 9.600 6.000
T8 T32 (fSYS/64) (fSYS/256)
4.800 2.400 1.200 0.600 2.400 1.200 7.200 4.800 2.400 1.200 19.200 9.600 4.800 2.400 1.200 7.200 24.000 12.000 6.000 4.800 3.000 2.400 1.500 1.200 0.600 0.300 0.150 0.600 0.300 1.800 1.200 0.600 0.300 4.800 2.400 1.200 0.600 0.300 1.800 6.000 3.000 1.500 1.200 0.750 0.600 0.375
Note:
Transfer rates in I/O interface mode are eight times faster than the values given above.
In UART mode, TMRA match detect signal (TA0TRG) can be used for serial transfer clock. Method for calculating the timer output frequency which is needed when outputting trigger of timer TA0TRG frequency = Baud rate x 16 Note: The TMRA0 match detect signal cannot be used as the transfer clock in I/O Interface mode.
92CA25-161
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) Serial clock generation circuit This circuit generates the basic clock for transmitting and receiving data. * In I/O interface mode In SCLK output mode with the setting SC0CR = 0, the basic clock is generated by dividing the output of the baud rate generator by 2, as described previously. In SCLK input mode with the setting SC0CR = 1, the rising edge or falling edge will be detected according to the setting of the SC0CR register to generate the basic clock. * In UART mode The SC0MOD0 setting determines whether the baud rate generator clock, the internal clock fIO, the match detect signal from TMRA0 or the external clock (SCLK0) is used to generate the basic clock SIOCLK. (4) Receiving counter The receiving counter is a 4-bit binary counter used in UART mode, which counts up the pulses of the SIOCLK clock. It takes 16 SIOCLK pulses to receive 1 bit of data; each data bit is sampled three times, on the 7th, 8th and 9th clock cycles. The value of the data bit is determined from these three samples using the majority rule. For example, if the data bit is sampled respectively as 1, 0 and 1 on 7th, 8th and 9th clock cycles, the received data bit is taken to be 1. A data bit sampled as 0, 0 and 1 is taken to be 0. (5) Receiving control * In I/O interface mode In SCLK output mode with the setting SC0CR = 0, the RXD0 signal is sampled on the rising edge or falling of the shift clock, which is output on the SCLK0 pin, according to the SC0CR setting. In SCLK input mode with the setting SC0CR = 1, the RXD0 signal is sampled on the rising or falling edge of the SCLK0 input, according to the SC0CR setting. * In UART mode The receiving control block has a circuit which detects a start bit using the majority rule. Received bits are sampled three times; when two or more out of three samples are 0, the bit is recognized as the start bit and the receiving operation commences. The values of the data bits that are received are also determined using the majority rule.
92CA25-162
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(6) The receiving buffers To prevent overrun errors, the receiving buffers are arranged in a double buffer structure. Received data is stored one bit at a time in receiving buffer 1 (which is a shift register). When 7 or 8 bits of data have been stored in receiving buffer 1, the stored data is transferred to receiving buffer 2 (SC0BUF); this causes an INTRX0 interrupt to be generated. The CPU only reads receiving buffer 2 (SC0BUF). Even before the CPU reads receiving buffer 2 (SC0BUF), the received data can be stored in receiving buffer 1. However, unless receiving buffer 2 (SC0BUF) is read before all bits of the next data are received by receiving buffer 1, an overrun error occurs. If an overrun error occurs, the contents of receiving buffer 1 will be lost, although the contents of receiving buffer 2 and SC0CR will be preserved. SC0CR is used to store either the parity bit - added in 8-bit UART mode - or the most significant bit (MSB) - in 9-bit UART mode. In 9-bit UART mode the wakeup function for the slave controller is enabled by setting SC0MOD0 to 1; in this mode INTRX0 interrupts occur only when the value of SC0CR is 1. SIO interrupt mode is selectable by the register SIMC. (7) Transmission counter The transmission counter is a 4-bit binary counter used in UART mode and which, like the receiving counter, counts the SIOCLK clock pulses; a TXDCLK pulse is generated every 16 SIOCLK clock pulses.
SIOCLK 15 TXDCLK 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2
Figure 3.9.3 Generation of the Transmission Clock (8) Transmission controller * In I/O interface mode In SCLK output mode with the setting SC0CR = 0, the data in the transmission buffer is output one bit at a time to the TXD0 pin on the rising or falling edge of the shift clock which is output on the SCLK0 pin, according to the SC0CR setting. In SCLK input mode with the setting SC0CR = 1, the data in the transmission buffer is output one bit at a time on the TXD0 pin on the rising or falling edge of the SCLK0 input, according to the SC0CR setting. * In UART mode When transmission data sent from the CPU is written to the transmission buffer, transmission starts on the rising edge of the next TXDCLK, generating a transmission shift clock TXDSFT.
92CA25-163
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Handshake function Use of CTS0 pin allows data to be sent in units of one frame; thus, overrun errors can be avoided. The handshake function is enabled or disabled by the SC0MOD setting. When the CTS0 pin goes high on completion of the current data send, data transmission is halted until the CTS0 pin goes low again. However, the INTTX0 interrupt is generated, and it requests the next data send from the CPU. The next data is written in the transmission buffer and data sending is halted. Though there is no RTS pin, a handshake function can be easily configured by setting any port assigned to be the RTS function. The RTS should be output "high" to request send data halt after data receive is completed by software in the RXD interrupt routine.
TMP92CA25 TMP92CA25
TXD
CTS0
RXD
RTS (Any port)
Sender
Receiver
Figure 3.9.4 Handshake Function
Timing of writing to the transmission buffer
CTS0
Send is suspended (1) from (1) and (2) (2) 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 14 15 16 1 2 3
SIOCLK TXDCLK TXD Start bit bit0
Note 1: Note 2:
If the CTS0 signal goes high during transmission, no more data will be sent after completion of the current transmission. Transmission starts on the first falling edge of the TXDCLK clock after the CTS0 signal has fallen.
Figure 3.9.5 CTS0 (Clear to send) Timing
92CA25-164
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(9) Transmission buffer The transmission buffer (SC0BUF) shifts out and sends the transmission data written from the CPU in order from the least significant bit (LSB). When all the bits are shifted out, the transmission buffer becomes empty and generates an INTTX0 interrupt. (10) Parity control circuit When SC0CR in the serial channel control register is set to "1", it is possible to transmit and receive data with parity. However, parity can be added only in 7-bit UART mode or 8-bit UART mode. The SC0CR field in the serial channel control register allows either even or odd parity to be selected. In the case of transmission, parity is automatically generated when data is written to the transmission buffer SC0BUF. The data is transmitted after the parity bit has been stored in SC0BUF in 7-bit UART mode or in SC0MOD0 in 8-bit UART mode. SC0CR and SC0CR must be set before the transmission data is written to the transmission buffer. In the case of receiving, data is shifted into receiving buffer 1, and the parity is added after the data has been transferred to receiving buffer 2 (SC0BUF), and then compared with SC0BUF in 7-bit UART mode or with SC0CR in 8-bit UART mode. If they are not equal, a parity error is generated and the SC0CR flag is set. (11) Error flags Three error flags are provided to increase the reliability of data reception. 1. Overrun error If all the bits of the next data item have been received in receiving buffer 1 while valid data still remains stored in receiving buffer 2 (SC0BUF), an overrun error is generated. The below is a recommended flow when the overrun-error is generated. (INTRX interrupt routine) 1) 2) 3) Read receiving buffer Read error flag If = 1 then a) Set to disable receiving (Write "0" to SC0MOD0) b) Wait to terminate current frame c) Read receiving buffer d) Read error flag e) Set to enable receiving (Write "1" to SC0MOD0) f) 4) Request to transmit again Other
92CA25-165
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
2. Parity error The parity generated for the data shifted into receiving buffer 2 (SC0BUF) is compared with the parity bit received via the RXD pin. If they are not equal, a parity error is generated. 3. Framing error The stop bit for the received data is sampled three times around the center. If the majority of the samples are 0, a framing error is generated.
92CA25-166
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(12) Timing generation 1. In UART mode Mode
Interrupt Timing Framing Error Timing Parity Error Timing Overrun Error Timing Note1:
Receiving 9 Bits (Note)
Center of last bit (bit8) Center of stop bit - Center of last bit (bit8)
8 Bits + Parity (Note)
Center of last bit (parity bit) Center of stop bit Center of last bit (parity bit) Center of last bit (parity bit)
8 Bits, 7 Bits + Parity, 7 Bits
Center of stop bit Center of stop bit Center of stop bit Center of stop bit
In 9-bit and 8-bit + parity modes, interrupts coincide with the ninth bit pulse. Thus, when servicing the interrupt, it is necessary to wait for a 1-bit period (to allow the stop bit to be transferred) to allow checking for a framing error.
Note2:
The higher the transfer rate, the later than the middle receive interrupts and errors occur.
Transmitting Mode
Interrupt Timing
9 Bits
Just before stop bit is transmitted
8 Bits + Parity
Just before stop bit is transmitted
8 Bits, 7 Bits + Parity, 7 Bits
Just before stop bit is transmitted
2.
I/O interface
Transmission Interrupt Timing Receiving Interrupt Timing SCLK output mode SCLK input mode SCLK output mode SCLK input mode Immediately after last bit data. (See Figure 3.9.13.) Immediately after rise of last SCLK signal rising mode, or immediately after fall in falling mode. (See Figure 3.9.14.) Timing used to transfer received to data receive buffer 2 (SC0BUF) (e.g. immediately after last SCLK). (See Figure 3.9.15.) Timing used to transfer received data to receive buffer 2 (SC0BUF) (e.g. immediately after last SCLK). (See Figure 3.9.16.)
92CA25-167
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.9.3 SFR
7
SC0MOD0 Bit symbol (1202H) Read/Write After reset Function TB8 0 Transfer data bit8
6
CTSE 0 Hand shake 0: CTS disable 1: CTS enable
5
RXE 0 Receive function 0: Receive disable 1: Receive enable
4
WU R/W 0 Wakeup function 0: Disable 1: Enable
3
SM1 0
2
SM0 0
1
SC1 0
0
SC0 0
Serial transmission mode Serial transmission clock (UART) 00: I/O interface mode 01: 7-bit UART mode 10: 8-bit UART mode 11: 9-bit UART mode 00: TMRA0 trigger 01: Baud rate generator 10: Internal clock fIO 11: External clcok (SCLK0 input)
Serial transmission clock source (UART) 00 TMRA0 match detect signal 01 Baud rate generator 10 Internal clock fIO 11 External clock (SCLK0 input) Note: The clock selection for the I/O interface mode is controlled by the serial control register (SC0CR). Serial transmission mode 00 I/O interface mode 01 10 UART mode 11 Wakeup function 9-bit UART 0 1 Interrupt generated when data is received Interrupt generated only when SC0CR = 1 Don't care Other modes 7-bit mode 8-bit mode 9-bit mode
Receiving function 0 1 Receive disabled Receive enabled
Handshake function ( CTS pin) 0 1 Disabled (always transferable) Enabled
Transmission data bit8
Figure 3.9.6 Serial Mode Control Register (Channel 0, SC0MOD0)
92CA25-168
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
7
SC0CR (1201H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function RB8 R Undefined Received data bit8
6
EVEN R/W 0 Parity 0: Odd 1: Even
5
PE 0 Parity addition 0: Disable 1: Enable
4
OERR 0
3
PERR 0 1: Error
2
FERR 0
1
SCLKS R/W 0 0: SCLK0
0
IOC 0 0: Baud rate generator 1: SCLK0 pin input
R (Cleared to 0 when read)
Overrun
Parity
Framing
1: SCLK0
I/O interface input clock selection 0 1 Baud rate generator SCLK0 pin input
Edge selection for SCLK pin (I/O mode)
0 1
Transmits and receives data on rising edge of SCLK0. Transmits and receives data on falling edge SCLK0.
Cleared to 0 when read
Framing error flag Parity error flag Overrun error flag Parity additions enable 0 1 Disabled Enabled
Even parity addition/check 0 1 Odd parity Even parity
Received data bit8 Note: As all error flags are cleared after reading do not test only a single bit with a bit testing instruction.
Figure 3.9.7 Serial Control Register (Channel 0, SC0CR)
92CA25-169
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
7
BR0CR (1203H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Always write "0". -
6
BR0ADDE 0
5
BR0CK1 0
4
BR0CK0 R/W 0
3
BR0S3 0
2
BR0S2 0
1
BR0S1 0
0
BR0S0 0
+(16 - K)/16 00: T0 division 01: T2 0: Disable 10: T8 1: Enable 11: T32
Divided frequency setting
+(16 - K)/16 division enable 0 1 Disable Enable
Setting the input clock of baud rate generator 00 01 10 11 Internal clock T0 Internal clock T2 Internal clock T8 Internal clock T32
7
BR0ADD (1204H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
6
5
4
3
BR0K3 0
2
BR0K2 R/W 0
1
BR0K1 0
0
BR0K0 0
Sets frequency divisor "K" (divided by N + (16 - K)/16).
Sets baud rate generator frequency divisor BR0CR = 1 BR0CR BR0ADD 0000 0001 (K = 1) to 1111 (K = 15) Disable 0000 (N = 16) or 0001 (N = 1) Disable 0010 (N = 2) to 1111 (N = 15) Disable Divided by N + (16 - K)/16 Divided by N BR0CR = 0 0001 (N = 1) (Only UART) to 1111 (N = 15) 0000 (N = 16)
Note1:Availability of +(16-K)/16 division function N 2 to 15 1 , 16 UART mode x I/O mode x x
The baud rate generator can be set to "1" in UART mode only when the +(16-K)/16 division function is not used. Do not use in I/O interface mode. Note2:Set BR0CR to 1 after setting K (K = 1 to 15) to BR0ADD when +(16-K)/16 division function is used. Writes to unused bits in the BR0ADD register do not affect operation, and undefined data is read from these unused bits.
Figure 3.9.8 Baud Rate Generator Control (Channel 0, BR0CR, BR0ADD)
92CA25-170
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
7
TB7 SC0BUF (1200H)
6
TB6
5
TB5
4
TB4
3
TB3
2
TB2
1
TB1
0
TB0 (Transmission)
7
RB7
6
RB6
5
RB5
4
RB4
3
RB3
2
RB2
1
RB1
0
RB0 (Receiving)
Note: Prohibit read-modify-write for SC0BUF.
Figure 3.9.9 Serial Transmission/Receiving Buffer Registers (Channel 0, SC0BUF)
7 SC0MOD1 (1205H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function I2S0 R/W 0 IDLE2 0: Stop 1: Run
6 FDPX0 R/W 0 Duplex 0: Half 1: Full
5
4
3
2
1
0
Figure 3.9.10 Serial Mode Control Register 1 (Channel 0, SC0MOD1)
92CA25-171
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.9.4 Operation in Each Mode
(1) Mode 0 (I/O interface mode) This mode allows an increase in the number of I/O pins available for transmitting data to or receiving data from an external shift register. This mode includes the SCLK output mode to output synchronous clock SCLK, and SCLK input mode to input external synchronous clock SCLK.
Output extension TMP92CA25 TXD SCLK Port Shift register SI SCK RCK A B C D E F G H Port S/ L SCLK CLOCK RXD QH Input extension TMP92CA25 Shift register A B C D E F G H
TC74HC595 or equivalent
TC74HC165 or equivalent
Figure 3.9.11 SCLK Output Mode Connection Example
Output extension TMP92CA25 Shift register A B TXD SCLK Port SI SCK RCK C D E F G H
Input extension TMP92CA25 Shift register A B RXD SCLK Port QH CLOCK S/ L C D E F G H
TC74HC595 or equivalent External clock
TC74HC165 or equivalent External clock
Figure 3.9.12 Example of SCLK Input Mode Connection
92CA25-172
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
1. Transmission In SCLK output mode 8-bit data and a synchronous clock are output on the TXD0 and SCLK0 pins respectively each time the CPU writes data to the transmission buffer. When all data is output, INTES0 will be set to generate the INTTX0 interrupt.
Timing of transmitted data writing
SCLK0 output ( = 0: rising edge mode) SCLK0 output ( = 1: falling edge mode) TXD0 ITX0C (INTTX0 interrupt request) Bit0 Bit1 Bit6 Bit7 (Internal Clock timing)
Figure 3.9.13 Transmitting Operation in I/O Interface Mode (SCLK0 output mode) (Channel 0) In SCLK input mode, 8-bit data is output on the TXD0 pin when the SCLK0 input becomes active after the data has been written to the transmission buffer by the CPU. When all data is output, INTES0 will be set to generate an INTTX0 interrupt.
SCLK0 input ( = 0: rising edge mode) SCLK0 input ( = 1: falling edge mode) TXD0 ITX0C (INTTX0 intterrupt reqest) Bit0 Bit1 Bit5 Bit6 Bit7
Figure 3.9.14 Transmitting Operation in I/O Interface Mode (SCLK0 input mode) (Channel 0)
92CA25-173
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
2. Receiving In SCLK output mode the synchronous clock is output on the SCLK0 pin and the data is shifted to receiving buffer 1. This is initiated when the receive interrupt flag INTES0 is cleared as the received data is read. When 8-bit data is received, the data is transferred to receiving buffer 2 (SC0BUF) following the timing shown below and INTES0 is set to 1 again, causing an INTRX0 interrupt to be generated. Setting SC0MOD0 to 1 initiates SCLK0 output.
IRX0C (INTRX0 interrupt request) SCLK0 output ( = 0: rising edge mode) SCLK0 output ( = 1: falling edge mode) RXD0 Bit0 Bit1 Bit6 Bit7
Figure 3.9.15 Receiving Operation in I/O Interface Mode (SCLK0 output mode) In SCLK input mode the data is shifted to receiving buffer 1 when the SCLK input goes active. The SCLK input goes active when the receive interrupt flag INTES0 is cleared as the received data is read. When 8-bit data is received, the data is shifted to receiving buffer 2 (SC0BUF) following the timing shown below and INTES0 is set to 1 again, causing an INTRX0 interrupt to be generated.
SCLK0 input ( = 0: rising edge mode) SCLK0 input ( = 1: falling edge mode) RXD1 IRX0C (INTRX0 interrupt request) Bit0 Bit1 Bit5 Bit6 Bit7
Figure 3.9.16 Receiving Operation in I/O Interface Mode (SCLK0 input mode)
Note: The system must be put in the receive-enable state (SC0MOD0 = 1) before data can be received.
92CA25-174
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3. Transmission and receiving (Full duplex mode) When full duplex mode is used, set the receive interrupt level to 0, and only set the interrupt level (from 1 to 6) of the transmit interrupt. Ensure that the program which transmits the interrupt reads the receiving buffer before setting the next transmit data. The following is an example of this: Example: Channel 0, SCLK output Baud rate = 9600 bps fc = 4.9152 MHz *Clock condition: Clock gear 1/1(fc)
7 INTES0 PFCR PFFC SC0MOD0 SC0MOD1 SC0CR BR0CR SC0MOD0 SC0BUF ACC SC0BUF X - - 0 1 0 0 0 * 6 0 - - 0 1 0 0 0 * 5 0 - - 0 0 0 0 1 * 4 1 - - 0 0 0 1 0 * 3 X - - 0 0 0 1 0 * 2 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 * 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 * 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 * Set the INTTX0 level to 1. Set the INTRX0 level to 0. Set PF0, PF1 and PF2 to function as the TXD0, RXD0 and SCLK0 pins respectively. Select I/O interface mode. Select full duplex mode. SCLK output, transmit on negative edge, receive on positive edge. Baud rate = 9600 bps. Enable receiving. Set the transmit data and start. Read the receiving buffer. * * * * * Set the next transmit data.
Main routine
INTTX0 interrupt routine
SC0BUF * * *
X: Don't care, -: No change
92CA25-175
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) Mode 1 (7-bit UART mode) 7-bit UART mode is selected by setting the serial channel mode register SC0MOD0 field to 01. In this mode a parity bit can be added. Use of a parity bit is enabled or disabled by the setting of the serial channel control register SC0CR bit; whether even parity or odd parity will be used is determined by the SC0CR setting when SC0CR is set to 1 (enabled). Setting example: When transmitting data of the following format, the control registers should be set as described below.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Even parity
Start
Bit0
Stop
Transmission direction (Transmission rate: 2400 bps at fC = 39.3216 MHz) *Clock condition: Clock gear 1/1(fc) 7 PFCR PFFC SC0MOD0 SC0CR BR0CR INTES0 SC0BUF - - X X 0 X * 6 - - 0 1 0 1 * 5 - - - 1 1 0 * 4 - - X X 0 0 * 3 - - 0 X 1 - * 2 - - 1 X 0 - * 1 - - 0 0 0 - * 0 1 1 1 0 0 - * Set PF0 to function as the TXD0 pin. Select 7-bit UART mode. Add even parity. Set the transfer rate to 2400 bps. Enable the INTTX0 interrupt and set it to interrupt level 4. Set data for transmission.
X: Don't care, -: No change
(3) Mode 2 (8-bit UART mode) 8-bit UART mode is selected by setting SC0MOD0 to 10. In this mode a parity bit can be added (use of a parity bit is enabled or disabled by the setting of SC0CR); whether even parity or odd parity will be used is determined by the SC0CR setting when SC0CR is set to 1 (enabled). Setting example: When receiving data of the following format, the control registers should be set as described below.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Odd parity
Start
Bit0
Stop
Transmission direction (Transmission rate: 9600 bps at fC = 39.3216 MHz)
92CA25-176
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Main settings 7 PFCR PFFC SC0MOD0 SC0CR BR0CR INTES0 - - - X 0 - 6 - - 0 0 0 - 5 - - 1 1 0 - 4 - - X X 1 - 3 - - 1 X 1 X 2 - - 0 X 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - 1 0 0 0 Enable receiving in 8-bit UART mode. Add odd parity. Set the transfer rate to 9600 bps. Enable the INTTX0 interrupt and set it to interrupt level 4. Set PF1 to function as the RXD0 pin.
Interrupt processing ACC ACC SC0CR AND 00011100 SC0BUF if ACC 0 then ERROR X: Don't care, -: No change Check for errors Read the received data
(4) Mode 3 (9-bit UART mode) 9-bit UART mode is selected by setting SC0MOD0 to 11. In this mode a parity bit cannot be added. In the case of transmission the MSB (9th bit) is written to SC0MOD0. In the case of receiving it is stored in SC0CR. When the buffer is written or read, or is read or written first, before the rest of the SC0BUF data. Wakeup function In 9-bit UART mode, the wakeup function for slave controllers is enabled by setting SC0MOD0 to 1. The interrupt INTRX0 can only be generated when = 1.
TXD
RXD
TXD
RXD
TXD
RXD
TXD
RXD
Master
Slave1
Slave 2
Slave 3
Note: The TXD pin of each slave controller must be in open-drain output mode.
Figure 3.9.17 Serial Link Using Wakeup Function
92CA25-177
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Protocol
1. 2. Select 9-bit UART mode on the master and slave controllers. Set the SC0MOD0 bit on each slave controller to 1 to enable data receiving.
3. The master controller transmits data one frame at a time. Each frame includes an 8-bit select code which identifies a slave controller. The MSB (bit8) of the data () is set to 1.
Start Bit0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 "1" Stop
Select code of slave controller
4.
Each slave controller receives the above frame. Each controller checks the above select code against its own select code. The controller whose code matches clears its bit to 0. The master controller transmits data to the specified slave controller (the controller whose SC0MOD0 bit has been cleared to 0). The MSB (bit8) of the data () is cleared to 0.
5.
Start
Bit0
1
2
3 Data
4
5
6
7
Bit8 "0"
Stop
6. The other slave controllers (whose bits remain at 1) ignore the received data because their MSBs (bit8 or ) are set to 0, disabling INTRX0 interrupts. The slave controller whose bit = 0 can also transmit to the master controller. In this way it can signal the master controller that the data transmission from the master controller has been completed.
92CA25-178
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Setting example: To link two slave controllers serially with the master controller using the internal clock fIO as the transfer clock.
TXD
RXD
TXD
RXD
TXD
RXD
Master
Slave1
Slave 2
Select code 00000001
Select code 00001010
*
Main PFCR PFFC INTES0 SC0MOD0 SC0BUF INTTX0 interrupt SC0MOD0 SC0BUF
Setting the master controller
- - 1 1 0 0 *
--- --- 100 010 000 --- ***
-- -- 11 11 00 -- **
01 01 01 10 01 -- **
Set PF0 and PF1 to function as the TXD0 and RXD0 pins respectively. Enable the INTTX0 interrupt and set it to interrupt level 4. Enable the INTRX0 interrupt and set it to interrupt level 5. Set fIO as the transmission clock for 9-bit UART mode. Set the select code for slave controller 1. Set TB8 to 0. Set data for transmission.
*
Main PFCR PFFC PFFC2 INTES0 SC0MOD0
Setting the slave controller
- - 1 1
-- -- 10 01
- - 1 1
--0 --0 111 111
1 1 0 0
XXXXXXX1
Select PF1 and PF0 to function as the RXD0 and TXD0 pins respectively (Open-drain output). Enable INTRX0 and INTTX0. Set to 1 in 9-bit UART transmission mode using fSYS as the transfer clock.
INTRX0 interrupt ACC Then SC0MOD0 SC0BUF --- 0 --- - Clear to 0 if ACC = select code
92CA25-179
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.9.5 Support for IrDA
SIO0 includes support for the IrDA 1.0 infrared data communication specification. Figure 3.9.18 shows the block diagram.
Transmission data
IR modulator Modem
TXD0
IR transmitter & LED
IR output
SIO0 Receive data
IR demodulator
RXD0
IR receiver
IR input
TMP92CA25
Figure 3.9.18 Block Diagram (1) Modulation of the transmission data When the transmit data is 0, the modem outputs 1 to TXD0 pin with either 3/16 or 1/16 times for width of baud rate. The pulse width is selected by the SIRCR. When the transmit data is 1, the modem outputs 0.
Transmission data TXD0 pin Start 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 Stop
Figure 3.9.19 Transmission Example (2) Modulation of the receive data When the receive data has an effective pulse width of "1", the modem outputs "0" to SIO0. Otherwise the modem outputs "1" to SIO0. The effective pulse width is selected by SIRCR.
RXD0 pin
Receive data
Start
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
Stop
Figure 3.9.20 Receiving Example
92CA25-180
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) Data format The data format is fixed as follows: * * * (4) SFR Figure 3.9.21 shows the control register SIRCR. Set SIRCR data while SIO0 is stopped. The following example describes how to set this register:
1) SIO setting 2) LD 3) LD 4) Start transmission and receiving for SIO0 ; The modem operates as follows: * SIO0 starts transmitting. * IR receiver starts receiving. (SIRCR), 07H (SIRCR), 37H ; ; Set the receive data pulse width to 16x. TXEN, RXEN Enable the transmission and receiving. ; Set the SIO to UART mode.
Data length: 8 bits Parity bits: none Stop bits: 1 bit
92CA25-181
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(5) Notes 1. Baud rate for IrDA When IrDA is operated, set 01 to SC0MOD0 to generate baud rate. Settings other than the above (TA0TRG, fIO and SCLK0 input) cannot be used. 2. The pulse width for transmission The IrDA 1.0 specification is defined in Table 3.9.3. Table 3.9.3 Baud Rate and Pulse Width Specifications
Baud Rate 2.4 Kbps 9.6 Kbps 19.2 Kbps 38.4 Kbps 57.6 Kbps 115.2 Kbps Modulation RZI RZI RZI RZI RZI RZI Rate Tolerance (% of rate) 0.87 0.87 0.87 0.87 0.87 0.87 Pulse Width (min) 1.41 s 1.41 s 1.41 s 1.41 s 1.41 s 1.41 s Pulse Width (typ.) 78.13 s 19.53 s 9.77 s 4.88 s 3.26 s 1.63 s Pulse Width (max) 88.55 s 22.13 s 11.07 s 5.96 s 4.34 s 2.23 s
The pulse width is defined as either baud rate T x 3/16 or 1.6 s (1.6 s is equal to 3/16 pulse width when baud rate is 115.2 Kbps). The TMP92CA25 has a function which can select the pulse width of transmission as either 3/16 or 1/16. However, 1/16 pulse width can only be selected when the baud rate is equal to or less than 38.4 Kbps. For the same reason, when using IrDA 115.2 Kbps with USB, the + (16 - K)/16 division function in the baud rate generator of SIO0 cannot be used to generate a 115.2 Kbps baud rate, except under special conditions as explained in (6) below. The + (16 - K)/16 division function cannot be used alsowhen the baud rate is 38.4 Kbps and the pulse width is 1/16. Table 3.9.4 Baud Rate and Pulse Width for (16 - K)/16 Division Function
Pulse Width
T x 3/16 T x 1/16
Baud Rate 115.2 Kbps
x (Note) -
57.6 Kbps
38.4 Kbps
19.2 Kbps
9.6 Kbps
2.4 Kbps
-
x



: (16 - K)/16 division function can be used.
x: (16 - K)/16 division function cannot be used. -: Cannot be set to 1/16 pulse width. Note: (16 - K)/16 division function can be used under special conditions.
92CA25-182
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
7
SIRCR (1207H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Select transmit pulse width 0: 3/16 1: 1/16 PLSEL
6
RXSEL 0 Receive data
5
TXEN 0 Transmit
4
RXEN R/W 0 Receive 0: Disable 1: Enable
3
SIRWD3 0
2
SIRWD2 0
1
SIRWD1 0
0
SIRWD0 0
Select receive pulse width Set effective pulse width to equal to or more than 2x x (value + 1) + 100 ns Can be set: 1 to 14 Cannot be set: 0, 15
0: Disable 0: "H" pulse 1: Enable 1: "L" pulse
Select receive pulse width Formula: Effective pulse width 2x x (value + 1) + 100 ns x = 1/fSYS 0000 0001 to 1110 1111 Equal to or more than 30x + 100 ns Cannot be set Cannot be set Equal to or more than 4x + 100 ns
Receive operation 0 1 Disable (Received input is ignored) Enable
Transmit operation 0 1 Disable (Input from SIO is ignored) Enable
Select transmit pulse width 0 1 3/16 1/16
Note: If a pulse width complying with IrDA1.0 standard (1.6
s min.) can be guaranteed with a low baud rate, setting this bit to "1" will result in reduced power dissipation.
Figure 3.9.21 IrDA Control Register
92CA25-183
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.10 Serial Bus Interface (SBI)
The TMP92CA25 has 1-channel serial bus interface which an I2C bus mode. The serial bus interface is connected to an external device through P93 (SDA) and P94 (SCL) in the I2C bus mode. Each pin is specified as follows.
P9F2 I C Bus Mode
2
P9CR 11
P9FC 11
11
X: Don't care
3.10.1
Configuration
INTSBI interrupt request SCL SCK SIO clock control Input/ output control T Divider Transfer control circuit SIO data control SO SI
P94 (SO/SDA)
Noise canceller
I C bus clock sync. + control
2
Shift register
I C bus data control
2
P93 (SCL) Noise canceller SDA
SBI0CR2/ SBI0SR SBI0 control register 2/ SBI0 status register
I2C0AR I C bus address register
2
SBI0BR SBI data buffer register
SBI0CR1 SBI control register 1
SBI0BR0, 1 SBI baud rate register 0, 1
Figure 3.10.1 Serial Bus Interface (SBI)
92CA25-184
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.10.2 Serial Bus Interface (SBI) Control
The following registers are used to control the serial bus interface and monitor the operation status. * * * * * * * Serial bus interface 0 control register 1 (SBI0CR1) Serial bus interface 0 control register 2 (SBI0CR2) Serial bus interface 0 data buffer register (SBI0DBR) I2C bus 0 address register (I2C0AR) Serial bus interface 0 status register (SBI0SR) Serial bus interface 0 baud rate register 0 (SBI0BR0) Serial bus interface 0 baud rate register 1 (SBI0BR1)
The above registers differ depending on a mode to be used. Refer to section 3.10.4 "I2C Bus Mode Control Register".
3.10.3
The Data Formats in the I2C Bus Mode
The data formats in the I2C bus mode is shown below.
(a) Addressing format 8 bits S Slave address 1 (b) Addressing format (with restart) 8 bits S Slave address 1 1 RA /C WK 1 to 8 bits Data 1 or more 1 A CS K 8 bits Slave address 1 1 RA /C WK 1 to 8 bits Data 1 or more 1 A CP K 1 RA /C WK 1 to 8 bits Data 1 A C K 1 or more 1 to 8 bits Data 1 A CP K
(c) Free data format (data transferred from master device to slave device) 8 bits S Data 1 S: Start condition 1 A C K 1 to 8 bits Data 1 A C K 1 or more 1 to 8 bits Data 1 A CP K
R/ W : Direction bit ACK: Acknowledge bit P: Stop condition
Figure 3.10.2 Data Format in the I2C Bus Mode
92CA25-185
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.10.4 I2C Bus Mode Control Register
The following registers are used to control and monitor the operation status when using the serial bus interface (SBI) in the I2C bus mode. Serial Bus Interface 0 Control Register 1 7
SBI0CR1 (1240H) Prohibit readmodifywrite Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function BC2
6
BC1 W
5
BC0 0
4
ACK R/W 0 Acknowledge mode specification 0: Not generate 1: Generate
3
2
SCK2 W
1
SCK1
0
SCK0/ SWRMON
R/W
0 0 Number of transferred bits
0 0 0/1 (Note 2) Internal serial clock selection and software reset monitor (Note 1)
Internal serial clock selection at write - (Note 3) 000 n=5 - (Note 3) 001 n=6 - (Note 3) 010 System clock: fSYS n=7 - (Note 3) 011 n=8 fSYS = 20 MHz (internal SCL output) 100 n = 9 76.9 kHz fSYS 101 n = 10 38.8 kHz fscl = 2n + 8 [Hz] 110 n = 11 19.5 kHz 111 Reserved (Reserved) Software reset state monitor at read 0 1 During software reset Initial data
Acknowledge mode specification 0 1 Not generate clock pulse for acknowledge signal Generate clock pulse for acknowledge signal
Number of bits transferred = 0 Number of clock pulses 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Bits 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 1 Number of clock pulses 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Bits 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 Note 1: Note 2: Note 3:
For the frequency of the SCL pin clock, see 3.10.5 (3) "Serial clock". Initial data of SCK0 is "0", SWRMON is "1". This I C bus circuit does not support fast mode, it supports the Standard mode only. Although the I C bus circuit itself allows the setting of a baud rate over 100kbps, the compliance with the I C specification is not guaranteed in that case.
2 2 2
Figure 3.10.3 Registers for the I2C Bus Mode
92CA25-186
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Serial Bus Interface Control Register 2 7
SBI0CR2 (1243H) Prohibit readmodifywrite Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Master/ slave selection 0 MST
6
TRX W
5
BB 0
4
PIN 1 Cancel INTSBI interrupt request
3
SBIM1 0 W (Note 1)
2
SBIM0 0
1
SWRST1 0 W (Note 1)
0
SWRST0 0
Transmitter/ Start/stop receiver condition selection generation
Serial bus interface operating mode selection (Note 2) 00: Port mode 01: (Reserved) 2 10: I C bus mode 11: (Reserved)
Software reset generate write "10" and "01", then an internal software reset signal is generated.
Serial bus interface operating mode selection (Note 2) 00 Port mode (Serial bus interface output disabled) 01 (Reserved) 10 I C bus mode 11 (Reserved) INTSBI interrupt request 0 1 - (Cannot clear to "0") Cancel interrupt request
2
Start/stop condition generation 0 1 Generates the stop condition (When MST, TRX, PIN are "1") Generates the start condition (When MST, TRX, PIN are "1") Transmitter/receiver selection 0 1 Receiver Transmitter
Master/slave selection 0 1 Slave Master
Note 1: Note 2:
Reading this register function as SBI0SR register. Switch a mode to port mode after confirming that the bus is free. Switch a mode between I C bus mode after confirming that input signals via port are high level.
2
Figure 3.10.4 Registers for the I2C Bus Mode
92CA25-187
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Serial Bus Interface Status Register 7
SBI0SR (1243H) Prohibit readmodifywrite Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 2 Master/ Transmitter/ I C bus slave status receiver status monitor status monitor monitor 1 INTSBI interrupt request monitor MST
6
TRX
5
BB
4
PIN R
3
AL 0 Arbitration lost detection monitor 0: -
2
AAS 0
Slave address match detection monitor
1
AD0 0
GENERAL CALL detection monitor
0
LRB 0 Last received bit monitor 0: "0"
1: Detected 1: Detected
0: Undetected 0: Undetected 1: "1" 1: Detected
Last received bit monitor 0 1 Last received bit was "0" Last received bit was "1"
GENERAL CALL detection monitor 0 1 Undetected GENERAL CALL detected
Slave address match detection monitor 0 1 Undetected Slave address match or GENERAL CALL detected
Arbitration lost detection monitor 0 1 - Arbitration lost
INTSBI interrupt request monitor 0 1
2
Interrupt requested Interrupt canceled
I C bus status monitor 0 1 Free Busy
Transmitter/receiver status monitor 0 1 Receiver Transmitter
Master/slave status monitor 0 1 Note: Writing in this register functions as SBI0CR2. Slave Master
Figure 3.10.5 Registers for the I2C Bus Mode
92CA25-188
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Serial Bus Interface Baud Rate Register 0 7
SBI0BR0 (1244H) Prohibit readmodifywrite Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function - W 0 Always write "0".
6
I2SBI0 R/W 0 IDLE2 0: Stop 1: Run
5
4
3
2
1
0
Operation during IDLE2 mode 0 1 Stop Operation
Serial Bus Interface Baud Rate Register 1 7
SBI0BR1 (1245H) Prohibit readmodifywrite Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Internal clock 0: Stop 1: Operate P4EN W 0 Always write "0".
6
-
5
4
3
2
1
0
Baud rate clock control 0 1 Stop Operate
Serial Bus Interface Data Buffer Register 7
SBI0DBR (1241H) Prohibit readmodifywrite Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Note 1: Note 2: DB7
6
DB6
5
DB5
4
DB4
3
DB3
2
DB2
1
DB1
0
DB0
R (Received)/W (Transfer) Undefined
When writing transmitted data, start from the MSB (Bit7). Receiving data is placed from LSB (Bit0). SBI0DBR can't be read the written data. Therefore read-modify-write instruction (e.g., "BIT" instruction) is prohibitted.
I2C Bus 0 Address Register 7
I2C0AR (1242H) Prohibit readmodifywrite Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 SA6
6
SA5
5
SA4
4
SA3 W
3
SA2 0
2
SA1 0
1
SA0 0
0
ALS 0 Address recognition mode specification
Slave address selection for when device is operating as slave device
Address recognition mode specification 0 1 Slave address recognition Non slave address recognition
Figure 3.10.6 Registers for the I2C Bus Mode
92CA25-189
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.10.5 Control in I2C Bus Mode
(1) Acknowledge mode specification Set the SBI0CR1 to "1" for operation in the acknowledge mode. The TMP92CA25 generates an additional clock pulse for an acknowledge signal when operating in master mode. In the transmitter mode during the clock pulse cycle, the SDA pin is released in order to receive the acknowledge signal from the receiver. In the receiver mode during the clock pulse cycle, the SDA pin is set to the low in order to generate the acknowledge signal. Clear the to "0" for operation in the non-acknowledge mode. The TMP92CA25 does not generate a clock pulse for the acknowledge signal when operating in the master mode. (2) Number of transfer bits Since the SBI0CR1 is cleared to "000" on start up, a slave address and direction bit transmissions are executed in 8 bits. Other than these, the retains a specified value. (3) Serial clock 1. Clock source The SBI0CR1 is used to specify the maximum transfer frequency for output on the SCL pin in the master mode. Set the baud rates, which have been calculated according to the formula below, to meet the specifications of the I2C bus, such as the smallest pulse width of tLOW.
tHIGH
tLOW
1/fscl
tLOW = 2 - /fSBI n1 tHIGH = 2 - /fSBI + 8/fSBI fscl = 1/(tLOW + tHIGH) = fnSBI 2 +8
n 1
Note:
fSBI is the clock fSYS.
SBI0CR1 000 001 010 011 100 101 110
n 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Figure 3.10.7 Clock Source
92CA25-190
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
2. Clock synchronization In the I2C bus mode, in order to wired-AND a bus, a master device which pulls down a clock pin to the low level, in the first place, invalidate a clock pulse of another master device which generates a high-level clock pulse. The master device with a high-level clock pulse needs to detect the situation and implement the following procedure. This device has a clock synchronization function which allows normal data transfer even when more than one master exists on the bus. The following example explains the clock synchronization procedures used when there are two masters present on the bus.
Wait counting high-level width of a clock pulse Start couting high-level width of a clock pulse Internal SCL output (Master A) Internal SCL output (Master B) SCL pin a b c
Reset a counter of high-level width of a clock pulse
Figure 3.10.8 Clock Synchronization When master A pulls the internal SCL output to the low level at point "a", the bus's SCL pin goes to the low level. After detecting this, master B resets a counter of high-level width of an own clock pulse and sets the internal SCL output the low level. Master A finishes counting low-level width of an own clock pulse at point "b" and sets the internal SCL output to the high level. Since master B is holding the bus's SCL pin the low level, master A waits for counting high-level width of an own clock pulse. After master B has finished counting low-level width of an own clock pulse at point "c" and master A detects the SCL pin of the bus at the high level, and starts counting high level of an own clock pulse. The clock pulse on the bus is determined by the master device with the shortest high-level width and the master device with the longest low-level width from among those master devices connected to the bus. (4) Slave address and address recognition mode specification When this device is to be used as a slave device, set the slave address and in I2C0AR. Clear the to "0" for the address recognition mode. (5) Master/slave selection To operate this device as a master device set the SBI0CR2 to "1". To operate it as a slave device clear the SBI0CR2 to "0". The is cleared to "0" in hardware when a stop condition is detected on the bus or when arbitration is lost.
92CA25-191
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(6) Transmitter/receiver selection To operate this device as a transmitter set the SBI0CR2 to "1". To operate it as a receiver clear the SBI0CR2 to "0". When data with an addressing format is transferred in the slave mode, when a slave address with the same value that an I2C0AR or a GENERAL CALL is received (All 8-bit data are "0" after a start condition), the is set to "1" in hardware if the direction bit ( R/ W ) sent from the master device is "1", and is cleared to "0" in hardware if the bit is "0". In the master mode, when an acknowledge signal is returned from the slave device, the is cleared to "0" in hardware if the value of the transmitted direction bit is "1", and is set to "1" in hardware if the value of the bit is "0". If an acknowledge signal is not returned, the current state is maintained. The is cleared to "0" in hardware when a stop condition is detected on the I2C bus or when arbitration is lost. (7) Start/stop condition generation When the SBI0SR = "0", slave address and direction bit which are set to SBI0DBR is output on the bus after generating a start condition by writing "1111" to the SBI0CR2. It is necessary to set transmitted data to the data buffer register (SBI0DBR) and set "1" to the beforehand.
SCL pin SDA pin Start condition
1 A6
2 A5
3 A4
4 A3
5 A2
6 A1
7 A0
8 R/ W
9
Slave address and the direction bit
Acknowledge signal
Figure 3.10.9 Start Condition Generation and Slave Address Generation When the SBI0SR = "1", the sequence for generating a stop condition can be initiated by writing "111" to the SBI0CR2 and writing "0" to the SBI0CR2. Do not modify the contents of the SBI0CR2 until a stop condition has been generated on the bus.
SCL pin SDA pin Stop condition
Figure 3.10.10 Stop Condition Generation The state of the bus can be ascertained by reading the contents of the SBI0SR. The SBI0SR will be set to "1" if a start condition has been detected on the bus, and will be cleared to "0" if a stop condition has been detected. Stop condition generation in master mode have limit. Therefore, please refer to 3.10.6 (4) "Stop condition generation".
92CA25-192
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(8) Interrupt service requests and interrupt cancellation When a serial bus interface interrupt request 0 by transfer of the slave address or the data (INTSBI) is generated, the SBI0SR is cleared to "0". The SCL pin is pulled down to the low-level while the = "0". The is cleared to "0" when a single word of data is transmitted or received. Either writing data to or reading data from SBI0DBR sets the to "1". The time from the being set to "1" until the release of the SCL pin is tLOW. In the address recognition mode (e.g., when = "0"), the is cleared to "0" when the slave address matches the value set in I2C0AR or when a GENERAL CALL is received (All 8-bit data are "0" after a start condition). Although the SBI0CR2 can be set to "1" by a program, writing "0" to the SBI0CR2 does not clear it to "0". (9) Serial bus interface operation mode selection The SBI0CR2 is used to specify the serial bus interface operation mode. Set the SBI0CR2 to "10" when the device is to be used in I2C bus mode after confirming pin condition of serial bus interface to "H". Switch a mode to port after confirming a bus is free. (10) Arbitration lost detection monitor Since more than one master device can exist simultaneously on the bus in I2C bus mode, a bus arbitration procedure has been implemented in order to guarantee the integrity of transferred data. Data on the SDA pin is used for I2C bus arbitration. The following example illustrates the bus arbitration procedure when there are two master devices on the bus. Master A and master B output the same data until point "a". After master A outputs "L" and master B, "H", the SDA pin of the bus is wire-AND and the SDA pin is pulled down to the low level by master A. When the SCL pin of the bus is pulled up at point "b", the slave device reads the data on the SDA pin, that is, data in master A. Data transmitted from master B becomes invalid. The master B state is known as "ARBITRATION LOST". Master B device which loses arbitration releases the internal SDA output in order not to affect data transmitted from other masters with arbitration. When more than one master sends the same data at the first word, arbitration occurs continuously after the second word.
SCL pin Internal SDA output (Master A) Internal SDA output (Master B) SDA pin a b Internal SDA output becomes "1" after arbitration has been lost.
Figure 3.10.11 Arbitration Lost
92CA25-193
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
This device compares the levels on the bus's SDA pin with those of the internal SDA output on the rising edge of the SCL pin. If the levels do not match, arbitration is lost and the SBI0SR is set to "1". When the is set to "1", the SBI0SR are cleared to "00" and the mode is switched to a slave receiver mode. Thus, clock output is stopped in data transfer after setting = "1". The is cleared to "0" when data is written to or read from SBI0DBR or when data is written to SBI0CR2.
Internal SCL output Internal SDA output Internal SCL output Internal SDA output 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4
Master A
D7A
D6A
D5A
D4A
D3A
D2A
D1A
D0A
D7A' D6A' D5A' D4A'
Stop the clock pulse 1 2 3 4
Master B
D7B
D6B
Keep internal SDA output to high level as losing arbitration

Accessed to SBI0DBR or SBI0CR2
Figure 3.10.12 Example of a Master Device B (D7A = D7B, D6A = D6B) (11) Slave address match detection monitor The SBI0SR is set to "1" in the slave mode, in the address recognition mode (e.g., when the I2C0AR = "0"), when a GENERAL CALL is received, or when a slave address matches the value set in I2C0AR. When the I2C0AR = "1", the SBI0SR is set to "1" after the first word of data has been received. The SBI0SR is cleared to "0" when data is written to or read from the data buffer register SBI0DBR. (12) GENERAL CALL detection monitor The SBI0SR is set to "1" in the slave mode, when a GENERAL CALL is received (all 8-bit received data is "0", after a start condition). The SBI0SR is cleared to "0" when a start condition or stop condition is detected on the bus. (13) Last received bit monitor The value on the SDA pin detected on the rising edge of the SCL pin is stored in the SBI0SR. In the acknowledge mode, immediately after an INTSBI interrupt request has been generated, an acknowledge signal is read by reading the contents of the SBI0SR.
92CA25-194
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(14) Software reset function The software reset function is used to initialize the SBI circuit, when SBI is locked by external noises, etc. An internal reset signal pulse can be generated by setting SBI0CR2 to "10" and "01". This initializes the SBI circuit internally. All command (except SBI0CR2) registers and status registers are initialized as well. The SBI0CR1 is automatically set to "1" after the SBI circuit has been initialized. (15) Serial bus interface data buffer register (SBI0DBR) The received data can be read and the transferred data can be written by reading or writing the SBI0DBR. When the start condition has been generated in the master mode, the slave address and the direction bit are set in this register. (16) I2C bus address register (I2C0AR) I2C0AR is used to set the slave address when this device functions as a slave device. The slave address output from the master device is recognized by setting I2C0AR is set to "0". The data format is the addressing format. When the slave address in not recognized at the is set to "1", the data format is the free data format. (17) Baud rate register (SBI0BR1) Write "1" to the SBI0BR1 before operation commences. (18) Setting register for IDLE2 mode operation (SBI0BR0) The setting of SBI0BR0 determines whether the device is operating or is stopped in IDLE2 mode. Therefore, setting is necessary before the HALT instruction is executed.
92CA25-195
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.10.6 Data Transfer in I2C Bus Mode
(1) Device initialization Set the SBI0BR1 and the SBI0CR1. Set the SBI0BR1 to "1" and clear bits 7 to 5 and 3 of the SBI0CR1 to "0". Set a slave address in I2C0AR and the I2C0AR ( = "0" when an addressing format.) For specifying the default setting to a slave receiver mode, clear "000" to the , set "1" to the , set "10" to the and set "00" to the . (2) Start condition and slave address generation 1. Master mode In the master mode the start condition and the slave address are generated as follows. Check a bus free status (when = "0"). Set the SBI0CR1 to "1" (Acknowledge mode) and specify a slave address and a direction bit to be transmitted to the SBI0DBR. When the is "0", the start condition is generated by writing "1111" to the SBI0CR2. Subsequently to the start condition, 9 clocks are output from the SCL pin. While 8 clocks are output, the slave address and the direction bit which are set to the SBI0DBR. At the 9th clock pulse the SDA pin is released and the acknowledge signal is received from the slave device. An INTSBI interrupt request occurs on the falling edge of the 9th clock pulse. The is cleared to "0". In the master mode the SCL pin is pulled down to the low level while the is "0". When an INTSBI interrupt request occurs, the value of is changed according to the direction bit setting only if the slave device returns an acknowledge signal. 2. Slave mode In the slave mode, the start condition and the slave address are received. After the start condition is received from the master device, while 8 clocks are output from the SCL pin, the slave address and the direction bit which are output from the master device are received. When a GENERAL CALL or the same address as the slave address set in I2C0AR is received, the SDA line is pulled down to the low level at the 9th clock, and the low level at the 9th clock, and the acknowledge signal is output. An INTSBI interrupt request occurs on the falling edge of the 9th clock. The is cleared to "0". In slave mode the SCL line is pulled down to the low-level while the = "0".
92CA25-196
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
SCL pin SDA pin
1 A6 Start condition
2 A5
3 A4
4 A3
5 A2
6 A1
7 A0
8 R/ W
9 ACK Acknowledge signal from a slave device
Slave address + Direction bit
INTSBI interrupt request Output of master Output of slave
Figure 3.10.13 Start Condition Generation and Slave Address Transfer (3) 1-word data transfer Check the setting using an INTSBI interrupt process after the transfer of each word of data is completed and determine whether the device is in the master mode or the slave mode. 1. When the is "1" (Master mode) Check the setting and determine whether the device is in the transmitter mode or the receiver mode. When the is "1" (Transmitter mode) Check the setting. When the = "1", there is no receiver requesting data. Implement the process for generating a stop condition (See section 3.10.6 (4).) and terminate data transfer. When the = "0", the receiver is requesting new data. When the next transmitted data is 8 bits, write the transmitted data to the SBI0DBR. When the next transmitted data is other than 8 bits, set the , set the to "1" and write the transmitted data to the SBI0DBR. After the data has been written, the is set to "1", a serial clock pulse is generated to trigger transfer of the next word of data via the SCL pin, and the word is transmitted. After the data has been transmitted, an INTSBI interrupt request is generated. The is set to "0" and the SCL pin is pulled down to the low level. If the length of the data to be transferred is greater than one word, repeat the latter steps of the procedure, starting from the check of the setting.
SCL pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Write to SBI0DBR SDA pin D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 ACK Acknowledge signal from a receiver
INTSBI interrupt request Output from master Output from slave
Figure 3.10.14 Example in which = "000" and = "1" in Transmitter Mode
92CA25-197
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
When the is "0" (Receiver mode) When the next transmitted data is other than 8 bits, set the again. Set the to "1" and read the received data from the SBI0DBR so as to release the SCL pin. (The value of data which is read immediately after a slave address is sent is undefined.) After the data has been read, the is set to "1". Serial clock pulse for transferring new 1 word of data is defined SCL and outputs "L" level from SDA pin with acknowledge timing. An INTSBI interrupt request is generated and the is set to "0". Then this device pulls down the SCL pin to the low level. This device outputs a clock pulse for 1 word of data transfer and the acknowledge signal each time that received data is read from SBI0DBR.
SCL pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Read SBI0DBR SDA pin D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 ACK New D7
Acknowledge signal to a transmitter INTSBI interrupt request Output from master Output from slave
Figure 3.10.15 Example of when = "000", = "1" in Receiver Mode In order to terminate the transmission of data to a transmitter, clear the to "0" before reading data which is 1 word before the last data to be received. The last data does not generate a clock pulse for the acknowledge signal. After the data has been transmitted and an interrupt request has been generated, set the to "001" and read the data. This device generates a clock pulse for a 1-bit data transfer. Since the master device is a receiver, the SDA pin on a bus keeps the high level. The transmitter receives the high-level signal as an ACK signal. The receiver indicates to the transmitter that data transfer is complete. After 1-bit data is received and an interrupt request has occurred, this device generates a stop condition (See section 3.10.6 (4).) and terminates data transfer.
SCL pin 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1
SDA pin
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0 Acknowledge signal sent to a transmitter
INTSBI interrupt request "0" read SBI0DBR Output of master Output of slave "001" read SBI0DBR
Figure 3.10.16 Termination of Data Transfer in Master Receiver Mode
92CA25-198
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
2. When the is "0" (Slave mode) In the slave mode, this device operates either in normal slave mode or in slave mode after losing arbitration. In the slave mode, an INTSBI interrupt request occurs when this device receives a slave address or a GENERAL CALL from the master device, or when a GENERAL CALL is received and data transfer is complete, or after matching a received slave address. In the master mode, this device operates in a slave mode if it is losing arbitration. An INTSBI interrupt request occurs when word data transfer terminates after losing arbitration. When an INTSBI interrupt request occurs, the is cleared to "0", and the SCL pin is pulled down to the low level. Either reading data to or writing data from the SBI0DBR, or setting the to "1" releases the SCL pin after taking tLOW time. Check the SBI0SR, , , and and implements processes according to conditions listed in the next table.
92CA25-199
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 3.10.1 Operation in the Slave Mode
1

1

1 0
Conditions
This device loses arbitration when transmitting a slave address and receives a slave address of which the value of the direction bit sent from another master is "1". In the slave receiver mode, this device receives a slave address of which the value of the direction bit sent from the master is "1". In the slave transmitter mode, 1-word data is transmitted.
Process
Set the number of bits in 1 word to the and write the transmitted data to the SBI0DBR.
0
1
0
0
0
Check the . If the is set to "1", set the to "1" since the receiver does not request the next data. Then, clear the to "0" to release the bus. If the is cleared to "0", set the number of bits in a word to the and write transmitted data to the SBI0DBR since the receiver requests next data.
0
1
1
1/0
Read the SBI0DBR for setting the This device loses arbitration when to "1" (Reading dummy data) or set the transmitting a slave address and to "1". receives a GENERAL CALL or slave address of which the value of the direction bit sent from another master is "0". This device loses arbitration when transmitting a slave address or data and terminates transferring word data. In the slave receiver mode, this device receives a GENERAL CALL or slave address of which the value of the direction bit sent from the master is "0". In the slave receiver mode, the device terminates receiving 1-word data. Set the number of bits in a word to the and read received data from the SBI0DBR.
0
0
0
1
1/0
0
1/0
92CA25-200
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(4) Stop condition generation When the SBI0SR is "1", the sequence for generating a stop condition is started by writing "111" to SBI0CR2 and "0" to SBI0CR2. Do not modify the contents of SBI0CR2 until a stop condition is generated on a bus. When the bus's SCL line has been pulled down by other devices, this device generates a stop condition when the other device has released the SCL line and the SDA pin rising.
"1" "1" "0" "1" Internal SCL
Stop condition
SCL pin
SDA Pin
(Read)
Figure 3.10.17 Stop Condition Generation (Single master)
"1" "1" "0" "1" Internal SCL
The case of pulled low
Stop condition
SCL Pin
by other devices
SDA Pin

(Read)
Figure 3.10.18 Stop Condition Generation (Multi master)
92CA25-201
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(5) Restart Restart is used during data transfer between a master device and a slave device to change the data transfer direction. The following description explains how to restart when this device is in the master mode. Clear the SBI0CR2 to "000" and set the SBI0CR2 to "1" to release the bus. The SDA line remains the high level and the SCL pin is released. Since a stop condition is not generated on the bus, other devices assume the bus to be in a busy state. Check the SBI0SR until it becomes "0" to check that the SCL pin of this device is released. Check the until it becomes 1 to check that the SCL line on a bus is not pulled down to the low level by other devices. After confirming that the bus stays in a free state, generate a start condition with procedure described in 3.10.6 (2). In order to meet setup time when restarting, take at least 4.7 s of waiting time by software from the time of restarting to confirm that the bus is free until the time to generate the start condition.
"0" "0" "0" "1" "1" "1" "1" "1" 4.7 s (Min) SCL line Internal SCL output SDA line 9 Start condition
Figure 3.10.19 Timing Diagram when Restarting
92CA25-202
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.11 SPIC (SPI Controller)
SPIC is the controller that can be connected to SD card, MMC (Multi Media Card) etc. in SPI mode. The features as follows. Double buffer (Transmit/Receive) Generate CRC7 and CRC16 (Transmit/Receive data) Baud Rate : 20Mbps max and 400Kbps min Connect several SD cards and MMC.( Use other output port for Use as general clock synchronous SIO MSB/LSB-first, 8/16bit data length, clock Rising/Falling edge 1 Interrupt : INTSPI Read, Mask, Clear interrupt and Clear enable can control each 4 interrupts: RFR (Receive buffer of SPIRD: Full), RFW (Transmission buffer of SPITD: Empty), REND (Receive buffer of SPIRS: Full), TEND (Transmission buffer of SPITS: Empty). RFR, RFW can high-speed transaction by micro DMA.
SPCS
pin as
CS )
92CA25-203
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.11.1 Block diagram
It shows block diagram and connection to SD card in Figure 3.11.1 TMP92CA25 SPIC (SPI Controller)
fSYS
SD Card
SPCLK 100K SCLK
Baud rate Generator
SPIMD/CT SPIST
16bit
SPCS
100K CS
16bit
SPITD
SPITS
100K
16bit Internal data bus
Transmit ,Receive Controller
SPDO
DI
100K SPDI DO
SPIRD
16bit
16bit
INTSPI SPICR
16bit
SPIIE/IS/WE
SPIRS
Pxx WP (Write Protect) Pyy/INTy CD (Card Detect)
Note1: SPCLK, SPCS , SPDO and SPDI pins are set to input port (Port K7, K6, K5, K4) by reset. These signals are needed pull-up resister to fix voltage level, could you adjust resistance value for your final set. Note2: Please use general input port or interrupt signal for WP (Write Protect) and CD (Card Detect).
Figure 3.11.1 SPIC Block diagram and Connection example
92CA25-204
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.11.2 SFR
SFR of SPIC are as follows. These are connected to CPU with 16bit data bus. (1) SPIMD (SPI Mode setting register) SPIMD register is for operation mode or clock etc.
SPIMD Register
7
SPIMD (0820H) bit Symbol Read/Write After Reset
6
XEN R/W 0 SYSCK 0: disable
5
4
3
2
CLKSEL2
1
CLKSEL1 R/W
0
CLKSEL0
1 Select baud rate 000:fSYS
0 100: fSYS/16
0
Function
1: enable
001: fSYS/2 101: fSYS/32 010: fSYS/4 111: fSYS/64 011: fSYS/8 111:Reserved
15
bit Symbol (0821H) Read/Write After Reset 0
LOOPBACK test mode 0:disbale LOOPBACK
14
MSB1ST R/W 1
13
DOSTAT
12
11
TCPOL
10
RCPOL R/W
9
TDINV
8
RDINV
1
0
0
0
0
Invert data During receiving 0: disable 1: enable
Function
1:enable
SPDO pin Start bit for transmit/rece (no transmit) ive 0:fixed to "0" 0:LSB 1:fixed to "1" 1:MSB
Synchronous Synchronous Invert data clock edge clock edge During transmitting during during transmitting receiving 0: disable 0: fall 1: rise 0: fall 1: rise 1: enable
Figure 3.11.2 SPIMD Register (a) Because Internal SPDO can be input to internal SPDI, it can be used as test. Set =1 and =1, outputs clock from SPCLK pin regardless of operation of transmit/receive. Please change the setting when transmitting/receiving is not in operation.
Transmitting data Receiving data Y S SPIMD B A SPDI pin
SPDO pin
Figure 3.11.3 Register Function (b) Select the start bit of transmit/receive data Please change the setting when transmitting/receiving is not in operation. (c) Set the status of SPDO pin during no transmitting (after transmitting or during receiving). Please change the setting when transmitting/receiving is not in operation.
92CA25-205
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(d) Select the edge of synchronous clock during transmitting. Please change the setting during = "0". And set the same value of .
SPCLK pin ( = "0") SPCLK pin (= "1")
SPDO pin
LSB Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4
MSB Bit7
Figure 3.11.4 Register function (e) Select the edge of synchronous clock during receiving. Please change the setting during = "0". And set the same value of .
SPCLK pin (= "0") SPCLK pin (= "1") SPDI pin LSB Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 MSB Bit7
Figure 3.11.5 Register function (f) Select logical invert/no invert when output transmitted data from SPDO pin. Please change the setting when transmitting/receiving is not in operation. Data that input to CRC calculation circuit is transmission data that is written to SPITD. This input data is not corresponded to . is not corresponded to : it set condition of SPDO pin when it is not transferred. (g) Select logical invert/no invert for received data from SPDI pin. Please change the setting when transmitting/receiving is not in operation. Data that input to CRC calculation circuit is selected by . (h) Select the operation for the internal clock.
92CA25-206
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(i)
Select baud rate. Baud rate is created from fSYS and settings are in under table. Please change the setting when transmitting/receiving is not in operation. Table 3.11.1 Example of baud rate Baud rate [Mbps]
fSYS fSYS/2 fSYS/4 fSYS/8 fSYS/16 fSYS/32 fSYS/64
fSYS =12MHz
12 6 3 1.5 0.75 0.375 0.1875
fSYS =16MHz
16 8 4 2 1 0.5 0.25
fSYS =20MHz
20 10 5 2.5 1.25 0.625 0.3125
92CA25-207
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) SPICT(SPI Control Register) SPICT register is for data length or CRC etc. SPICT Register 7
SPICT (0822H) bit Symbol Read/Write After Reset
control
6
SPCS_B R/W
5
UNIT16
4
3
2
ALGNEN
1
RXWEN R/W
0
RXUEN
CEN
0
communication
1
0
0
Full duplex alignment 0: disable 1: enable
0
Sequential receive 0: disable 1: enable
0
Receive UNIT 0: disable 1: enable
SPCS pin Data length
0: output "0" 0: 8bit 1: output "1" 1: 16bit
Function
0: disable 1: enable
15
(0822H) bit Symbol Read/Write After Reset 0
CRC select 0: CRC7 1: CRC16
14
R/W 0
CRC data 0: Transmit 1: Receive
13
12
11
10
9
R/W
8
CRC16_7_B CRCRX_TX_B CRCRESET_B
DMAERFW DMAERFR
0
CRC calculate register 0:Reset 1:Release Reset
0
Micro DMA 0: Disable 1: Enable
0
Micro DMA 0: Disable 1: Enable
Function
Figure 3.11.6 SPICT Register (a) Select CRC7 or CRC16 to calculate. (b) Select input data to CRC calculation circuit. (c) Initialize CRC calculate register. The process that calculating CRC16 of transmits data and sending CRC next to transmit data is explained as follows. 1. Set SPICT for select CRC7 or CRC16 and for select calculating data. 2. For reset SPICR register, write "1" after set to "0". 3. Write transmit data to SPITD register, and wait for finish transmission all data. 4. Read SPICR register, and obtain the result of CRC calculation. 5. Transmit CRC which is obtained in (4) by the same way as (3). CRC calculation of receive data is the same process.
92CA25-208
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Start
= "1", = "0"
= "0""1"
Transmit all data
Read CRC from SPICR
Write CRC to SPITD and send
End
Figure 3.11.7 Flow chart of CRC calculation
92CA25-209
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(d) Set clearing interrupt in CPU to unnecessary because be supported RFR interrupt to Micro DMA. If write "1" to, it be set to one-shot interrupt, clearing interrupt by SPIWE register become to unnecessary. SPIST flag generate 1-shot interrupt when change from "0" to "1"(Rising). (e) Set clearing interrupt in CPU to unnecessary because be supported RFR interrupt to Micro DMA. If write "1" to, it be set to one-shot interrupt, clearing interrupt by SPIWE register become to unnecessary. SPIST flag generate 1-shot interrupt when change from "0" to "1"(Rising). (f) Select enable/disable of the pin for SD card or MMC. When the card isn't inserted or no-power supply to DVcc, penetrated current is flowed because SPDI pin becomes floating. In addition, current is flowed to the card because SPCS , SPCLK and SPDO pin output "1". This register can avoid these matters. If write "0" to with PKCR and PKFC selecting SPCS , SPCLK, SPDO and SPDI signal, SPDI pin is prohibit to input (avoiding penetrated current) and SPCS , SPCLK, SPDO pin become high impedance. Please write = "1" after card is inserted, supply power to Vcc of card and supply clock to this circuit (SPIMD = "1"). (g) Set the value output to (h) Select the length of transmit/receive data. Data length is described as UNIT downward. Please change the setting when transmitting/receiving is not in operation. (i) Select whether using alignment function for transmit/receive per UNIT during full duplex. Please change the setting when transmitting/receiving is not in operation. (j) Set enable/disable of sequential receiving. (k) Set enable/disable of receiving operation per UNIT. In case = "1", this bit is not valid. Please change the setting when transmitting/receiving is not in operation.
SPCS
pin.
92CA25-210
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
[Transmit / receive operation mode] It is supported 8 operation modes. They are selected in , and registers.
Table 3.11.2 transmit/receive operation mode Operation mode
(1) Transmit UNIT (2) Sequential transmit (3) Receive UNIT (4) Sequential receive (5)Transmit/Receive UNIT with no alignment (6) Sequential Transmit/Receive UNIT with no alignment (7) Transmit/Receive UNIT with alignment (8) Sequential Transmit/Receive UNIT with alignment
Register setting
0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 1 0

0 0 1 0 1
Note
Transmit written data per UNIT Transmit written data sequentially Receive data of only 1 UNIT Receive automatically if buffer has space Transmit/receive 1 UNIT at once with no alignment per each UNIT Transmit/receive sequentially at once with no alignment per each UNIT Transmit/receive 1 UNIT with alignment per each UNIT Transmit/receive sequentially with alignment per each UNIT
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
92CA25-211
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Difference between UNIT transmission and Sequential transmission UNIT transmit mode is transmitted every 1 UNIT by writing data after confirmed SPIST=1.The written transmission data is shifted in turn. In hard ware, transmission is kept executing as long as data exists. If it transmit data sequentially, write next data when SPITD is empty and SPIST=1. UNIT transmission and sequential transmission depend on the way of using. Hardware doesn't depend on. Figure 3.11.8 show Flow chart of UNIT transmission and Sequential transmission.
Start
Does SPITD have space? SPIST=1?
N Start
Y N N
Does SPITS have space? SPIST=1?
Does SPITD have space? SPIST=1?
Y Write transmission data to SPITD
Y Write transmission data to SPITD
Transmission all data end? Y
N
Transmission all data end? Y
N
Transmission end? SPIST=1?
N
Transmission end? SPIST=1?
N
Y Transmission end
Y Transmission end
UNIT transmission
Sequential transmission
Figure 3.11.8 Flow chart of UNIT transmission and Sequential transmission
92CA25-212
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Difference between UNIT receive and Sequential receive UNIT receive is the mode that receiving only 1 UNIT data. By writing "1" to SPICT, receives 1UNIT data, and received data is loaded in receive data register (SPIRD). When SPIRD register is read, read it after wrote "0" to SPICT. If data was read from SPIRD with the condition SPICT= "1", 1 UNIT data is received again automatically. In hardware, this mode receives sequentially by Single buffer. SPIST is changed during UNIT receiving. Sequential receive is the mode that receive data and automatically when receive FIFO has space. Whenever buffer has space, next data is received automatically. Therefore, if data was read after data is loaded in SPIRD, it is received sequentially every UNIT. In hardware, this mode receives sequentially by double buffer. Figure 3.11.9 show Flow chart of UNIT receive and Sequential receive.
92CA25-213
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Start
Start
Write "1" to SPICT
Write "1" to SPICT
Receiving end? SPIST=1? Y Read receive data from SPIRD
N
Receiving end? SPIST=1? Y Read receiving data from SPIRD
N
Program receive number -1 Receiving end?
N
N
Program receive number -2 Receiving end?
Y N
Y N
Last receiving end? SPIST=1?
Last second receiving end ? SPIST=1?
Y Write "0" to SPICT
Y
Last second receiving end ? SPIST=1?
N
Read last receiving data from SPIRD
Y Write "0" to SPICT
End Read second data from last from SPIRD
N
Does last-data exist in SPIRD? SPIST=1?
Y
Read last receiving data from SPIRD
End
UNIT receive
Sequential receive
Figure 3.11.9 Flow chart of UNIT receive and Sequential receive
92CA25-214
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
No alignment transmit/receive and alignment transmit/receive In no-alignment mode, transmit/receive operate asynchronous and individually. This is the sample waveform when starts UNIT receive by writing = "1", and then write transmit data in (SPITD) register before finishing the receiving.
Start receiving Receiver SPCLK output SPDI input
LSB Bit0
Start transmitting
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3
Bit4
Bit5
Bit6
Bit7
Transmitter SPCLK output SPDO output
LSB Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Bit5 Bit6 Bit7
In this SPI circuit, output waveform is overlapped as follows;
SPCLK output SPDI input SPDO output
LSB
Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 LSB Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Bit5 Bit6 Bit7 Bit4 Bit5 Bit6 Bit7
Note: In no-alignment mode, clock is sometimes output from transmitter/receiver even when no data is in receiver/transmitter.
Figure 3.11.10 No-alignment transmit/receive
92CA25-215
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
In alignment mode, it differs from no-alignment mode in transmit/receive is synchronous every UNIT though it is identical in transmit and receive operate simultaneously. Writing = "1" first, and SPICT= "1" and keep waiting state for starting UNIT receiving. When writing SPICT= "1" after = "1", receiving does not start right away. This is because the data to transmit at the same time has not been prepared. Transmit/receive start when writing the data to (SPITD) register with the condition = "1". The waveform of each transmit/receive operation is as follows;
Start receiving Transmitter SPCLK output SPDI input
Start transmitting
LSB Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Bit5 Bit6 Bit7
Receiver SPCLK output SPDO output
LSB Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Bit5 Bit6 Bit7
Figure 3.11.11 Alignment transmit/receive
92CA25-216
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) Interrupt , Status register Read of condition, Mask of condition, Clear interrupt and Clear enable can control each 4 interrupts; RFR (SPIRD receiving buffer is full), RFW (SPITD transmission buffer is empty), REND (SPIRS receiving buffer is full), TEND (SPITS transmission buffer is empty). RFR, RFW can high-speed transaction by micro DMA. Following is description of Interrupt status (example RFW). Status register SPIST show RFW (internal signal that show whether transmission data register exist or not). This register is "0" when transmission data exist. This register is "1" when transmission data doesn't exist. It can read internal signal directly. Therefore, it can confirm transmission data at any time. Interrupt status register SPIIS is set by rising edge of RFW. This register keeps that condition until write "1" to this register and reset when SPIWE is "1". RFW interrupt generate when interrupt enable register SPIIE is "1". When it is "0", interrupt is not generated. Interrupt request register SPIIR show whether interrupt is generating or not. Interrupt status write enable register SPIWE set that enables reset for reset interrupts status register by mistake. Circuit config of transmission data shift register (SPITS), receiving register (SPIRD), receiving data shift register (SPIRS) are same with above register. Control register SPICT, SPICT is register for using micro DMA. When micro DMA transfer is executed by using RFW interrupt, set "1" to , and when it is executed by using RFR interrupt, set "1" to , and prohibit other interrupt.
Control register SPICT
Stattus (RFW) of Transmission data register (SPITD): exist data:0, No data: 1
Interrupt enable register SPIIE
D Q
No transmit of tansmission data register (SPITD) 0: exist data, 1:no data Write "1"
D CK
Status register SPIST
CK
Control register SPICT Interrupt request register SPIIR
Rising edge detection
S R
Q
INTSPI
Q
Interrupt status register SPIIS Interrupt status write enable register SPIWE
Status (TEND) of Transmission data shift register (SPIST) 0: exist data, 1: no data
Status (RFR) of Receiving data register (SPIRD) 0: exist data, 1: no data
Status (REND) of Receiving data shift register (SPIRS) 0: exist data, 1: no data
Figure 3.11.12 Figurer for interrupt, status
92CA25-217
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3-1) SPIST(SPI status register) SPIST shows 4 status. SPIST Register 7
SPIST (0824H) bit Symbol Read/Write After Reset 1
Receiving 0:operation
6
5
4
3
TEND
2
REND R 0
Receive
1
RFW
0
RFR
1
0
Receive buffer 0:no valid data 1:valid data exist
Transmit Shift register buffer
0: untransmitted data exist 1: no untransmitted data
0: no data 1: exist data
Function
1: no operation
15
bit Symbol (0825H) Read/Write After Reset
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Function
Figure 3.11.13 SPIST Register (a) This bit is set to "0" when valid data to transmit exists in the shift register for transmit. It is set to "1" when finish transmitting all the data. (b) This bit is set to "0" when receiving is in operation or no valid data exist in receive shift register. It is set to "1", when valid data exist in receive read register and keep the data without shifting. It is cleared to "0", when CPU read the data and shift to receive read register. (c) After wrote the received data to receive data write register, shift the data to receive data shift register. It keeps "0" until all valid data has moved. And it is set to "1" when it can accept the next data with no valid data. (d) This bit is set to "1" when received data is shifted from received data shift register to received data read register and valid data exist. It is set to "0" when the data is read and no valid data.
92CA25-218
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3-2) SPIIS(SPI interrupt status register) SPIIS register read 4 interrupt status and clear interrupt. This register is cleared to "0" by writing "1" to applicable bit. Status of this register show interrupt source state. This register can confirm changing of interrupt condition, even if SPI interrupt enable register (SPIIE) is masked. SPIIS Register 7
SPIIS (0828H) bit Symbol Read/Write After Reset
Read 1:interrupt Write 0:Don't care 1:clear
6
5
4
3
TENDIS
2
RENDIS R/W
1
RFWIS
0
RFRIS
0
Read
0
Read
0
Read
0
0:no interrupt 0:no interrupt 0:no interrupt 0:nointerrupt
Function
1:interrupt Write 0:Don't care 1:clear
1:interrupt Write
1:interrupt Write
0:Don't care 0:Don't care 1:clear 1:clear
15
(0829H) bit Symbol Read/Write After Reset
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Function
Figure 3.11.14 SPIIS Register (a) This bit read status of TEND interrupt and clear interrupt. If write this bit, set "1" to SPIWE. (b) This bit read status of REND interrupt and clear interrupt. If write this bit, set "1" to SPIWE. (c) This bit read status of RFW interrupt and clear interrupt. If write this bit, set "1" to SPIWE. (d) This bit read status of RFR interrupt and clear interrupt. If write this bit, set "1" to SPIWE.
92CA25-219
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3-3) SPIWE(SPI interrupt status write enable register) SPIWE register set clear enable for 4 interrupt stasus bit. SPIWE Register 7
SPIWE (082AH) bit Symbol Read/Write After Reset 0
Clear SPIIS 0: disable 1: enable
6
5
4
3
TENDWE
2
RENDWE R/W 0
Clear SPIIS 0: disable 1: enable
1
RFWWE
0
RFRWE
0
Clear SPIIS 0: disable 1: enable
0
Clear SPIIS 0: disable 1: enable
Function
15
bit Symbol Read/Write (082BH) After Reset
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Function
Figure 3.11.15 SPIWE Register (a) This bit set clear enable of SPIIS. (b) This bit set clear enable of SPIIS. (c) This bit set clear enable of SPIIS. (d) This bit set clear enable of SPIIS.
92CA25-220
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3-4) SPIIE(SPI interrupt enable register) SPIIE register set output enable for 4 interrupt. SPIIE Register 7
SPIIE (082CH) bit Symbol Read/Write After Reset 0
TEND interrupt
6
5
4
3
TENDIE
2
RENDIE R/W 0
REND interrupt 0: Disable 1: Enable RFW
1
RFWIE
0
RFRIE
0
RFR interrupt 0: Disable 1: Enable
0
interrupt 0: Disable 1: Enable
Function
0: Disable 1: Enable
15
bit Symbol Read/Write (082DH) After Reset
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Function
Figure 3.11.16 SPIIE Register (a) This bit set TEND interrupt enable. (b) This bit set REND interrupt enable. (c) This bit set RFW interrupt enable. (d) This bit set RFR interrupt enable.
92CA25-221
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3-5) SPIIR(SPI interrupt request register) SPIIR register show generation condition for 4 interrupts. This regiter read "0" (interrupt doesn't generate) always when SPIninterrupt enable register (SPIIE) is masled. SPIIR Register 7
SPIIR (082EH) bit Symbol Read/Write After Reset 0
TEND interrupt
6
5
4
3
TENDIR
2
RENDIR R 0
REND interrupt 0: none 1:generate RFW
1
RFWIR
0
RFRIR
0
interrupt 0: none 1:generate
0
RFR interrupt 0: none 1:generate
Function
0: none 1:generate
15
bit Symbol (082FH) Read/Write After Reset
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Function
Figure 3.11.17 SPIIR Register (a) This bit shows condition of TEND interrupt generation. (b) This bit shows condition of REND interrupt generation. (c) This bit shows condition of RFW interrupt generation. (d) This bit shows condition of RFR interrupt generation.
92CA25-222
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(4) SPICR (SPI CRC register) SPICR register load result of CRC calculation for transmission/receiving in it. SPICR register 7
SPICR (0826H) bit Symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 CRCD7
6
CRCD6
5
CRCD5
4
CRCD4 R
3
CRCD3
2
CRCD2
1
CRCD1
0
CRCD0
0
0
0
0
CRC calculation result load register [7:0]
15
(0827H) bit Symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 CRCD15
14
CRCD14
13
CRCD13
12
CRCD12 R
11
CRCD11
10
CRCD10
9
CRCD9
8
CRCD8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CRC calculation result load register [15:8]
Figure 3.11.18 SPICR register (a) The result that is calculated according to the setting; SPICT, and , are loaded in this register. In case CRC16, all bits are valid. In case CRC7, lower 7 bits are valid. The flow will be showed to calculate CRC16 of received data for instance by flowchart. Firstly, initialize CRC calculation register by writing = "1" after set = "1", = "0", = "0". Next, finish transmitting all bits to calculate CRC by writing data in SPITD register. Confirming whether receiving is finished or not use SPIST. If SPICR register was read after finish, CRC16 of transmission data can read.
92CA25-223
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(5) SPITD(SPI transmisson data register) SPITD register is register for write transmission data. SPITD Register 7
SPITD (0830H) bit Symbol Read/Write After Reset Function 0 0 0 0 TXD7
6
TXD6
5
TXD5
4
TXD4 R/W
3
TXD3
2
TXD2
1
TXD1
0
TXD0
0
0
0
0
Transmission data register [7:0]
15
bit Symbol (0831H) Read/Write After Reset Function 0 TXD15
14
TXD14
13
TXD13
12
TXD12 R/W
11
TXD11
10
TXD10
9
TXD9
8
TXD8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Transmission data register [15:8]
Figure 3.11.19 SPITD Register (a) This bit is bit for write transmission data. When read, the last written data is read. The data is overwritten when next data was written with condition of this register does not empty. In this case, please write after checked the status of RFW. In case SPICT= "1", all bits are valid. In case SPICT= "0", lower 7 bits are valid.
92CA25-224
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(6) SPIRD(SPI receiving data register) SPIRD register is register for read receiving data.
SPIRD Register
7
SPIRD (0832H) bit Symbol Read/Write After Reset Function 0 RXD7
6
RXD6
5
RXD5
4
RXD4 R
3
RXD3
2
RXD2
1
RXD1
0
RXD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Receive data register [7:0]
15
(0833H) bit Symbol Read/Write After Reset Function 0 RXD15
14
RXD14
13
RXD13
12
RXD12 R
11
RXD11
10
RXD10
9
RXD9
8
RXD8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Receive data register [15:8]
Figure 3.11.20 SPIRD Register (a) SPIRD register is register for reading receiving data. Please read after checked status of RFK. In case SPICT = "1", all bits are valid. In case SPICT = "0", lower 7 bits are valid.
92CA25-225
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(7) SPITS (SPI receiving data shift register) SPITS register change transmission data to serial. This register is used for confirming changing condition when LSI test. SPITS Register 7
SPITS (0834H) bit Symbol Read/Write After Reset Function 0 0 0 0 TSD7
6
TSD6
5
TSD5
4
TSD4 R
3
TSD3
2
TSD2
1
TSD1
0
TSD0
0
0
0
0
Transmit data shift register [7:0]
15
bit Symbol (0835H) Read/Write After Reset Function 0 TSD15
14
TSD14
13
TSD13
12
TSD12 R
11
TSD11
10
TSD10
9
TSD9
8
TSD8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Transmit data shift register [15:8]
Figure 3.11.21 SPITS Register (a) This register is register for reading the status of transmission data shift register. In case SPICT= "1", all bits are valid. In case SPICT= "0", lower 8 bits are valid.
92CA25-226
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(8) SPIRS(SPI receive data shift register) SPIRS register is register for reading receive data shift register. SPIRS Register 7
SPIRS (0836H) bit Symbol Read/Write After Reset Function 0 0 0 0 RSD7
6
RSD6
5
RSD5
4
RSD4 R
3
RSD3
2
RSD2
1
RSD1
0
RSD0
0
0
0
0
Receive data shift register [7:0]
15
bit Symbol (0837H) Read/Write After Reset function 0 RSD15
14
RSD14
13
RSD13
12
RSD12 R
11
RSD11
10
RSD10
9
RSD9
8
RSD8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Receive data shift register [15:8]
Figure 3.11.22 SPIRS Register (a) This register is register for reading the status of receives data shift register. In case SPICT= "1", all bits are valid. In case SPICT="0", lower 7 bits are valid.
92CA25-227
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.11.3 Operation timing
Following examples show operation timing. * Setting condition 1: Transmission in UNIT=8bit, LSB first
SPITD Write pulse INTSPI Interrupt signal SPIIS Clear write pulse SPIIS SPIIR (SPIIE= "1") SPIST SPIIR (SPIIE= "1")
SPIIS SPIST SPCLK pin (= "0") SPCLK pin (= "1") SPDO pin
LSB Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4
MSB Bit7
LSB Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3
Bit4
MSB Bit7
Figure 3.11.23 Transmission timing In above condition, SPIST flag is set to "0" just after wrote transmission data. When data of SPITD register finish shifting to transmission register (SPITS), SPIST is set to "1", it is informed that can write next transmission data, start transmission clock and data from SPCLK pin and SPDO pin at same time with inform. In this case, SPIIS, SPIIR change and INTSPI interrupt generate by synchronization to rising of SPIST flag. When SPIIR register is setting to "1", interrupt is not generated even if SPIST was set to "1". When finish transmission and lose data that must to transmit to SPITD register and SPITS register, transmission data and clock are stopped by setting "1" to SPIST, and INTSPI interrupt is generated at same time. In this case, if SPIST is set to "1" at different interrupt source, INTSPI is not generated. Therefore must to clear SPIIS to "0".
92CA25-228
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
* Setting condition 2: UNIT transmission in UNIT = 8bit, LSB first
SPIRD Read pulse SPIST SPIST SPIIS SPIIS
SPCLK pin (= "0") SPCLK pin (= "1") SPDI pin LSB Bit0 MSB Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Bit7 LSB Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 MSB Bit7
Figure 3.11.24 UNIT receiving (SPICT=1) If set SPICT to "1" without valid receiving data to SPIRD register (SPIST="0"), UNIT receiving is started. When receiving is finished and stored receiving data to SPIRD register, SPIST flag is set to "1", and inform that can read receiving data. Just after read SPIRD register, SPIST flag is cleared to "0" and it start receiving next data automatically. If be finished UNIT receiving, set SPICT to "0" after confirmed that SPIST was set to "1".
92CA25-229
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
* Setting condition 3: Sequential receiving in UNIT=8 bit, LSB first
SPIRD Read pulse SPIST SPIST SPIIS SPIIS
SPCLK pin (= "0") SPCLK pin (= "1") SPDI pin
LSB
MSB
LSB
MSB LSB
MSB
Bit0
Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4
Bit7
Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4
Bit7 Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4
Bit7
Figure 3.11.25 continuous receiving (SPICT=1) If set SPICT to "1" without valid receiving data in SPIRD register (SPIST=0), sequential receiving is started. When first receiving is finished and stored receiving data to SPIRD register, SPIST flag is set to "1", and inform that can read receiving data. Sequential receiving is received until receiving data is stored to SPIRD and SPIRS registers If finished sequential receiving, set SPICT to "0" after confirmed that SPIST was set to "1".
92CA25-230
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
* Setting condition 4: Transmission by using micro DMA in UNIT=8bit, LSB first
INTSPI Interrupt pulse SPITD Write pulse SPIST SPIST SPIIS SPIIR SPIIS
SPCLK pin (= "0") SPCLK pin (= "1") SPDO pin
LSB MSB LSB MSB LSB
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3
Bit4
Bit7
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3
Bit4
Bit7
Bit0
Figure 3.11.26 Micro DMA transmission (transmission) If all bits of SPIIE register are "0" and SPICT is "1", transmission is started by writing transmission data to SPITD register. If data of SPITD register is shifted to SPITS register and SPIST is set to "1" and can write next transmission data, INTSPI interrupt (RFW interrupt) is generated. By starting Micro DMA at this interrupt, can transmit sequential data automatically. However, If transmit it at Micro DMA, set Micro DMA beforehand.
92CA25-231
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
* Setting condition 5: Receiving by using micro DMA in UNIT=8bit, LSB first
INTSPI Interrupt pulse SPIRD Read pulse SPIST SPIST SPIIS SPIIS
SPCLK pin (= "0") SPCLK pin (= "1") SPDI pin
LSB MSB LSB MSB
Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4
Bit7
Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4
Bit7
Figure 3.11.27 Micro DMA transmission (UNIT receiving (SPICT=1)) If all bits of SPIIE register is "0" and SPICT is "1", UNIT receiving is started by setting SPICT to "1". If receiving data is stored to SPIRD register and can read receiving data, INTSPI interrupt (RFR interrupt) is generated. By starting Micro DMA at this interrupt, it can be received sequential data automatically. However, If receive it at Micro DMA, set Micro DMA beforehand.
92CA25-232
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.11.4 Example
Following is discription of SPIDCC setting method. (1) UNIT transmission This example show case of transmission is executed by following setting, and it is generated INTSPI interrupt by finish transmission. UNIT: 8bit LSB first Baud rate : fSYS/8 Synchronous clock edge: Rising
Setting expample
ld ld
(pkfc), 0xf0 (pkcr), 0xe0
; Port setting PK4: SPDI, PK5: SPDO, PK6:SPCS_B, PK7: SPCLK ; port setting PK4: SPDI, PK5: SPDO, PK6:SPCS_B, PK7: SPCLK ; Connection pin enable, SPCS pin output "0", set data length to 8bit ; System clock enable, baud rate selection: fSYS/8 ; LSB first, synchronous clock edge setting: set to Rising
ldw (spict),0x0080 ldw (spimd),0x2c43
ld ld ei
(spiie),0x08 (intespi),0x10
; Set to TEND interrupt enable ; Set INTSPI interrupt level to 1 ; Interrupt enable (iff=0)
loop bit jr 1,(spist) z,loop
;Confirm that transmission data register doesn't have no transmission data ; =1 ?
ld
(spitd),0x3a
; Write Transmission data and Start transmission
SPITD Write pulse SPCLK output SPDO output INTSPI Interrupt signal (Internal clock)
Figure 3.11.28 Example of UNIT transmission
92CA25-233
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) UNIT receiving This example show case of receiving is executed by following setting, and it is generated INTSPI interrupt by finish receiving. UNIT: 8bit LSB first Baud rate selection : fSYS/8 Synchronous clock edge: Rising
Setting example
ld ld ldw ldw (pkfc),0xf0 (pkcr),0xe0 (spict),0x0080 (spimd),0x2c43 ; Port setting PK4:SPDI, PK5:SPDO, PK6:SPCS_B, PK7:SPCLK ; Port setting PK4:SPDI, PK5:SPDO, PK6:SPCS_B, PK7:SPCLK ; Connection pin enable, SPCS pin "0" output, set data length to 8bit ; System clock enable, baud rate selection : fSYS/8 ; LSB first, synchronous clock edge setting: set to Rising
ld ld ei
(spiie),0x01 (intespi),0x10
; Set to RFR interrupt enable ; Set INTSPI interrupt level to 1 ; Interrupt enable (iff=0)
set
0x0,(spict)
; Start UNIT receiving
SPICT Write pulse SPCLK output SPDI input INTSPI Interrupt signal SPIRD data
XX
0x3A
Figure 3.11.29 Example of UNIT receiving
92CA25-234
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) Sequential transmission This example show case of transmission is executed by following setting, and it is executed 2byte sequential transmission. UNIT: 8bit LSB first Baud rate selection: fSYS/8 Synchronous clock edge: Rising
Setting example
ld ld ldw ldw (pkfc),0xf0 (pkcr),0xe0 (spict),0x0080 (spimd),0x2c43 ; Port setting PK4:SPDI, PK5:SPDO, PK6:SPCS_B, PK7:SPCLK ; Port setting PK4:SPDI, PK5:SPDO, PK6:SPCS_B, PK7:SPCLK ; Connection pin enable, SPCS pin "0" output, set data length to 8bit ; System clock enable, baud rate selection: fSYS/8 ; LSB first, synchronous clock edge setting: set to Rising
loop1: bit jr 1,(spist) z,loop1
; Confirm that transmission data register doesn't have no transmission data ; =1 ?
ld
(spitd),0x3a
; Write transmission data of first byte and start transmission
loop2 bit jr 1,(spist) z,loop2
; Confirm that transmission data register doesn't have no-transmission data ; =1 ?
ld
(spitd),0x55
; Write transmission data of second byte
loop3: bit jr 3,(spist) z,loop3
; Confirm that transmission data register doesn't have no-transmission data ; =1 ?
; Finish transmission
SPITD Write pulse SPCLK output SPDO output INTSPI (RFW) Interrupt signal
Note: Timing of this figure is an example. There is also that transmission interbal between first byte and sescond byte generate. (High baud rate etc.)
Figure 3.11.30 Example of sequential transmission
92CA25-235
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(4) Sequential receiving This example show case of receiving is executed by following setting, and it is executed 2byte sequential receiving. UNIT: 8bit LSB first Baud rate selection: fSYS/8 Synchronous clock edge: Rising
Setting example
ld ld ldw (pkfc),0xf0 (pkcr),0xe0 (spict),0x0080 ; Port setting PK4:SPDI, PK5:SPDO, PK6:SPCS_B, PK7:SPCLK ; Port setting PK4:SPDI, PK5:SPDO, PK6:SPCS_B, PK7:SPCLK ; Connection pin enable, SPCS pin output "0", set data length to 8bit
ldw
(spimd),0x2c43
; System clock enable, baud rate selection: fSYS/8 ; LSB first, synchronous clock edge setting: set to Rising
set
0x01,(spict)
; Start sequential receiving
loop1: bit jr 0,(spist) z,loop1
; Confirm that receiving data register has receiving data of first byte ; =1 ?
loop2: bit jr 2,(spist) z,loop2
; Confirm that receiving data register has receiving data of second byte ; =1 ?
res
0x01,(spict)
; Sequential receiving disable
ld
a,(spird)
; Read receiving data of first byte
loop3:
; Confirm that receiving data of second byte is shifted from receiving data shift register to receiving data register
bit jr ld
0,(spist) z,loop3 w(spird)
; =1 ?
; Read receiving data of second byte
SPIRD Read pulse SPCLK output SPDI input SPIRS data SPIRD data
XX XX 0x3A
0x55 0x55
Figure 3.11.31 Example of sequential receiving
92CA25-236
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(5) Sequeintial Transmission by using micro DMA This example show case of sequential transmission of 4byte is executed at using micro DMA by following setting. UNIT: 8bit LSB first Baud rate : fSYS/8 Synchronous clock edge: Rising
Setting example Main routine ;-- micro DMA setting -ld ld ldc ld ldc (dma0v),0x2a wa,0x0003 dmac0,wa a,0x08 dmam0,a ; micro DMA mode setting: source INC mode, 1 byte transfer ; Set micro DMA0 to INTSPI ; Set number of micro DMA transmission to that number -1 (third time)
ld ldc ld ldc
xwa,0x806000 dmas0,xwa xwa,0x830 dmad0,xwa
; Set source address
; Set source address to SPITD register
;-- SPIC setting -ld ld ldw ldw (pkfc),0xf0 (pkcr),0xe0 (spict),0x0080 (spimd),0x2c43 ; Port setting PK4:SPDI, PK5:SPDO, PK6:SPCS_B, PK7:SPCLK ; Port setting PK4:SPDI, PK5:SPDO, PK6:SPCS_B, PK7:SPCLK ; Connection pin enable, SPCS pin output "0", set data length to 8bit ; System clock enable, baud rate selection: fSYS/8 ; LSB first, synchronous clock edge setting: set to Rising
ld set ld ei
(spiie),0x00 1,(spict+1) (intetc01),0x01
;Set to interrupt disable ; Set micro DMA operation by RFW to enable ; Set INTTC0 interrupt level to 1 ; Interrupt enable (iff=0)
loop1: bit jr 1,(spist) z,loop1
; Confirm that transmission data register doesn't have no transmission data ; =1 ?
ld
(spitd),0x3a
; Write Transmission data and Start transmission
Interrupt routine (INTTC0)
loop2: bit jr bit jr nop 1,(spist) z,loop2 3,(spist) z,loop2 ; = 1 ? ; = 1 ?
92CA25-237
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(6) UNIT receiving by using micro DMA This example show case of UNIT receiving sequentially 4byte is executed at using micro DMA by following setting. UNIT: 8bit LSB first Baud rate : fSYS/8 Synchronous clock edge: Rising
Setting example Main routine ;-- micro DMA setting -ld ld ldc ld ldc (dma0v),0x2a wa,0x0003 dmac0,wa a,0x00 dmam0,a ; micro DMA mode setting: source INC mode, 1 byte transfer ; Set micro DMA0 to INTSPI ; Set number of micro DMA transmission to that number -1 (third time)
ld ldc ld ldc
xwa,0x832 dmas0,xwa xwa,0x807000 dmad0,xwa
; Set source address to SPIRD register
; Set source address
;-- SPIC setting -ld ld ldw ldw (pkfc),0xf0 (pkcr),0xe0 (spict),0x0080 (spimd),0x2c43 ; Port setting PK4:SPDI, PK5:SPDO, PK6:SPCS_B, PK7:SPCLK ; Port setting PK4:SPDI, PK5:SPDO, PK6:SPCS_B, PK7:SPCLK ; Connection pin enable, SPCS pin output "0", set data length to 8bit ; System clock enable, baud rate selection: fSYS/8 ; LSB first, synchronous clock edge setting: set to Rising
ld set ld ei
(spiie),0x00 0,(spict+1) (intetc01),0x01
; Set to interrupt disable ; Set micro DMA operation by RFR to enable ; Set INTTC0 interrupt level to 1 ; Interrupt enable (iff=0)
set
0x0,(spict)
; Start UNIT receiving
Interrupt routine (INTTC0)
loop2: bit jr res ld nop 0,(spist) z,loop2 0,(spict) a,(spird) ; UNIT receiving disable ; Read last receiving data ; Wait receiving finish case of UNIT receiving ; = 1 ?
92CA25-238
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.12 Analog/Digital Converter
The TMP92CA25 incorporates a 10-bit successive approximation type analog/digital converter (AD converter) with 4-channel analog input. Figure 3.12.1 is a block diagram of the AD converter. The 4-channel analog input pins (AN0 to AN3) are shared with the input only port G so they can be used as an input port. Note: When IDLE2, IDLE1 or STOP mode is selected, in order to reduce power consumption, the system may enter a stand-by mode with some timings even though the internal comparator is still enabled. Therefore be sure to check that AD converter operations are halted before a HALT instruction is executed.
Internal data bus
AD mode control registers 1 and 2 ADMOD1, 2
AD mode control register 0 ADMOD0

Scan Decoder Busy End Start Channel select AD converter control circuit INTAD interrupt Repeat Interrupt ADTRG
Analog input Multiplexer AN3, ADTRG (PG3) AN2 (PG2) AN1 (PG1) AN0 (PG0) Comparator AD conversion result register ADREG0L to ADREG3L ADREG0H to ADREG3H
Sample and hold
VREFH VREFL DA converter
Figure 3.12.1 Block Diagram of AD Converter
92CA25-239
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.12.1 Analog/Digital Converter Registers
The AD converter is controlled by the three AD mode control registers: ADMOD0, ADMOD1 and ADMOD2. The four AD conversion data result registers (ADREG0H/L to ADREG3H/L) store the results of AD conversion. Figure 3.12.2 shows the registers related to the AD converter. AD Mode Control Register 0 7
ADMOD0 (12B8H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0
AD conversion end flag 0: Conversion in progress 1: Conversion complete
6
ADBF R 0
5
- 0
4
- 0
3
ITM0 R/W 0
2
REPEAT 0
1
SCAN 0
0
ADS 0
AD conversion start 0: Don't care 1: Start conversion Always "0" when read
EOCF
AD conversion Always write Always write Interrupt Repeat mode Scan mode busy flag "0" "0" specification specification specification 0: Conversion 0: Conversion in conversion 0: Single stopped channel channel fixed conversion 1: Conversion fixed mode repeat mode 1: Repeat in progress 0: Every conversion 1: Conversion channel conversion mode scan mode
1: Every fourth conversion
AD conversion start 0 1 Don't care Start AD conversion
Note: Always read as "0". AD scan mode setting 0 1 AD conversion channel fixed mode AD conversion channel scan mode
AD repeat mode setting 0 1 AD single conversion mode AD repeat conversion mode
Specify AD conversion interrupt for channel fixed repeat conversion mode Channel fixed repeat conversion mode = "0", = "1" 0 1 Generates interrupt every conversion. Generates interrupt every fourth conversion.
AD conversion busy flag 0 1 AD conversion stopped AD conversion in progress
AD conversion end flag 0 1 Before or during AD conversion AD conversion complete
Figure 3.12.2 AD Converter Related Register
92CA25-240
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
AD Mode Control Register 1 7
ADMOD1 (12B9H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 VREF application control 0: Off 1: On 0 IDLE2 0: Stop 1: Operate 0 Always write "0" 0 Always write "0" VREFON
6
I2AD
5
-
4
- R/W
3
- 0 Always write "0"
2
- 0 Always write "0"
1
ADCH1 0
0
ADCH0 0
Analog input channel selection
Analog input channel selection 00 01 10 11 (Note) 0 Channel fixed AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3 IDLE2 control 0 1 Stopped In operation AN0 AN0AN1 AN0AN1AN2 AN0AN1AN2AN3 1 Channel scanned
Control of application of reference voltage to AD converter 0 1 Off On
Before starting conversion (before writing 1 to ADMOD0), set the bit to 1.
AD Mode Control Register 2 7
ADMOD2 (12BAH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Always write "0" 0 Always write "0" 0 Always write "0" 0 Always write "0" -
6
-
5
-
4
- R/W
3
- 0 Always write "0"
2
- 0 Always write "0"
1
- 0 Always write "0"
0
ADTRGE 0 AD external trigger start control 0: Disable 1: Enable
AD conversion start control by external trigger ( ADTRG input) 0 1 Disabled Enabled
Note: As pin AN3 also functions as the ADTRG input pin, do not set = "11" when using
ADTRG with < ADTRGE > set to "1".
Figure 3.12.3 AD Converter Related Register
92CA25-241
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
AD Conversion Result Register 0 Low 7
ADREG0L Bit symbol (12A0H) Read/Write After reset Function ADR01 R Undefined Stores lower 2 bits of AD conversion result.
6
ADR00
5
4
3
2
1
0
ADR0RF R 0
AD conversion data storage flag 1: Conversion result stored
AD Conversion Result Register 0 High 7
ADREG0H Bit symbol (12A1H) Read/Write After reset Function ADR09
6
ADR08
5
ADR07
4
ADR06 R Undefined
3
ADR05
2
ADR04
1
ADR03
0
ADR02
Stores upper 8 bits of AD conversion result.
AD Conversion Result Register 1 Low 7
ADREG1L Bit symbol (12A2H) Read/Write After reset Function ADR11 R Undefined Stores lower 2 bits of AD conversion result.
6
ADR10
5
4
3
2
1
0
ADR1RF R 0
AD conversion result flag 1: Conversion result stored
AD Conversion Result Register 1 High 7
ADREG1H Bit symbol (12A3H) Read/Write After reset Function ADR19
6
ADR18
5
ADR17
4
ADR16 R Undefined
3
ADR15
2
ADR14
1
ADR13
0
ADR12
Stores upper 8 bits of AD conversion result.
9 Channel x conversion result
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ADREGxH 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2
ADREGxL 1 0
* Bits 5 to 1 are always read as 1. * Bit0 is the AD conversion data storage flag . When the AD conversion result is stored, the flag is set to 1. When either of the registers (ADREGxH, ADREGxL) is read, the flag is cleared to 0.
Figure 3.12.4 AD Converter Related Registers
92CA25-242
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
AD Conversion Result Register 2 Low 7
ADREG2L Bit symbol (12A4H) Read/Write After reset Function ADR21 R Undefined Stores lower 2 bits of AD conversion result.
6
ADR20
5
4
3
2
1
0
ADR2RF R 0
AD conversion data storage flag 1: Conversion result stored
AD Conversion Result Register 2 High 7
ADREG2H Bit symbol (12A5H) Read/Write After reset Function ADR29
6
ADR28
5
ADR27
4
ADR26 R Undefined
3
ADR25
2
ADR24
1
ADR23
0
ADR22
Stores upper 8 bits of AD conversion result.
AD Conversion Result Register 3 Low 7
ADREG3L Bit symbol (12A6H) Read/Write After reset Function ADR31 R Undefined Stores lower 2 bits of AD conversion result.
6
ADR30
5
4
3
2
1
0
ADR3RF R 0
AD conversion data storage flag 1: Conversion result stored
AD Conversion Result Register 3 High 7
ADREG3H Bit symbol (12A7H) Read/Write After reset Function ADR39
6
ADR38
5
ADR37
4
ADR36 R Undefined
3
ADR35
2
ADR34
1
ADR33
0
ADR32
Stores upper 8 bits of AD conversion result.
9 Channel x conversion result
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ADREGxH 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2
ADREGxL 1 0
* Bits 5 to 1 are always read as 1. * Bit0 is the AD conversion data storage flag . When the AD conversion result is stored, the flag is set to 1. When either of the registers (ADREGxH, ADREGxL) is read, the flag is cleared to 0.
Figure 3.12.5 AD Converter Related Registers
92CA25-243
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.12.2 Description of Operation
(1) Analog reference voltage A high level analog reference voltage is applied to the VREFH pin; a low level analog reference voltage is applied to the VREFL pin. To perform AD conversion, the reference voltage, the difference between VREFH and VREFL, is divided by 1024 using string resistance. The result of the division is then compared with the analog input voltage. To turn off the switch between VREFH and VREFL, write a 0 to ADMOD1 in AD mode control register 1. To start AD conversion in the OFF state, first write a 1 to ADMOD1, wait 3 s until the internal reference voltage stabilizes (this is not related to fc), then set ADMOD0 to 1. (2) Analog input channel selection The analog input channel selection varies depending on the operation mode of the AD converter. * In analog input channel fixed mode (ADMOD0 = 0) Setting ADMOD1 selects one of the input pins AN0 to AN3 as the input channel. In analog input channel scan mode (ADMOD0 = 1) Setting ADMOD1 selects one of the four scan modes. Table 3.12.1 illustrates analog input channel selection in each operation mode. On a reset, ADMOD0 is set to 0 and ADMOD1 is initialized to 00. Thus pin AN0 is selected as the fixed input channel. Pins not used as analog input channels can be used as standard input port pins. Table 3.12.1 Analog Input Channel Selection
00 01 10 11
*
Channel Fixed = "0"
AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3 AN0 AN0 AN1
Channel Scan = "1"
AN0 AN1 AN2 AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3
92CA25-244
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) Starting AD conversion To start AD conversion, write a 1 to ADMOD0 in AD mode control register "0" or ADMOD2 in AD mode control register 2, and input falling edge on ADTRG pin. When AD conversion starts, the AD conversion busy flag ADMOD0 will be set to 1, indicating that AD conversion is in progress. During AD conversion, a falling edge input on the ADTRG pin will be ignored. (4) AD conversion modes and the AD conversion end interrupt The four AD conversion modes are: * * * * Channel fixed single conversion mode Channel scan single conversion mode Channel fixed repeat conversion mode Channel scan repeat conversion mode
The ADMOD0 and ADMOD0 settings in AD mode control register 0 determine the AD mode setting. Completion of AD conversion triggers an INTAD AD conversion end interrupt request. Also, ADMOD0 will be set to 1 to indicate that AD conversion has been completed. 1. Channel fixed single conversion mode Setting ADMOD0 and ADMOD0 to 00 selects conversion channel fixed single conversion mode. In this mode, data on one specified channel is converted once only. When the conversion has been completed, the ADMOD0 flag is set to 1, ADMOD0 is cleared to 0, and an INTAD interrupt request is generated. 2. Channel scan single conversion mode Setting ADMOD0 and ADMOD0 to 01 selects conversion channel scan single conversion mode. In this mode, data on the specified scan channels is converted once only. When scan conversion has been completed, ADMOD0 is set to 1, ADMOD0 is cleared to 0, and an INTAD interrupt request is generated.
92CA25-245
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.
Channel fixed repeat conversion mode Setting ADMOD0 and ADMOD0 to 10 selects conversion channel fixed repeat conversion mode. In this mode, data on one specified channel is converted repeatedly. When conversion has been completed, ADMOD0 is set to 1 and ADMOD0 is not cleared to 0 but held at 1. INTAD interrupt request generation timing is determined by the setting of ADMOD0. Setting to 0 generates an interrupt request every time an AD conversion is completed. Setting to 1 generates an interrupt request on completion of every fourth conversion.
4.
Channel scan repeat conversion mode Setting ADMOD0 and ADMOD0 to 11 selects conversion channel scan repeat conversion mode. In this mode, data on the specified scan channels is converted repeatedly. When each scan conversion has been completed, ADMOD0 is set to 1 and an INTAD interrupt request is generated. ADMOD0 is not cleared to 0 but held at 1. To stop conversion in a repeat conversion mode (e.g., in cases 3. and 4.), write a 0 to ADMOD0. After the current conversion has been completed, the repeat conversion mode terminates and ADMOD0 is cleared to 0. Switching to a halt state (IDLE2 mode with ADMOD1 cleared to 0, IDLE1 mode or STOP mode) immediately stops operation of the AD converter even when AD conversion is still in progress. In repeat conversion modes (e.g., in cases 3. and 4.), when the halt is released, conversion restarts from the beginning. In single conversion modes (e.g., in cases 1. and 2.), conversion does not restart when the halt is released (the converter remains stopped). Table 3.12.2 shows the relationship between the AD conversion modes and interrupt requests.
Table 3.12.2 Relationship between AD Conversion Modes and Interrupt Requests Mode
Channel fixed single conversion mode Channel scan single conversion mode Channel fixed repeat conversion mode Channel scan repeat conversion mode
Interrupt Request Generation
After completion of conversion After completion of scan conversion Every conversion Every fourth conversion After completion of every scan conversion
ADMOD0
X X 0 1 X

0 0 1 1

0 1 0 1
X: Don't care
92CA25-246
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(5) AD conversion time 84 states (8.4 s at fSYS = 20 MHz) are required for the AD conversion of one channel. (6) Storing and reading the results of AD conversion The AD conversion data upper and lower registers (ADREG0H/L to ADREG3H/L) store the results of AD conversion. (ADREG0H/L to ADREG3H/L are read-only registers.) In channel fixed repeat conversion mode, the conversion results are stored successively in registers ADREG0H/L to ADREG3H/L. In other modes the AN0, AN1, AN2, AN3 and AN4 conversion results are stored in ADREG0H/L, ADREG1H/L, ADREG2H/L and ADREG3H/L respectively. Table 3.12.3 shows the correspondence between the analog input channels and the registers which are used to hold the results of AD conversion. Table 3.12.3 Correspondence between Analog Input Channels and AD Conversion Result Registers AD Conversion Result Register Analog Input Channel (Port G)
AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3
Conversion Modes Other than at Right
ADREG0H/L ADREG1H/L ADREG2H/L ADREG3H/L
Channel Fixed Repeat Conversion Mode (ADMOD0)
ADREG0H/L ADREG1H/L ADREG2H/L ADREG3H/L
, bit0 of the AD conversion data lower register, is used as the AD conversion data storage flag. The storage flag indicates whether the AD conversion result register has been read or not. When a conversion result is stored in the AD conversion result register, the flag is set to 1. When either of the AD conversion result registers (ADREGxH or ADREGxL) is read, the flag is cleared to 0. Reading the AD conversion result also clears the AD conversion end flag ADMOD0 to 0.
92CA25-247
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Setting example:
1. Convert the analog input voltage on the AN3 pin and write the result to memory address 2800H using the AD interrupt (INTAD) processing routine. Main routine: 7 INTE0AD ADMOD1 ADMOD0 WA WA (2800H) 1 1 6 1 1 X 5 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 3 - 0 0 2 - 0 0 1 - 1 0 0 - 1 1 Enable INTAD and set it to interrupt level 4. Set pin AN3 to be the analog input channel. Start conversion in channel fixed single conversion mode. Read value of ADREG3L and ADREG3H into 16-bits general-purpose register WA. Shift contents read into WA six times to right and zero fill upper bits. Write contents of WA to memory address 2800H.
X
Interrupt routine processing example: ADREG3 >>6 WA
2. This example repeatedly converts the analog input voltages on the three pins AN0, AN1 and AN2, using channel scan repeat conversion mode. INTE0AD ADMOD1 ADMOD0 1 1 0 1 X 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 0 - 0 1 - 1 1 - 0 1 Disable INTAD. Set pins AN0 to AN2 to be the analog input channels. Start conversion in channel scan repeat conversion mode.
X
X: Don't care, -: No change
92CA25-248
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.13 Watchdog Timer (Runaway detection timer)
The TMP92CA25 contains a watchdog timer of runaway detecting. The watchdog timer (WDT) is used to return the CPU to the normal state when it detects that the CPU has started to malfunction (runaway) due to causes such as noise. When the watchdog timer detects a malfunction, it generates a non-maskable interrupt INTWD to notify the CPU of the malfunction. Connecting the watchdog timer output to the reset pin internally forces a reset. (The level of external RESET pin is not changed.)
3.13.1
Configuration
Figure 3.13.1 is a block diagram of the watchdog timer (WDT).
WDMOD
RESET pin
Reset control
Internal reset
INTWD interrupt
WDMOD 2 fIO
15
Selector 2
17
2
19
2
21
Binary counter (22 stages) Reset
Q R S
Internal reset Write 4EH Write B1H WDMOD
WDT control register WDCR
Internal data bus
Figure 3.13.1 Block Diagram of Watchdog Timer
Note: Care must be exercised in the overall design of the apparatus since the watchdog timer may fail to function correctly due to external noise, etc.
92CA25-249
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.13.2 Operation
The watchdog timer generates an INTWD interrupt when the detection time set in the WDMOD has elapsed. The watchdog timer must be cleared to zero in software before an INTWD interrupt will be generated. If the CPU malfunctions (e.g., if runaway occurs) due to causes such as noise, but does not execute the instruction used to clear the binary counter, the binary counter will overflow and an INTWD interrupt will be generated. The CPU will detect malfunction (runaway) due to the INTWD interrupt, and in this case it is possible to return the CPU to normal operation by means of an anti-malfunction program. The watchdog timer begins operating immediately on release of the watchdog timer reset. The watchdog timer is reset and halted in IDLE1 or STOP mode. The watchdog timer counter continues counting during bus release (when BUSAK goes low). When the device is in IDLE2 mode, the operation of the WDT depends on the WDMOD setting. Ensure that WDMOD is set before the device enters IDLE2 mode. The watchdog timer consists of a 22-stage binary counter which uses the clock (2/fIO) as the input clock. The binary counter can output 215/fIO, 217/fIO, 219/fIO and 221/fIO.
WDT counter WDT interrupt
n
Overflow
0
Write clear code WDT clear (Software)
Figure 3.13.2 Normal Mode The runaway detection result can also be connected to the reset pin internally. In this case, the reset time will be between 22 and 29 system clocks (35.2 to 46.4 s at fOSCH = 40 MHz) as shown inFigure 3.13.3. After a reset, the fIO clock is fFPH/4, where fFPH is generated by dividing the high-speed oscillator clock (fOSCH) by sixteen through the clock gear function.
Overflow WDT counter WDT interrupt Internal reset 22 to 29 clocks (35.2 to 46.4 s at fOSCH = 40 MHz) n
Figure 3.13.3 Reset Mode
92CA25-250
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.13.3 Control Registers
The watchdog timer (WDT) is controlled by two control registers WDMOD and WDCR. (1) Watchdog timer mode register (WDMOD) 1. Setting the detection time for the watchdog timer in This 2-bit register is used for setting the watchdog timer interrupt time used when detecting runaway. On a reset this register is initialized to WDMOD = 00. The detection time for WDT is 215/fIO [s]. (The number of system clocks is approximately 65,536.) 2. Watchdog timer enable/disable control register At reset, the WDMOD is initialized to 1, enabling the watchdog timer. To disable the watchdog timer, it is necessary to set this bit to 0 and to write the disable code (B1H) to the watchdog timer control register (WDCR). This makes it difficult for the watchdog timer to be disabled by runaway. However, it is possible to return the watchdog timer from the disabled state to the enabled state merely by setting to 1. 3. Watchdog timer out reset connection This register is used to connect the output of the watchdog timer with the RESET terminal internally. Since WDMOD is initialized to 0 at reset, a reset by the watchdog timer will not be performed. (2) Watchdog timer control register (WDCR) This register is used to disable and clear the binary counter for the watchdog timer. * Disable control The watchdog timer can be disabled by clearing WDMOD to 0 and then writing the disable code (B1H) to the WDCR register.
WDCR WDMOD WDCR 0 0 1 1 - 0 0 - 1 0 - 1 1 0 0 1 - 0 1 - 0 0 0 1 Write the clear code (4EH). Clear WDMOD to 0. Write the disable code (B1H).
*
Enable control Set WDMOD to 1.
*
Watchdog timer clear control To clear the binary counter and cause counting to resume, write the clear code (4EH) to the WDCR register.
WDCR 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 Write the clear code (4EH).
Note1: If the disable control is used, set the disable code (B1H) to WDCR after writing the clear code (4EH) once. (Please refer to setting example.) Note2: If the watchdog timer setting is changed, change setting after setting to disable condition once.
92CA25-251
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
7
WDMOD (1300H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1: Enable WDTE
6
WDTP1 R/W 0 00: 2 /fIO 01: 2 /fIO 10: 2 /fIO 11: 2 /fIO
21 19 17 15
5
WDTP0 0
4
3
- 0 Always write "0"
2
I2WDT R/W 0 IDLE2 0: Stop 1: Operate
1
RESCR 0 1: Internally connects WDT out to the reset pin
0
- 0 Always write "0"
WDT control Select detecting time
Watchdog timer out control 0 1 - Connects WDT out to a reset
IDLE2 control 0 1 Stop Operation
Watchdog timer detection time 00 01 10 11 2 /fIO (Approximately 3.28 ms at fIO = 10 MHz)
15 17 19 21
2 /fIO (Approximately 13.1 ms at fIO = 10 MHz) 2 /fIO (Approximately 52.4 ms at fIO = 10 MHz) 2 /fIO (Approximately 210 ms at fIO = 10 MHz)
Watchdog timer enable/disable control 0 1 Disabled Enabled
Figure 3.13.4 Watchdog Timer Mode Register
7
WDCR (1302H) Read -modify -write instruction is prohibited Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
6
5
4
- W -
3
2
1
0
B1H: WDT disable code 4EH: WDT clear code
WDT disable/clear control B1H 4EH Others Disable code Clear code Don't care
Figure 3.13.5 Watchdog Timer Control Register
92CA25-252
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.14 Real Time Clock (RTC)
3.14.1 Function Description for RTC
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Clock function (hour, minute, second) Calendar function (month and day, day of the week, and leap year) 24- or 12-hour (AM/PM) clock function +/-30 s adjustment function (by software) Alarm function (alarm output) Alarm interrupt generate
3.14.2
Block Diagram
16-Hz clock Divider 1-Hz clock Alarm register Alarm select
ALARM
32-kHz clock
ALARM
Carry hold (1s)
Comparator
INTRTC
Clock
Address bus Data bus Adjust Read/write control RD WR D0 to D7 Address
Figure 3.14.1 RTC Block Diagram Note 1: Western calendar year column: This product uses only the final two digits of the year. Therefore, the year following 99 is 00 years. In use, please take into account the first two digits when handling years in the western calendar.
Note 2: Leap year: A leap year is divisible by 4, but the exception is any leap year which is divisible by 100; this is not considered a leap year. However, any year which is divisible by 400, is a leap year. This product does not take into account the above exceptions . Since this product accounts only for leap years divisible by 4, please adjust the system for any problems.
92CA25-253
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.14.3 Control Registers
Table 3.14.1 PAGE 0 (Clock function) Registers
Symbol SECR MINR HOURR DAYR DATER YEARR PAGER RESTR Address 1320H 1321H 1322H 1323H 1324H 1326H Day 20 Day 10 Oct. Year 80 Year 40 Year 20 Year 10 Day 8 Aug. Year 8 Bit7 Bit6 40 sec 40 min Bit5 20 sec 20 min
20 hours/ PM/AM
Bit4 10 sec 10 min
10 hours
Bit3 8 sec 8 min
8 hours
Bit2 4 sec 4 min
4 hours
Bit1 2 sec 2 min
2 hours
Bit0 1 sec 1 min
1 hour
Function Second column Minute column Hour column Day of the week column Day column Month column Year column (Lower two columns) PAGE register
Read/Write R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W W, R/W W only
W2 Day 4 Apr. Year 4 Alarm enable
W1 Day 2 Feb. Year 2
W0 Day 1 Jan. Year 1 PAGE setting
MONTHR 1325H
1327H Interrupt enable 1328H 1Hz enable 16Hz enable Clock reset
Adjustment Clock function enable Alarm reset
Always write "0"
Reset register
Note: When reading SECR, MINR, HOURR, DAYR, MONTHR and YEARR of PAGE0, the current state is read.
Table 3.14.2 PAGE 1 (Alarm function) Registers
Symbol SECR MINR HOURR DAYR DATER YEARR PAGER RESTR Address 1320H 1321H 1322H 1323H 1324H 1326H 1327H Interrupt enable 1328H 1Hz enable 16Hz enable Clock reset Adjustment Clock function enable Alarm reset Alarm enable Always write "0" Day 20 Day 10 Day 8 40 min 20 min
20 hours/ PM/AM
Bit7
Bit6
Bit5
Bit4
Bit3
Bit2
Bit1
Bit0
Function
Read/Write R/W
10 min
10 hours
8 min
8 hours
4 min
4 hours
2 min
2 hours
1 min
1 hour
Minute column Hour column Day of the week column Day column 24-hour clock mode Leap-year mode PAGE register
R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W W, R/W W only
W2 Day 4
W1 Day 2 LEAP1
W0 Day 1 24/12 LEAP0 PAGE setting
MONTHR 1325H
Reset register
Note: When reading SECR, MINR, HOURR, DAYR, MONTHR, YEARR of PAGE1, the current state is read.
92CA25-254
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.14.4 Detailed Explanation of Control Register
RTC is not initialized by system reset. Therefore, all registers must be initialized at the beginning of the program. (1) Second column register (for PAGE0 only) 7
SECR (1320H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function "0" is read. 40 sec. column 20 sec. column 10 sec. column
6
SE6
5
SE5
4
SE4
3
SE3 R/W Undefined 8 sec. column
2
SE2
1
SE1
0
SE0
4 sec. column
2 sec. column
1 sec. column
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
0 sec 1 sec 2 sec 3 sec 4 sec 5 sec 6 sec 7 sec 8 sec 9 sec 10 sec 19 sec 20 sec 29 sec 30 sec 39 sec 40 sec 49 sec 50 sec 59 sec
:
1 0 0 0
:
1 0 0 0
:
1 0 0 0
:
1 0 0 0
:
1 0 Note: Do not set data other than as shown above.
92CA25-255
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) Minute column register (for PAGE0/1) 7
MINR (1321H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function "0" is read. 40 min column 20 min column 10 min column
6
MI6
5
MI5
4
MI4
3
MI3 R/W Undefined 8 min column
2
MI2
1
MI1
0
MI0
4 min column
2 min column
1 min column
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
0 min 1 min 2 min 3 min 4 min 5 min 6 min 7 min 8 min 9 min 10 min 19 min 20 min 29 min 30 min 39 min 40 min 49 min 50 min 59 min
:
1 0 0 0
:
1 0 0 0
:
1 0 0 0
:
1 0 0 0
:
1 0 Note: Do not set data other than as shown above.
92CA25-256
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) Hour column register (for PAGE0/1) 1. In 24-hour clock mode (MONTHR = "1") 7
HOURR (1322H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function "0" is read. 20 hours column 10 hours column 8 hours column
6
5
HO5
4
HO4
3
HO3 R/W Undefined
2
HO2
1
HO1
0
HO0
4 hours column
2 hours column
1 hour column
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
0 o'clock 1 o'clock 2 o'clock 8 o'clock 9 o'clock 10 o'clock 19 o'clock 20 o'clock 23 o'clock
:
1 1 0 0 0 0
:
1 0 0 0
:
0 0 Note: Do not set data other than as shown above.
2.
In 12-hour clock mode (MONTHR ="0") 7 6 5
HO5
4
HO4
3
HO3 R/W Undefined
2
HO2
1
HO1
0
HO0
HOURR (1322H)
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function "0" is read.
PM/AM
10 hours column
8 hours column
4 hours column
2 hours column
1 hour column
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 : 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
0 o'clock (AM) 1 o'clock 2 o'clock 9 o'clock 10 o'clock 11 o'clock 0 o'clock (PM) 1 o'clock
Note: Do not set data other than as shown above.
92CA25-257
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(4) Day of the week column register (for PAGE0/1) 7
DAYR (1323H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function "0" is read. 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 W2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1
6
5
4
3
2
WE2
1
WE1 R/W Undefined W1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
0
WE0
W0 Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
Note: Do not set data other than as shown above.
(5) Day column register (PAGE0/1) 7
DATER (1324H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function "0" is read. Day 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 Day 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 Day 8 0 0 0 0 1
6
5
DA5
4
DA4
3
DA3 R/W Undefined
2
DA2
1
DA1
0
DA0
Day 4 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Day 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1
Day 1 0 1st day 2nd day 3rd day 4th day 9th day 10th day 11th day 19th day 20th day 29th day 30th day 31st day
:
1 0 0 0 0 0
:
1 0 0 0
:
1 0 0 0 0 0
Note1: Do not set data other than as shown above. Note2: Do not set for non-existent days (e.g.: 30th Feb).
92CA25-258
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(6) Month column register (for PAGE0 only)
7 MONTHR (1325H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function "0" is read. 10 months 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 8 months 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 6 5 4 MO4 3 MO4 2 MO2 R/W Undefined 4 months 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 2 months 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 month January February March April May June July August September October November December 1 MO1 0 MO0
Note: Do not set data other than as shown above.
(7) Select 24-hour clock or 12-hour clock (for PAGE1 only)
7 MONTHR (1325H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function "0" is read. 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 MO0 R/W Undefined 1: 24-hour 0: 12-hour
92CA25-259
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(8) Year column register (for PAGE0 only) 7
YEARR (1326H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 80 years 40 years 20 years 10 years YE7
6
YE6
5
YE5
4
YE4 R/W Undefined
3
YE3
2
YE2
1
YE1
0
YE0
8 years
4 years
2 years
1 year
0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 : 1
0 0 0 0 1 1 0
0 0 1 1 0 0 0
0 1 0 1 0 1 1
00 years 01 years 02 years 03 years 04 years 05 years 99 years
Note: Do not set data other than as shown above.
(9) Leap year register (for PAGE1 only)
7 YEARR (1326H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 6 5 4 3 2 1 LEAP1 R/W Undefined 00: Leap year 01: One year after leap year "0" is read. 10: Two years after leap year 11: Three years after leap year 0 LEAP0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 1
Current year is a leap year Current year is the following a leap year year
Current year is two years after a leap year Current year is three years after a leap year
92CA25-260
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(10) Setting PAGE register (for PAGE0/1)
7 PAGER (1327H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset
Read-modify-write Function instruction is prohibited.
6
5
4 ADJUST W Undefined 0: Don't care 1: Adjust
3 ENATMR
2 ENAALM
1
0 PAGE R/W Undefined
INTENA R/W 0 INTRTC 0: Disable 1: Enable "0" is read.
R/W Undefined Clock 0: Disable 1: Enable ALARM 0: Disable 1: Enable
PAGE "0" is read. selection
Note:
Please keep the setting order below of , and . Set different times for
Clock/Alarm setting and interrupt setting. (Example) Clock setting/Alarm setting ld ld (pager), 0ch (pager), 8ch : : Clock, Alarm enable Interrupt enable 0 1 0 1 Select Page0 Select Page1 Don't care Adjust sec. counter. When this bit is set to "1" the sec. counter becomes "0" when the value of the sec. counter is 0 - 29. When the value of the sec. counter is 30-59, the min. counter is carried and sec. counter becomes "0". Output Adjust signal during 1 cycle of fSYS. After being adjusted once, Adjust is released automatically. (PAGE0 only)
PAGE
ADJUST
(11) Setting reset register (for PAGE0/1)
7 RESTR (1328H) Bit symbol Read/Write 1Hz 0: Enable 1: Disable 16Hz 0: Enable 1: Disable 1:Clock reset 1: Alarm reset DIS1Hz 6 DIS16Hz 5 RSTTMR 4 RSTALM W Undefined Always write "0" 3 - 2 - 1 - 0 -
Read-modify After reset write-instructio Function n is prohibited.
RSTALM
0 1 0 1
Unused Reset alarm register Unused Reset counter (PAGER) 1 0 0
RSTTMR
1 0 1
1 1 0 Others
Source signal Alarm 1Hz 16Hz Output "0"
92CA25-261
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.14.5 Operational description
(1) Reading clock data 1. Using 1Hz interrupt 1Hz interrupt and the count up of internal data synchronize. Therefore, data can read correctly if reading data after 1Hz interrupt occurred. 2. Using two times reading There is a possibility of incorrect clock data reading when the internal counter carries over. To ensure correct data reading, please read twice, as follows:
Start
PAGER = "0" , Select PAGE0
Read the clock data (1st)
Read the clock data (2nd)
NO 1st data = 2nd data YES END
Figure 3.14.2 Flowchart of clock data read
92CA25-262
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) Writing clock data When a carry over occurs during a write operation, the data cannot be written correctly. Please use the following method to ensure data is written correctly. 1. Using 1Hz interrupt 1Hz interrupt and the count up of internal data synchronize. Therefore, data can write correctly if writing data after 1Hz interrupt occurred. 2. Resetting a counter There are 15-stage counter inside the RTC, which generate a 1Hz clock from 32,768 KHz. The data is written after reset this counter. However, if clearing the counter, it is counted up only first writing at half of the setting time, first writing only. Therefore, if setting the clock counter correctly, after clearing the counter, set the 1Hz-interrupt to enable. And set the time after the first interrupt (occurs at 0.5Hz) is occurred.
Start PAGER = "0" , Select PAGE0
RESTR = "1" reset counter
RESTR = "0" enable 1Hz interrupt
First interrupts occur (After 0.5S) YES Sets the time
NO
END
Figure 3.14.3 Flowchart of data write
92CA25-263
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
2.
Disabling the clock A clock carry over is prohibited when "0" is written to PAGER in order to prevent malfunction caused by the Carry hold circuit. While the clock is prohibited, the Carry hold circuit holds a one sec. carry signal from a divider. When the clock becomes enabled, the carry signal is output to the clock, the time is revised and operation continues. However, the clock is delayed when clock-disabled state continues for one second or more. Note that at this time system power is down while the clock is disabled. . In this case the clock is stopped and clock is delayed.
Start
Disable the clock
Read the clock data
Enable the clock
End
Figure 3.14.4 Flowchart of Clock disable
92CA25-264
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.14.6 Explanation of the interrupt signal and alarm signal
The alarm function used by setting the PAGE1 register and outputting either of the following three signals from ALARM pin by writing "1" to PAGER. INTRTC outputs a 1-shot pulse when the falling edge is detected. RTC is not initialized by RESET. Therefore, when the clock or alarm function is used, clear interrupt request flag in INTC (interrupt controller). (1) When the alarm register and the clock correspond, output "0". (2) 1Hz Output clock . (3) 16Hz Output clock. (1) When the alarm register and the clock correspond, output "0" When PAGER= "1", and the value of PAGE0 clock corresponds with PAGE1 alarm register , output "0" to ALARM pin and generate INTRTC. The methods for using the alarm are as follows: Initialization of alarm is done by writing "1" to RESTR. All alarm settings become Don't care. In this case, the alarm always corresponds with value of the clock, and if PAGER is "1", INTRTC interrupt request is generated. Setting alarm min., alarm hour, alarm date and alarm day is done by writing data to the relevant PAGE1 register. When all setting contents correspond, RTC generates an INTRTC interrupt if PAGER is "1". However, contents which have not been set up (don't care state) are always considered to correspond. Contents which have already been set up, cannot be returned independently to the Don't care state. In this case, the alarm must be initialized and alarm register reset. The following is an example program for outputting an alarm from ALARM -pin at noon (PM12:00) every day.
LD LD LD LD LD LD LD ( LD (PAGER), 09H (RESTR), D0H (DAYR), 01H (DATAR),01H (HOURR), 12H (MINR), 00H (PAGER), 0CH (PAGER), 8CH ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; Alarm disable, setting PAGE1 Alarm initialize W0 1 day Setting 12 o'clock Setting 00 min Set up time 31 s (Note) Alarm enable Interrupt enable )
When the CPU is operating at high frequency oscillation, it may take a maximum of one clock at 32 kHz (about 30us) for the time register setting to become valid. In the above example, it is necessary to set 31us of set up time between setting the time register and enabling the alarm register.
Note: This set up time is unnecessary when you use only internal interruption.
(2) With 1Hz output clock RTC outputs a clock of 1Hz to ALARM pin by setting up PAGER= "0", RESTR= "0", = "1". RTC also generates an INTRC interrupt on the falling edge of the clock. (3) With 16Hz output clock RTC outputs a clock of 16Hz to ALARM pin by setting up PAGER= "0", RESTR= "1", = "0". RTC also generates INTRC an interrupt on the falling edge of the clock.
92CA25-265
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.15 LCD Controller
This LSI incorporates two types of liquid crystal display driving circuit for controlling LCDs. One circuit supports an internal RAM LCD driver that can store display data in the LCD driver itself, and the other circuit supports a shift-register type (SR mode) LCD driver that must serially transfer the display data to the LCD driver for each display picture. It is possible for SR type to use PAN function which is shifted the display without rewriting display data. 1) Shift register type LCD driver control mode (SR mode) Before setting start register, set the mode of operation, the start address of source data save memory and LCD size to control register. After setting start register, the LCDC outputs a bus release request to the CPU and reads data from source memory. The LCDC then transmits LCD size data to the external LCD driver through the special LCDC data bus (LD7to LD0). At this time, the control signals connected to the LCD driver output the specified waveform which is synchronized with the data transmission. After display data reading from RAM is completed, the LCDC cancels the bus release request and the CPU will re-start. It is possible to read the data from display memory at high-speed by FIFO buffer. And it is possible to transfer from LCD-driver-bus corresponded to the AC-standard of connected LCD driver. In the TMP92CA25, SRAM and SDRAM burst mode can be used for the display RAM. 10-Kbytes of internal RAM are available for use as display RAM. As internal SRAM access is very fast (32-bit bus width, 1 SYSCLK read/write), it is possible to reduce CPU load to a minimum, enabling LCDC DMA. In addition, it can decrease much power consumption during displaying by using internal SRAM. It is possible to display 320x240(QVGA size at max size) using internal SRAM.
2)
Internal RAM LCD driver control mode (RAM mode) Data transmission to the LCD driver is executed CPU command. After setting operation mode to control register, when CPU command is executed the LCDC outputs chip select signal to the LCD driver connected externally by control pin (LCP0 etc.). Therefore control of data transmission numbers corresponding to LCD size is controlled by CPU command. This mode supports random-access-type and sequential-access-type.
92CA25-266
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.15.1 LCDC features by Mode
The various features and pin operations of are as follows. Table 3.15.1 LCDC features by Mode (example: using TOSHIBA LCD driver) Shift Register Type LCD Driver Control Mode LCD driver
Display color The number of picture elements which can be handled Data bus width (SRAM, SDRAM) Data bus width (Destination: LCD driver) Maximum transmission rate (at fSYS = 20 [MHz]) Pan function LCD data bus LD7 to LD0 D7 to D0 Bus state R/W Address bus A0 External pins
STN
Monochrome Monochrome, 4-, 8- and16-level grayscale Row (Common): 64, 120, 128, 160, 200, 240, 320, 480 Column (Segment): 64, 128, 160, 240, 320, 480, 640 16 bits, 32 bits (Internal RAM) 4 bits, 8 bits 12.5 ns/byte at Internal RAM 25 ns/byte at external SRAM, 50 ns/byte at external SRAM, Available to use Connect to data bus of LCD driver. * 8-bit LD7 to LD0 * 4-bit LD3 to LD0 Not used
RAM Built-in Type LCD Driver Control Mode
Depends on LCD driver
Depends on LCD driver
Depends on CS/WAIT controller (Same as normal memory access) - Depends on LCD driver Not used
LCP0
LLP
LFR
LBCD
Connect to data bus of LCD driver. Connect to WR pin of Not used LCD driver. Connect to D/I pin of Not used LCD driver for distinction of data or instruction. Shift clock 0 for column LCD driver Chip enable signal for Connect to CP pin of column LCD driver. LD bus data is latched at falling column LCD driver edge of this signal. Connect to CE pin of 1st column LCD driver. Latch pulse output for column and row LCD driver Chip enable signal for Connect to LP pin of column and row LCD driver. Display data is renewed column LCD driver to output buffer at rising edge of this signal. Connect to CE pin of 2nd column LCD driver. Alternating signal for LCD display control. Chip enable signal for Connect to FR pin of LCD driver. column LCD driver Connect to CE pin of 3rd column LCD driver. Refresh rate signal Chip enable signal for row LCD driver Connect to LE pin of row LCD driver.
92CA25-267
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.15.2 SFRs
LCDMODE0 Register 7
LCDMODE0 (0840H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Display RAM 00: Internal RAM1 01: External SRAM 10: SDRAM 11: Internal RAM2 0 1 0 LD bus transmission speed 00: Reserved 01: 2 x fSYS 10: 4 x fSYS 11: 8 x fSYS
6
5
SCPW1
4
SCPW0 R/W
3
LMODE 0 LCD driver type 0: SR 1: RAM built-in
2
INTMODE 0 Interrupt 0: LP 1: BCD
1
LDO1 0 00: 4bit A_type 01: 4bit B_type 10: 8bit type Others: Reserved
0
LDO0 0
RAMTYPE1 RAMTYPE0
LD bus width control
Note: Only "burst 1clk access" SDRAM access is supported
LCD fFP Register 7
LCDFFP (0282H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 FP7
6
FP6
5
FP5
4
FP4 R/W
3
FP3 0
2
FP2 0
1
FP1 0
0
FP0 0
Setting bit7 to bit0 for fFP
Divide FRM Register 7
LCDDVM (0283H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 FMN7
6
FMN6
5
FMN5
4
FMN4 R/W
3
FMN3 0
2
FMN2 0
1
FMN1 0
0
FMN0 0
Setting DVM bit7 to bit0
92CA25-268
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
LCD Size Setting Register 7
LCDSIZE (0843H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0001: 64 0010: 120 0011: 128 0100: 160 0 0 0 0 Common setting 0000: Reserved 0101: 200 0110: 240 0111: 320 1000: 480 Others: Reserved 0000: Reserved 0001: 64 0010: 128 0011: 160 0100: 240 COM3
6
COM2
5
COM1
4
COM0 R/W
3
SEG3 0
2
SEG2 0 0101: 320 0110: 480 0111: 640
1
SEG1 0
0
SEG0 0
Segment setting
Others: Reserved
LCD Control-0 Register 7
LCDCTL0 (0844H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Column
6
ALL0 R/W
5
FRMON 0
4
- R/W 0 Always write "0" bit9
3
FP9 0 fFP setting
2
MMULCD R/W 0
1
FP8 0
0
START 0 LCDC start 0: Stop 1: Start
Frame data setting divide 0: Stop 0: Normal 1: All display 1: Operate data "0"
Built-in RAM fFP setting bit8 type LCD driver
0: Sequential access 1: Random access
LCDC Source Clock Counter Register 7
LCDSCC (0846H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 SCC7
6
SCC6
5
SCC5
4
SCC4 R/W
3
SCC3 0
2
SCC2 0
1
SCC1 0
0
SCC0 0
LCDC source clock counter bit7 to bit0
Start Address Register H M (Bit23 to 16) (Bit15 to 8)
A area After reset B area After reset C area After reset LSARAH (0852H) 40H LSARBH (0858H) 40H LSARCH (085EH) 40H LSARAM (0851H) 00H LSARBM (0857H) 00H LSARCM (085DH) 00H
Number of Common Register H (Bit8)
CMNAH (0855H) 00H CMNBH (085BH) 00H -
L (Bit7 to 1)
LSARAL (0850H) 00H LSARBL (0856H) 00H LSARCL (085CH) 00H
L (Bit7 to 0)
CMNAL (0854H) 00H CMNBL (085AH) 00H -
-
-
-
-
Note: All registers can read-modify-write.
92CA25-269
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
LCDC0L/LCDC0H/LCDC1L/LCDC1H/LCDC2L/LCDC2H/LCDR0L/LCDR0H Register 7
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function D7
6
D6
5
D5
4
D4
3
D3
2
D2
1
D1
0
D0
Depends on external LCD driver specification. Depends on external LCD driver specification. Depends on external LCD driver specification.
Address
3C0000H to 3CFFFFH 3D0000H to 3DFFFFH 3E0000H to 3EFFFFH 3F0000H to 3FFFFFH
Function
Built-in RAM LCD Driver1 Built-in RAM LCD Driver2 Built-in RAM LCD Driver3 Built-in RAM LCD Driver4
Chip Enable Pin
LCP0 LLP LFR LBCD
92CA25-270
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.15.3 Shift Register Type LCD Driver Control Mode (SR mode)
Set the mode of operation, start address of display memory, grayscale level and LCD size to control registers before setting start register. After setting start register, the LCDC outputs a bus release request to the CPU and reads data from source memory. After data reading from source data is completed, the LCDC cancels the bus release request and the CPU will restart. The LCDC then transmits LCD size data to the external LCD driver through the LD bus (special data bus only for LCD driver). At this time, the control signals (LCP0 etc.) connected to the LCD driver output the specified waveform which is synchronized with the data transmission. The LCD controller generates control signals (LFR, LBCD, LLP etc.) from base clock LCDSCC. LCDSCC is the clock generator for the LCD controller, which is generated by system clock fSYS. This LSI has a special clock generator for the LCDC. Details of LCD frame refresh rate can be set using this special generator. This generator is made from an 8-bit counter and 1/16 speed clock from the system clock. Note 1: During display data read from source memory (during DMA operation), the CPU is stopped by the internal BUSREQ signal. When using SR mode LCDC, programmers must monitor CPU performance. Note 2: This LSI has a 16-Kbyte SRAM, this internal RAM is available for use as display RAM. Internal RAM access is very fast (32-bit bus width, 1 SYSCLK read/write), it is possible to reduce CPU load to a minimum. It can also be used 16bits access mode if using internal RAM. This mode is for internal RAM to use as display RAM effectively. When using display RAM as SDRAM, set SDRAM size by SDACR2 register of SDRAMC. Data output width is selectable between 4 bits or 8 bits, and data output sequence selectable between 2 modes. SR type LCD control setting is described below.
3.15.3.1 Description of Operation
92CA25-271
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.15.3.2 Memory Space (Common spec. SR mode and TFT mode) The LCDC can display an LCD panel image which is divided horizontally into 3 parts; upper, middle and lower. Each area is called A area, B area and C area with the characteristics shown below. The Start/End address of each area in the physical memory space can be defined in the LCD start/end address registers. C area can be defined only in start address. A and B areas can be displayed by program and set to enable or not in Start Address register and Row Number register. When the Row Number registers of A and B areas are set to 0, C area takes over all panel space. When the size of A or B area is greater than the LCD panel, the area of the panel is all C area because the displaying priority is A > B > C. If the A area is set to enable while the panel area is defined as all C area (A and B areas are disabled), C area is shifted below the LCD panel and A area is inserted from the top of the LCD panel. Similarly if the B area is set to enable while the panel area is defined as all C area, B area is inserted from the bottom of the C area overlapping.
Memory map image Logic address 400000H Ya A area Vertical pan B area Yb Row address C area Yc Horizontal pan 2X 600000H B area Yb A area C area Yc Column address Reserved area for horizontal pan of C area * Display data cannot input closely when pan function is not used (SDRAM). LCD Panel image
X Ya
Figure 3.15.1 Memory Mapping from Physical Memory to LCD Panel
92CA25-272
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.15.3.3 Display Memory Mapping and Panning Function (Common spec. SR mode and TFT mode) The LCDC can only change the panel window if you change each start address of A, B and C areas. The display area can be panned vertically and horizontally by changing the row address and column address. This LCDC can select many display modes: 1 bpp (monochrome), 2 bpp (4 grayscales), 3 bpp (8 grayscales), 4 bpp (16 grayscales), 8 bpp (256 colors) and 12 bpp (4096 colors) and 1-line (row). Data volume is different for each display mode. When using the panning function, care must be exercised in calculating the address for each display mode. For details, refer to Figure 3.15.2, "Relation of memory map image and output data". This LCDC can also support external SDRAM, SRAM and internal SRAM for display RAM. When using SDRAM for display RAM, data from one line to the next line cannot be input continuously in display RAM, even if the panning function is not used. One row address of display SDRAM corresponds to the first line of the display panel. Second line display data cannot now be set within the first row address of the display RAM even if the necessary data for the size you want to display does not fill the capacity of first row address of the display SDRAM. Adding one line to the display panel is equal to adding one address to the row address of the display SDRAM. In other words, when using SDRAM for display RAM, address calculation for panning is simple. When using SRAM for display RAM, data from one line to the next line must be input continuously to the display RAM. However, address calculation for panning is complex and horizontal panning function is not supported. And when setting segment = 240 and select internal RAM, the limitation is added under below. 16bit data is thrown away 1 common 240 bit **00H **04H **08H **0CH **10H **14H **18H **1CH
2 common **20H **20H **24H **28H **2CH **30H **34H **38H **3CH
The last 16bits data in 8th access is thrown away. If using all data effectively, set internal SRAM2 mode (16bit access mode). And it is possible to allocate data tightly.
3.15.3.4 Data Transmission This LSI has an LD bus (LD7 to LD0): a special data bus for LCD driver. Bus width of 4-bits_Atype, 4-bits_B-type or 8-bits type can be supported. Relation between memory mapping and Output data is shown to Figure 3.15.2.
92CA25-273
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
* Monochrome: 1 bpp (bit per pixel) Display memory image
LSB D0 0 1 2 Address 0 3 4 5 6 7 8 Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 MSB D31
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
LD bus output sequence 4-bit width A type LD0 LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4 LD5 LD6 LD7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 ... 13 ... 4-bit width B type LD0 LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4 LD5 LD6 LD7 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 12 13 8 9 ... ... 8-bit width type LD0 LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4 LD5 LD6 LD7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ... ...
10 14 ... 11 15 ...
14 10 ... 15 11 ...
10 ... 11 ... 12 ... 13 ... 14 ... 15 ...
Not use Not use Not use Not use
Not used Not used Not used Not used
Figure 3.15.2 Relation of Memory Map Image and Output Data
92CA25-274
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.15.3.5 Refresh Rate Setting Frame cycle (refresh rate) is generated from setting of LSCC (LCDSCC) and FP [9:0] (LCDCTL0, LCDFFP). The LBCD terminal outputs one pulse every cycle and the LFR normally outputs an inverted signal every cycle. But when the DIVIDE FRAME function is used, the LFR signal changes to a special signal for high quality display. (1) Basic clock setting This LSI has a special clock generator for basic source clock used in the LCD controller. This generator can set details of the refresh rate for the LCDC. This generator is made by dividing the system clock by 16 and an 8-bit counter. The following shows the method of setting and calculation.
fBCD[Hz]: Frame rate (Refresh rate: Frequency of LBCD signal) FP: FP [9:0] setting value of FFP register SCC: setting value of LSCC register fBCD [Hz] = fSYS [Hz] / ((SCC+1) x 16 x FP)
Example:
fSYS [Hz] = 20MHz, 240COM (FP = 240), target refresh rate = 70Hz 70 [Hz] = 20000000 [Hz]/((SCC+1) x 16 x 240) (SCC+1) = 20000000/(70 x16 x 240) = 74.4 Value of setting to register is only integer, SCC = 73. The floating value is disregarded. In this case, the refresh rate comes to 70.3 [Hz]
LCDC Source Clock Counter Register 7
LCDSCC (0846H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 SCC7
6
SCC6
5
SCC5
4
SCC4 R/W
3
SCC3 0
2
SCC2 0
1
SCC1 0
0
SCC0 0
LCDC Source Clock Counter bit7 to bit0
* Data should be written from 1-hex to FFFF-hex in the above register. It cancannot operate if set to "0". * If the refresh rate is set too fast, it may not be in time with the display data. tLP time is determined by SCC. tLP [s] = (1/fSYS [Hz]) x 16 x (SCC + 1) tLP is shown in 1-line (ROW) display time. 1-line data transmission must be completed during tLP cycle time. AboutRefer to "Data transmission and bus occupation" for details of data transmission time.
92CA25-275
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) Refresh rate adjust function (Correct function) In this function, the LBCD frequency: refresh rate is generated by setting LCDSCC and FP [9:0] register. The FFP value is normally set at the same value as the ROW number, but this value can be used for correction of BCD frequency: refresh rate. This function always uses a value greater than the ROW number, set to slower frequency. The LCDC cannot operate correctly if a value smaller than the ROW number is set. The following is an example of settings: Example:
fSYS [Hz] = 20 MHz, 240COM ( FP = 240 ), Target refresh rate = 70 Hz 140 [Hz] = 20000000 [Hz]/((SCC+1) x 16 x 240) (SCC+1) = 20000000/(70 x 16 x 240) = 74.4 Value of setting to register is only integer, SCC = 73. The floating value is disregarded. In this case, refresh rate comes to 70.3 [Hz] fBCD [Hz] = fSYS [Hz]/((SCC+1) x 16 x FP) FP value is adjusted to set SCC=73 in above equation again. 70 [Hz] = 20000000/(74 x 16 x FP) FP = 241.3 Value of setting to register is only integer, FP = 241. In this case, refresh rate comes to 70.0 [Hz]
LCD fFP Register 7
LCDFFP (0841H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 FP7
6
FP6
5
FP5
4
FP4 R/W
3
FP3 0
2
FP2 0
1
FP1 0
0
FP0 0
Setting bit7 to bit0 for fFP
Reference) We recommend refresh rate values in the region of: Monochrome: 70 [Hz]
92CA25-276
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) Divide frame adjust function The DIVIDE FRAME function allows for adjustments to reduce uneven display in large LCD panels. When this function is enabled by setting = 1, the LFR signal alternates between high and low level with each LLP cycle for the LCDDVM register values given below. When this function is disabled by setting LCDCTL = 0, the LFR signal alternates between high and low level with each LBCD cycle. This function is not affected by the LBCD timing.
Note: Availability of this function depends on the actual LCD driver or LCD panel used. We recommend checking that register's value when used in the proposed environment. Divide Frame Register 7
LCDDVM (0842H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 FMN7
6
FMN6
5
FMN5
4
FMN4 R/W
3
FMN3 0
2
FMN2 0
1
FMN1 0
0
FMN0 0
Setting DVM bit7 to bit0
(Reference) In general, prime numbers (3, 5, 7, 11, 13 ...) are best for the value of the LCDDVM register.
92CA25-277
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
LFR
LBCD 1 2 3 120 1 2 3 120 1 2
LLP
LCP LD7 to LD0 (8-bit case) Use internal signal to CPU (Interrupt)
Figure 3.15.3 Whole Timing Diagram of SR Mode
LFR
tLP: LLP cycle tOPR: CPU opration time
LBCD LLP Use internal signal (Internal) BUSRQ LCP0 LD7 to LD0 (8 bits)
N
tSTOP: Stop time
tLPH = fSYS x 4 tCP = 2 states
N+1
N + 28
N + 29
Note: There is internal FI/FO_RAM (160bits) for controlling the speed of transfering to LCD driver. If the size of segment is over 160, several bus request is generated at one tLP interval. (640segment: 5times max)
Figure 3.15.4 Detailed Timing Diagram of SR Mode
Condition: FFP [9:0] setting = 240 (COM) + 63, LCDDVM = 0BH
LP1 LLP LP2 LP3 LP10 LP11 LP301 LP302 LP303 LP304
LFR DVM disable
DVM enable
Figure 3.15.5 Waveform of LLP, LFR
92CA25-278
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.15.3.6 LCD Data Transmission Speed and Data Bus Occupation Rate After setting start register, the LCDC outputs a bus release request to the CPU and reads data from source memory. The LCDC then transmits LCD size data to the external LCD driver through the special LCDC data bus (LD11 to LD0). At this time, the control signals connected to the LCD driver output the specified waveform which is synchronized with the data transmission. After data reading from RAM for display is completed, the LCDC cancels the bus release request and the CPU will restart. During data read from source memory (during DMA operation), the CPU is stopped by the internal BUSREQ signal. When using SR mode LCDC, programmers must monitor CPU performance. The occupation rate of the data bus depends on data size, transmission speed (CPU clock speed) and display RAM type used. Valid Data Reading Time tLRD (ns/Byte) at fSYS = 20 MHz
50 25 12.5 *25
Display RAM
External SRAM Internal RAM External SDRAM
Bus Width
16 bits 32 bits 32 bits 16 bits
Valid Data Reading Time (fSYS Clock/Byte)
2/2 2/4 1/4 *1/2
Note:
When using SDRAM for display RAM, overhead time (+ 8 clocks) is required for every 1 row data reading.
tSTOP refers to the CPU stoppage time during transmission of 1 row data. tSTOP is calculated by the equation below for each display mode.
tSTOP = (SegNum /8) x tLRD SegNum : Number of segment
When SDRAM is used, more overhead time is required. tSTOP = (SegNum /8) x tLRD + ((1/fSYS) x 8)
Data bus occupation rate equals the percentage of tSTOP time in tLP time. Data bus occupation rate = tSTOP/tLP Note: For tLP time, refer to "refresh rate setting".
92CA25-279
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.15.3.7 Timing Diagram of LD Bus The TMP92CA25 can select to display RAM for external SRAM: Available to set WAIT, internal SRAM of 10Kbyte and external SRAM: 64, 128, 256 and 512 Mbits. As a 160-bit FIFO buffer is built into this LCDC, the LD bus speed can be controlled. The speed can be selected from 3 kinds of LCP cycle: (fSYS/2, fSYS/4, and fSYS/8) LD bus data: LD7 to LD0 is out at rising edge of LCP, LCD driver receives at falling edge of LCP.
Note: If the LCP cycle is too slow it may not transfer correctly.
fSYS
LCP0 CP 2-clock LD7 to LD0 LCP0 CP 4-clock LD7 to LD0
LCP0 CP 8-clock LD7 to LD0
Figure 3.15.6 Selection of LCP Cycle If LCP cycle is not set at a suitable speed with respect to the refresh rate, LD bus data will not transfer correctly. tLP time is shown in the equation below.
tLP [s] = (1/fSYS [Hz]) x 16 x (SCC+1)
Data transmission must finish in tLP time. Set SCC clock and LCP0 speed to be less than tLP time. For setting of SCC, refer to "basic clock setting" of "refresh rate setting".
92CA25-280
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.15.3.8 Example of SR mode LCD driver connection
TMP92CA25 VDD
T6C13B (240-row driver selection) VDD VSS DIR TEST DI7 to DI0 DUAL SCP S/C VCCL/R, V0L/R, V1L/R, V4L/R, V5L/R O240 DSPOF FR LP EIO2 EIO1 O001 COM001
VSS
240 commons x 240 segments LCD (Monochrome) SEG001 SEG240 T6C13B (240-column driver selection) VSS TEST DUAL VCCLR V0LR,V2LR, VSSLR,V3LR V5LR O240
COM240
LBCD LCP0 LLP LFR Port LD7 to LD0 Open
Open
SCP LP FR
DSPOF
DI7 to DI0 EIO1 EIO2 DIR VDD S/C
VSS
VDD VSS
Note: Other circuit is necessary for LCD drive power supply for LCD driver display.
Figure 3.15.7 Interface Example for Shift Register Type LCD Driver
92CA25-281
O001
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.15.3.9 Program Example (4 K colors STN)
; LCDC condition ; Panel = 320seg x 240com, ; LD bus = 8bit, 4clock ld ldw fBCD = 70Hz(at fSYS = 20MHz) Display memory = Internal RAM(2000H-) ; PK0-3: LCP0, LLP, LFR, LBCD ; PL0-7: LD0-7
; ********PORT settings ********* (pkfc),0x0f (plcr),0xffff
; ********LCD settings********* ld ld ld ld ld ld ld set xix,0x00002000 (lsarcl),xix (lcdmode0),0x22 (lcdffp),240 (lcdsize),0x65 (lcdctl0),0x00 (lcdscc),74 0,(lcdctl0) ; ; SCC = fSYS / (fBCD x 16 x FP) ; = 20MHz/ (70 x 16 x 240) = 74.4 ; Start LCDC display ; Internal RAM start address ; Only C-area ; Display memory = Internal RAM, SCP = 4clock, 8bit bus ; 240com x 320seg
92CA25-282
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.15.4 Built-in RAM Type LCD driver Mode
Data transmission to the LCD driver is executed by a transmit instruction from the CPU. After setting operation mode of to the control register, when a CPU transmits instruction is executed the LCDC outputs a chip select signal to the LCD driver connected externally by the control pin (LCP0...). Therefore control of data transmission numbers corresponding to LCD size is controlled by CPU instruction. There are 2 kinds of LCD driver address in this case, which are selected by the LCDCTL register.
3.15.4.1 Description of Operation
3.15.4.2 Random Access Type This corresponds to address direct writing type LCD driver when = "1". The transmission address can also assign the memory area 3C0000H - 3FFFFF, the four areas each being 64 Kbytes. Interface and access timing are the same as for normal memory. Refer to the memory access timing section. Table 3.15.2 Random Access Type Built-in RAM Type LCD driver Address
3C0000H to 3CFFFFH 3D0000H to 3DFFFFH 3E0000H to 3EFFFFH 3F0000H to 3FFFFFH
Function
Built-in RAM LCD driver 1 Built-in RAM LCD driver 2 Built-in RAM LCD driver 3 Built-in RAM LCD driver 4
Chip Enable Terminal
LCP0 LLP LFR LBCD
92CA25-283
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.15.4.3 Sequential Access Type Data transmission to the LCD driver is executed by a transmit instruction from the CPU. After setting operation mode to the control register, when a CPU transmit instruction is executed the LCDC outputs a chip select signal to the LCD driver connected externally by the control pin (LCP0...). Therefore control of data transmission numbers corresponding to LCD size is controlled by CPU instruction . There are 2 kinds of LCD driver address in this case, which are selected by the LCDCTL register. This corresponds to a LCD driver which has each 1 byte of instruction register and display data register in LCD driver when = "0". Please select the transmission address at this time from 1FE0H to 1FE7H. LCDC0L/LCDC0H/LCDC1L/LCDC1H/LCDC2L/LCDC2H/LCDR0L/LCDR0H Register 7
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function D7
6
D6
5
D5
4
D4
3
D3
2
D2
1
D1
0
D0
Depends on external LCDD specification Depends on external LCDD specification Depends on external LCDD specification [Write cycle] T1 System clock: fSYS A23 to A0 TW T2 T1 [Read cycle] TW T2
R/ W LCP0, LLP, LFR, LBCD D7 to D0 Data out Data in
WAIT sampling
Note 1: Note 2:
This waveform is in the case of 3-state access. Rising timing of chip enable signal (e.g LCP0) is different.
Figure 3.15.8 Example of Access Timing for Built-in RAM Type LCD Driver (Wait = 0)
92CA25-284
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.15.4.4 Example of Built-in RAM LCD driver connection
TMP92CA25 VDD VSS
T6B66A (65-row driver) VDD VSS VLC1, VLC2, VLC3, VLC4, VLC5 LE DB0 to DB5 COM065 SEG001 SEG080 VSS VLC2, VLC3, VLC5 T6B65A (80-column driver) COM065 WR COM001 COM001 65 COM x 80 SEG LCD
SEG001
R/W
CE WR
A0 D0 to D7 Open
D/I
DB0 to DB7 EIO1 EIO2 VDD
VDD VSS
Note: Other circuit is required for power supply for LCD driver display.
Figure 3.15.9 Interface Example for Built-in RAM and Sequential Access Type LCD Driver
92CA25-285
2007-02-28
SEG080
LBCD LCP0
TMP92CA25
3.15.4.5 Program Example * Setting example: when using 80 segments x 65 commons LCD driver. Assign external column driver to LCDC1 and row driver to LCDC4. This example uses LD instruction in setting of instruction and micro DMA burst function for soft start in setting of display data. When storing 650-byte transfer data to LCD driver.
; ********Setting for LCDC********* ld ld (lcdmode0), 00h (lcdctl0), 00h ; Select RAM mode ; MMULCD = 0 (Sequential access mode)
; ********Setting for mode of LCDC0/LCDR0********* ld ld (lcdc1l), xx (lcdc4l), xx ; Setting instruction for LCDC1 ; Setting instruction for LCDC4
; ********Setting for micro DMA and INTTC (ch0)********* ld ldc ld ldc ld ldc ld ldc ld ei ld ld a, 08h dmam0, a wa, 650 dmac0, wa xwa, 002000h dmas0, xwa xwa, 1fe1h dmad0, xwa (intetc01), 06H 6 (dmab), 01h (dmar), 01h ; Source address INC mode ; ; Count = 650 ; ; Source address = 002000H ; ; Destination address = 1FE1H (LCDC0H) ; ; INTTC0 level = 6 ; ; Burst mode ; Soft start
92CA25-286
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.16 Melody/Alarm Generator (MLD)
The TMP92CA25 contains a melody function and alarm function, both of which are output from the MLDALM pin. Five kinds of fixed cycle interrupt are generated using a 15-bit counter for use as the alarm generator. The features are as follows. 1) Melody generator The Melody function generates signals of any frequency (4 Hz to 5461 Hz) based on a low-speed clock (32.768 kHz), and outputs the signals from the MLDALM pin. The melody tone can easily be heard by connecting an external loudspeaker. 2) Alarm generator The alarm function generates eight kinds of alarm waveform having a modulation frequency (4096 Hz) determined by the low-speed clock (32.768 kHz). This waveform can be inverted by setting a value to a register. The alarm tone can easily be heard by connecting an external loudspeaker. Five kinds of fixed cycle interrupts are generated (1 Hz, 2 Hz, 64 Hz, 512 Hz, and 8192 Hz) by using a counter which is used for the alarm generator. This section is constituted as follows. 3.16.1 3.16.2 Block Diagram Control Registers
3.16.3 Operational description 3.16.3.1 Melody Generator 3.16.3.2 Alarm Generator
92CA25-287
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.16.1 Block Diagram
[Melody Generator] Internal data bus Reset
MELFH, MELFL register MELOUT MELFH Stop and clear Clear Low-speed clock 12-bit counter (UC0) Invert Comparator (CP0) F/F
INTALM0 (8192 Hz) INTALM1 (512 Hz)
Edge detector
INTALM2 (64 Hz) INTALM3 (2 Hz) INTALM4 (1 Hz)
15-bit counter (UC1) 4096 Hz MELALMC 8-bit counter (UC2)
ALMINT
INTALMH (HALT release)
MELOUT Alarm wave form generator Selector Invert ALMOUT MELALMC MELALMC MLDALM pin
ALM register
[Alarm Generator]
Internal data bus
Reset
Figure 3.16.1 MLD Block Diagram
92CA25-288
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.16.2 Control Registers
ALM Register 7
ALM (1330H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 AL8
6
AL7
5
AL6
4
AL5 R/W
3
AL4 0
2
AL3 0
1
AL2 0
0
AL1 0
Setting alarm pattern
MELALMC Register 7
MELALMC Bit symbol (1331H) Read/Write After reset Function FC1 0 00: Hold 01: Restart 10: Clear 11: Clear and start Note 1: Note 2: MELALMC is always read "0". When setting MELALMC register except while the free-run counter is running, is kept "01".
6
FC0 0
5
ALMINV 0 Alarm waveform invert 1: Invert
4
- R/W 0
3
- 0
2
- 0
1
- 0
0
MELALM 0 Output waveform select 0: Alarm 1: Melody
Free-run counter control
Always write "0"
MELFL Register 7
MELFL (1332H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 ML7
6
ML6
5
ML5
4
ML4 R/W
3
ML3 0
2
ML2 0
1
ML1 0
0
ML0 0
Setting melody frequency (Lower 8 bits)
MELFH Register 7
MELFH (1333H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function MELON R/W 0 Control melody counter 0: Stop and clear 1: Start Setting melody frequency (Upper 4 bits) 0 0
6
5
4
3
ML11
2
ML10 R/W
1
ML9 0
0
ML8 0
ALMINT Register 7
ALMINT (1334H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Always write "0" 0 0
6
5
-
4
IALM4E
3
IALM3E R/W
2
IALM2E 0
1
IALM1E 0
0
IALM0E 0
1: Interrupt enable for INTALM4 to INTALM0
92CA25-289
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.16.3 Operational description
The Melody function generates signals of any frequency (4 Hz to 5461 Hz) based on a low-speed clock (32.768 kHz) and outputs the signals from the MLDALM pin. The melody tone can easily be heard by connecting an external loud speaker. (Operation) MELALMC must first be set as 1 in order to select the melody waveform to be output from MLDALM. The melody output frequency must then be set to 12-bit registers MELFH and MELFL. The following are examples of settings and calculations of melody output frequency. (Formula for calculating melody waveform frequency)
at fs = 32.768 [kHz] Melody output waveform Setting value for melody fMLD [Hz] = 32768/(2 x N + 4) N = (16384/ fMLD) - 2
3.16.3.1 Melody Generator
(Note: N = 1 to 4095 (001H to FFFH), 0 is not acceptable.)
(Example program)
When outputting an "A" musical note (440 Hz) LD LD LD (MELALMC), - - X X X X X 1 B (MELFL), 23H (MELFH), 80H ; Select melody waveform ; N = 16384/440 - 2 = 35.2 = 023H ; Start to generate waveform
Reference) Basic musical scale setting table Scale Frequency [Hz]
C D E F G A B C 264 297 330 352 396 440 495 528
Register Value: N
03CH 035H 030H 02DH 027H 023H 01FH 01DH
92CA25-290
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.16.3.2 Alarm Generator The alarm function generates eight kinds of alarm waveform having a modulation frequency of 4096 Hz determined by the low-speed clock (32.768 kHz). This waveform is reversible by setting a value to a register. The alarm tone can easily be heard by connecting an external loud speaker . Five kinds of fixed cycle (interrupts can be generated 1 Hz, 2 Hz, 64 Hz, 512 Hz, 8 192 Hz) by using a counter which is used for the alarm generator. (Operation) MELALMC must first be set as 0 in order to select the alarm waveform to be output from MLDALMC. The "10" must be set on the MELALMC register, and clear internal counter. Finally the alarm pattern must then be set on the 8-bit register of ALM. If it is inverted output-data, set as invert. The following are examples of program, setting value of alarm pattern and waveform of each setting value. (Setting value of alarm pattern) Setting Value for ALM Register
00H 01H 02H 04H 08H 10H 20H 40H 80H Others
Alarm Waveform
Write "0" AL1 pattern AL2 pattern AL3 pattern AL4 pattern AL5 pattern AL6 pattern AL7 pattern AL8 pattern Undefined (Do not set)
(Example program)
When outputting AL2 pattern (31.25 ms/8 times/1 s) LD LD (MELALMC), C0H (ALM), 02H ; Set output alarm waveform ; Free-run counter start ; Set AL2 pattern, start
92CA25-291
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Example: Waveform of alarm pattern for each setting value (Not inverted)
AL1 pattern (Continuous output) 1 AL2 pattern (8 times/1 s) 31.25 ms 1 AL3 pattern (Once) 500 ms 1 AL4 pattern (Twice/1 s) 62.5 ms 1 AL5 pattern (3 times/1 s) 62.5 ms 1 2 3 2 2
Modulation frequency (4096 Hz)
8
1
1s
1
1s 1
1s
AL6 pattern (Once)
62.5 ms AL7 pattern (Twice) 1 2
62.5 ms AL8 pattern (Once) 250 ms
92CA25-292
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.17 SDRAM Controller (SDRAMC)
The TMP92CA25 includes an SDRAM controller which supports SDRAM access by CPU/LCDC. The features are as follows. (1) Support SDRAM
Data rate type: Bulk of memory: Number of banks: Width of data bus: Read burst length: Write mode: Only SDR (Single data rate) type 16/64/128/256/512 Mbits 2/4 banks 16 1 word/full page Single/burst
(2) Initialize function
All banks precharge command 8 times auto refresh command Set the mode register command
(3) Access mode CPU Access
Read burst length Addressing mode CAS latency (clock) Write mode 1 word/full page selectable Sequential 2 Single/burst selectable
LCDC Access
Full page Sequential 2 -
(4) Access cycle
CPU Access (Read/write) Read cycle: Write cycle: Access data width: 1 word- 4 states/full page - 1 state Single - 3 states/burst - 1 state 1 byte/ 1 word/ 1 long word
LCDC Burst Access (Read only) Read cycle: Full page Over head: Access data width: full page - 1 state 4 states (200 ns at fSYS = 20 MHz) 1 word/ 1 long word
(5) Refresh cycle auto generate Auto-refresh is generated while another area is being accessed. Refresh interval is programmable. Self-refresh is supported
Note 1: Note 2: Display data for LCDC must be set from the head of each page. Condition of SDRAM's area set by CS1 setting of memory controller.
92CA25-293
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.17.1 Control Registers
Figure 3.17.1 shows the SDRAMC control registers. Setting these registers controls the operation of SDRAMC. SDRAM Access Control Register 1 7
SDACR1 (0250H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Always write "0" 0 Always write "0" 0 Mode register set delay time 0: 1 clock 1: 2 clocks 0 Write recover time 0: 1 clock 1: 2 clocks -
6
-
5
SMRD
4
SWRC R/W
3
SBST 0 Burst stop command
0: Precharge all 1: Burst stop
2
SBL1 1
1
SBL0 0
0
SMAC 0 SDRAM controller 0: Disable 1: Enable
Selecting burst length (Note 1) 00: Reserved 01: Full-page read, burst write 10: 1-word read, single write 11: Full-page read, single write
Note 1:
Issue mode register set command after changing . Exercise care in settings when changing from "full-page read" to "1-word read". Please refer to "Limitations arising when using SDRAM".
SDRAM Access Control Register 2 7
SDACR2 (0251H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Number of banks 0: 2 banks 1: 4 banks 0
6
5
4
SBS
3
SDRS1
2
SDRS0 R/W 0
1
SMUXW1 0 Selecting address multiplex type 00: TypeA (A9-) 01: TypeB (A10-) 10: TypeC (A11-) 11: Reserved
0
SMUXW0 0
Selecting ROW address size 00: 2048 rows (11 bits) 01: 4096 rows (12 bits) 10: 8192 rows (13 bits) 11: Reserved
SDRAM Refresh Control Register 7
SDRCR (0252H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function - R/W 0 Always write "0" 1 SR Auto Exit function 0: Disable 1: Enable 0 Refresh interval 000: 47 states 001: 78 states 010: 97 states 011: 124 states 100: 156 states 101: 195 states 110: 249 states 111: 312 states
6
5
4
SSAE
3
SRS2
2
SRS1 R/W 0
1
SRS0 0
0
SRC 0 Auto refresh 0: Disable 1: Enable
92CA25-294
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
SDRAM Command Register 7
SDCMM (0253H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Command issue (Note 1) (Note 2) 000: Not execute 001: Initialization sequence a. Precharge All command b. Eight Auto Refresh commands c. Mode Register Set command 100: Mode Register Set command 101: Self Refresh Entry command 110: Self Refresh Exit command Others: Reserved Note 1: is automatically cleared to "000" after the specified command is issued. Before writing the next command, make sure that is "000". In the case of the Self Refresh Entry command, however, is not cleared to "000" by execution of this command. Thus, this register can be used as a flag for checking whether or not Self Refresh is being performed. Note 2: The Self Refresh Exit command can only be specified while Self Refresh is being performed.
6
5
4
3
2
SCMM2
1
SCMM1 R/W 0
0
SCMM0 0
Figure 3.17.1 SDRAM Control Registers
92CA25-295
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.17.2 Operation Description
(1) Memory access control SDRAM controller is enabled when SDACR1 = 1. And then SDRAM control signals ( SDCS , SDRAS , SDCAS , SDWE , SDLLDQM, SDLUDQM, SDCLK and SDCKE) are operating during the time CPU or LCDC accesses CS1 area. 1. Address multiplex function In the access cycle, outputs row/column address through A0 to A15 pin. And multiplex width is decided by setting SDACR2 of use memory size. The relation between multiplex width and Row/Column address is shown in Table 3.17.1 Address Multiplex. Table 3.17.1 Address Multiplex Address of SDRAM Accessing Cycle TMP92CA25 Pin Name
A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15
Row Address
Column Address
TypeA TypeB TypeC 16-Bit Data Bus Width 32-Bit Data Bus Width "00" "01" "10" B1CSH = "01" B1CSH = "10"
A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 EA24 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 EA24 EA25 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 EA24 EA25 EA26 Row address A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 AP * A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 AP *
* AP: Auto Precharge
Burst length of SDRAM read/write by CPU can be select by setting SDACR1. Burst length of accessing by LCDC is fixed to operation contents. SDRAM access cycle is shown in Figure 3.17.2 and Figure 3.17.3. SDRAM access cycle number does not depend on the settings of B1CSL register. In the full page burst read cycle, a mode register set cycle and a precharge cycle are automatically inserted at the beginning and end of a cycle. (2) Instruction executing on SDRAM The CPU can execute instructions on SDRAM. However, the following functions do not operate. a) b) Executing HALT instruction Execute instructions that write to SDCMM register
These operations must be executed by another memory such as the built-in RAM.
92CA25-296
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
85 states (320-byte read) SDCLK SDCKE SDLUDQM SDLLDQM
SDCS SDRAS SDCAS SDWE
A10 A15 to A0 D15 to D0 RA RA
CA (n) CA (n + 2) CA (n + 4) CA (n + 6) D (n) D (n + 2) D (n + 4) (n + 316) D (n + 6) (n + 318) D (n + 316) D (n + 318)
Bank active
Read
All banks precharge
Figure 3.17.2 Timing of Burst Read Cycle
3 states SDCLK SDCKE SDLUDQM SDLLDQM
SDCS
SDRAS
SDCAS
SDWE
A10 A15 to A0 D15 to D0 RA RA OUT Bank active Write with precharge Internal precharge CA CA
Figure 3.17.3 Timing of CPU Write Cycle (Structure of Data Bus: 16 bits x 1, operand Size: 2 bytes, address: 2n + 0)
92CA25-297
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) Refresh control This LSI supports two refresh commands: auto-refresh and self-refresh. (a) Auto-refresh The auto-refresh command is automatically generated at intervals set by SDRCR by setting SDRCR to "1". The generation interval can be set from between 47 to 312 states (2.4 s to 15.6 s at fSYS = 20 MHz). CPU operation (instruction fetch and execution) stops while performing the auto-refresh command. The auto-refresh cycle is shown in Figure 3.17.4 and the auto-refresh generation interval is shown in Table 3.17.2. The Auto-Refresh function cannot be used in IDLE1 and STOP modes. In these modes, use the SelfRefresh function to be explained next.
Note: A system reset disables the Auto-Refresh function.
2 states SDCLK SDCKE SDLUDQM SDLLDQM
SDCS SDRAS SDCAS SDWE
Auto refresh
Figure 3.17.4 Timing of Auto-Refresh Cycle
Table 3.17.2 Refresh Cycle Insertion Interval SDRCR SRS2
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
(Unit: s)
SRS1
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
SRS0
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Insertion Interval (State)
47 78 97 124 156 195 249 312
fSYS Frequency (System clock) 6 MHz
7.8 13.0 16.2 20.7 26.0 32.5 41.5 52.0
10 MHz 12.5 MHz 15 MHz 17.5 MHz 20 MHz
4.7 7.8 9.7 12.4 15.6 19.5 24.9 31.2 3.8 6.2 7.8 9.9 12.5 15.6 19.9 25.0 3.1 5.2 6.5 8.3 10.4 13.0 16.6 20.8 2.7 4.5 5.5 7.1 8.9 11.1 14.2 17.8 2.4 3.9 4.9 6.2 7.8 9.8 12.4 15.6
92CA25-298
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(b) Self-refresh The self-refresh ENTRY command is generated by setting SDCMM to "101". The self-refresh cycle is shown in Figure 3.17.5. During self-refresh Entry, refresh is performed within the SDRAM (an auto-refresh command is not needed).
Note 1: When standby mode is released by a system reset, the I/O registers are initialized and the Self Refresh state is exited. Note that the Auto Refresh function is also disabled at this time. Note 2: The SDRAM cannot be accessed while it is in the Self Refresh state. Note 3: To execute the HALT instruction after the Self Refresh Entry command, insert at least 10 bytes of NOP or other instructions between the instruction to set SDCMM to "101" and the HALT instruction.
SDCLK SDCKE
SDLUDQM SDLLDQM
SDCS SDRAS SDCAS SDWE
Self refresh Entry
Self refresh Exit
Auto refresh
Figure 3.17.5 Timing of Self-Refresh Cycle
92CA25-299
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Self-Refresh condition is released by executing Serf-Refresh command. Way to execute Self-Refresh EXIT command is 2 ways: write "110" to SDCMM, or execute EXIT automatically by synchronizing to releasing HALT condition. Both ways, after it executes Auto-Refresh at once just after Self-Refresh EXIT, it executes Auto-Refresh at setting condition. When it became EXIT by writing "110" to , is cleared to "000". EXIT command that synchronize to release HALT condition can be prohibited by setting SDRCR to "0". If don't set to EXIT automatically, set to prohibit. If using condition of SDRAM is satisfied by operation clock frequency (clock gear down, SLOW mode condition and so on) is falling, set to prohibit. Figure 3.17.6 shows execution flow in this case.
Gear-down or Change to Low clock fSYS 20MHz 32KHz CPU Auto Exit enable SR EXIT
Change CLK HALT
Gear-up or Change to High clock
Interrupt
Change CLK
SR EXIT
Auto Exit enable
HALT condition SDRAM controller internal condition Auto Exit enable Auto Exit disable Auto Exit enable
SDRAM condition AR condition SR condition AR condition
Figure 3.17.6 Execution flow example (Execute HALT instruction at low-speed clock).
92CA25-300
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
; ********Sample program ********* LOOP1: LDB ANDB J A, (SDCMM) A, 00000111B NZ, LOOP1 ; ; ; Check the command register clear
LDW NOPx10 LD HALT NOP
(SDRCR), 0000010100000011B
; ;
Auto Exit disable Self-refresh Entry Wait for execution of self-refresh entry fs Self-refresh Exit (Internal signal only)
(SYSCR1), 00001---B
; ;
LD LD LD
(SYSCR1), 00000---B (SDCMM), 00000110B (SDRCR), 0001---1B
; ; ;
fc Self-refresh Exit (command) Auto Exit enable
92CA25-301
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(4) SDRAM initialize This LSI can generate the following SDRAM initialize routine after introduction of power supply to SDRAM. The command is shown in Figure 3.17.7. 1. Precharge all command 2. Eight Auto Refresh commands 3. Mode Register set command The above commands are issued by setting SDCMM to "001". While these commands are issued, the CPU operation (an instruction fetch, command execution) is halted. Before executing the initialization sequence, appropriate port settings must be made to enable the SDRAM control signals and address signals (A0 to A15). After the initialization sequence is completed, SDCMM is automatically cleared to "000".
8 times refresh cycle SDCLK SDCKE SDLUDQM SDLLDQM
SDCS SDRAS SDCAS SDWE
A10 A15 to A0 627 227
Precharge Auto all banks refresh
Auto refresh
Auto refresh
Auto refresh
Auto refresh
Set mode register
Figure 3.17.7 Timing of Initialization command
92CA25-302
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(5) Connection example Figure 3.17.8 shows an example of connections between the TMP92CA25 and SDRAM
Table 3.17.3 Connection with SDRAM
TMP92CA25 Pin Name
SDRAM Pin Name Data Bus Width: 16 Bits
16 M 64 M 128 M 256 M 512 M A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A3 A3 A3 A3 A3 A3 A4 A4 A4 A4 A4 A4 A5 A5 A5 A5 A5 A5 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A8 A8 A8 A8 A8 A8 A9 A9 A9 A9 A9 A9 A10 A10 A10 A10 A10 A10 A11 BS A11 A11 A11 A11 A12 - BS0 BS0 A12 A12 A13 - BS1 BS1 BS0 BS0 A14 - - - BS1 BS1 A15 - - - - - CS CS CS CS CS SDCS SDLUDQM UDQM UDQM UDQM UDQM UDQM SDLLDQM LDQM LDQM LDQM LDQM LDQM RAS RAS RAS RAS RAS SDRAS CAS CAS CAS CAS CAS SDCAS SDWE WE WE WE WE WE SDCKE CKE CKE CKE CKE CKE SDCLK CLK CLK CLK CLK CLK SDACR 00: 00: 01: 01: 10: TypeA TypeA TypeB TypeB TypeC (An): Row address : Command address pin of SDRAM
TMP92CA25 SDCLK SDCKE A13 to A12 A11 to A0 D15 to D0
SDRAS SDCAS SDWE SDCS
CLK CKE BS1 to BS0 A11 to A0 D15 to D0
RAS CAS WE
CS
SDLUDQM SDLLDQM
UDQM LDQM 1 M word x 4 Banks x 16 bits
Figure 3.17.8 Connection with SDRAM (4 M word x 16 bits)
92CA25-303
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.17.3 Limitations arising when using SDRAM
Take care to note the following points when using SDRAMC. 1. WAIT access When using SDRAM, some limitation is added when accessing memory other than SDRAM. In WAIT-pin input setting of the Memory Controller, if the setting time is inserted as an external WAIT, set a time less than the Auto-Refresh cycle x 8190 (Auto- Refresh function controlled by SDRAM controller). Execution of SDRAM command before HALT instruction (SR (Self refresh)-Entry, Initialize, Mode-set) When a SDRAM controller command (SR-Entry, Initialize and Mode-set) is issued, several states are required for execution time after the SDCMM register is set. Therefore, when a HALT instruction is executed after the SDRAM command, please insert a NOP of more than 10 bytes or 10 other instructions before executing the HALT instruction. AR (Auto-Refresh) interval time When using SDRAM, set the system clock frequency to satisfy the minimum operation frequency for the SDRAM and minimum refresh cycle. In a system in which SDRAM is used and the clock is geared up and down exercise care in AR cycle for SDRAM. Note when changing access mode
2.
3.
4.
If changing access mode from "full page read" to "1 word read", execute the following program. This program must not be executed on the SDRAM.
di ld ld ld ei a,(optional external memory address) (sdacr1),00001101b (sdcmm),0x04 ; Interrupt Disable (Added) ; Dummy read instruction (Added) ; Change to "1-word read" ; Execute MRS (mode register setting) ; Interrupt enable (Added)
92CA25-304
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.18 NAND-Flash Controller
3.18.1 Characteristics
The NAND-Flash controller (NDFC) is provided with dedicated pins for connecting with NAND-Flash memory. The NDFC also has an ECC calculation function for error correction. Although the NDFC has two channels (channel 0, channel 1), all pins except for Chip Enable are shared between the two channels. These signals are controlled by NDCR. Only the operation of channel 0 is explained here. The NDFC has the following features: 1) Controlled NAND-Flash interface by setting registers. 2) ECC calculating circuits. (for SCL-type)
Note 1: The WP (Write Protect) pin of NAND Flash is not supported. If this function is needed, prepare it on an external circuit. Note 2: The two channels cannot be accessed simultaneously. It is necessary to switch between the two channels.
92CA25-305
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.18.2 Block Diagram
NAND-Flash Controller Channel 0 (NDFC0)
Internal bus
bus I/F Registers Register address ND_CE* ND_ALE ND_CLE ND_RE* Host I/F timing control NAND-Flash I/F timing control ND_WE* ND_RB* A B S NDCLE, NDALE, NDRE , NDWE , D7 to D0
ND0CE
DATA_OUT [7:0] DATA_IN [7:0] D7 to D0, NDR/ B
NAND-Flash Controller Channel 1 (NDFC1)
ND1CE
(Same as NDFC0 )
NDCR register D Q
Figure 3.18.1 NAND-Flash Controller Block Diagram
92CA25-306
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.18.3 Operation Description
The NDFC accesses data on NAND Flash memory indirectly through its internal registers. It also contains the ECC calculating circuits. Please see 3.18.3.2 for details of the ECC. This section explains the operations for accessing the NAND Flash. Basically, set the command in ND0FMCR and then read or write to ND0FDTR. The read cycle for ND0FDTR is completed after the external read cycle for the NAND-Flash is finished. Likewise, the write cycle for ND0FDTR is completed after the external write cycle for the NAND-Flash is finished. 1) Initialize The initialize sequence is as follows. (1) ND0FSPR: Set the low pulse width. (2) ND0FIMR: Set 0x81 if interrupt is required. (Release interrupt mask) 2) Write The write sequence is as follows. (1) ND0FMCR: (2) Write 512 bytes ND0FMCR: ND0FDTR: ND0FMCR: ND0FDTR: ND0FMCR: ND0FDTR: (3) Read ECC data ND0FMCR: NDECCRD: First data: Second data: Third data: Fourth data: Fifth data: Sixth data: Set 0xDC for the ECC data read mode. Read 6 bytes ECC data. LPR [7:0] LPR [15:8] CPR [5:0], 2'b11 LPR [23:16] LPR [31:24] CPR [11:6], 2'b11 Set 0x9D for NDCLE signal enable and command mode. Set 0x80 for the serial data input command. Set 0x9E for NDALE signal enable and address mode. Write address. Set A [7:0], A [16:9], and A [24:17]. If it is required, set A [25]. Set 0xBC for the data mode. Write 512 bytes data. Set 0x7C for ECC data reset.
3.18.3.1 Accessing NAND-Flash Memory
92CA25-307
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(4) Write 16-byte redundant data ND0FMCR: ND0FDTR: D520: D521: D522: D525: D526: D527: (5) Run page program ND0FMCR: ND0FDTR: ND0FMCR: Set 0x9D for NDCLE signal enable and command mode. Set 0x10 for the page program command. Set 0x1C for NDALE signal disable. Set 0x9C for the data mode without ECC calculation. Write 16-byte redundant data. LPR [23:16] LPR [31:24] CPR [11:6], 2'b11 LPR [7:0] LPR [15:8] CPR [5:0], 2'b11
Wait several states (e.g., "NOP" x 10) ND0FSR: (6) Read status ND0FMCR: ND0FDTR: ND0FMCR: ND0FDTR: Set 0x1D for NDCLE signal and command mode. Set 0x70 for Status read command. Set 0x1C for NDCLE signal disable. Read the Status data from the NAND-Flash. Check BUSY flag. If it is 0, go to the next. If it is 1, wait until it becomes 0.
(7) Repeat 1 to 6 for all other pages if required.
92CA25-308
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3)
Read The read sequence is as follows. (1) ND0FMCR: (2) Read 512 bytes ND0FMCR: ND0FDTR: ND0FMCR: ND0FDTR: ND0FMCR: Set 0x1D for NDCLE signal enable and command mode. Set 0x00 for the read command. Set 0x1E for NDALE signal enable and address mode. Set A [7:0], A [16:9], and A [24:17]. If it is required, set A [25]. Set 0x1C for NDALE signal disable. Set 0x7C for ECC data reset.
Wait several states (e.g., "NOP" x 10) ND0FSR: ND0FMCR: ND0FDTR: ND0FMCR: ND0FDTR: (3) Read ECC data ND0FMCR: NDECCRD: First data: Second data: Third data: Fourth data: Fifth data: Sixth data: (4) Software routine: Compare ECC data and redundant data, run the error routine if error is generated. (5) Read other pages ND0FMCR: ND0FSR: Set 0x1C. Check BUSY flag. If it is 0, go to the next. If it is 1, wait until it becomes 0. Set 0x5C for the ECC data read mode. Read 6-byte ECC data. LPR [7:0] LPR [15:8] CPR [5:0], 2'b11 LPR [23:16] LPR [31:24] CPR [11:6], 2'b11 Check BUSY flag. If it is 0, go to the next. If it is 1, wait until it becomes 0. Set 0x3C for the data mode with ECC calculation. Read 512-byte data. Set 0x1C for the data mode without ECC calculation. Read 16-byte redundant data.
92CA25-309
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
4)
ID read The ID read sequence is as follows. (1) ND0FMCR: (2) ND0FDTR: (3) ND0FMCR: (4) ND0FDTR: (5) ND0FMCR: (6) ND0FDTR: (7) ND0FDTR: Set 0x1D for NDCLE signal enable and command mode. Set 0x90 for the ID Read command. Set 0x1E for NDALE signal enable and the address mode. Set 0x00. Set 0x1C for the data mode without ECC calculation. Read Maker code. Read Device code.
3.18.3.2 ECC Control The NDFC contains the ECC calculating circuits. The circuits are controlled by ND0FMCR. This circuit executes ECC data calculation. However, ECC comparison and error correction is not executed. This must be executed using software. The calculated ECC data can be read from the NDECCRD register when ND0FMCR is 0xD0 (write mode) or 0x50 (read mode). This is 6-byte data, and six NDECCRD read operations are required. The order of the data is as follows. First data: Second data: Third data: Fourth data: Fifth data: Sixth data: LPR [7:0] LPR [15:8] CPR [5:0], 2'b11 LPR [23:16] LPR [31:24] CPR [11:6], 2'b11
92CA25-310
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.18.4 Registers
Table 3.18.1 NAND-Flash Control Registers for Channel 0 Address
1D00H (1D00H to 1EFFH) 1CC4H 1CC8H 1CCCH 1CD0H 1CD4H 1CD8H
Register
ND0FDTR ND0FMCR ND0FSR ND0FISR ND0FIMR ND0FSPR ND0FRSTR
Register Name
NAND-Flash data transfer register NAND-Flash ECC-code read register NAND-Flash mode control register NAND-Flash status register NAND-Flash interrupt status register NAND-Flash interrupt mask register NAND-Flash strobe pulse width register NAND-Flash reset register
1CB0H (1CB0H to 1CB5H) ND0ECCRD
Table 3.18.2 NAND-Flash Control Registers for Channel 1 Address
1D00H (1D00H to 1EFFH) 1CE4H 1CE8H 1CECH 1CF0H 1CF4H 1CF8H
Register
ND1FDTR ND1FMCR ND1FSR ND1FISR ND1FIMR ND1FSPR ND1FRSTR
Register Name
NAND-Flash data transfer register NAND-Flash ECC-code read register NAND-Flash mode control register NAND-Flash status register NAND-Flash interrupt status register NAND-Flash interrupt mask register NAND-Flash strobe pulse width register NAND-Flash reset register
1CB0H (1CB0H to 1CB5H) ND1ECCRD
Table 3.18.3 NAND-Flash Control Registers Address
01C0H
Register
NDCR
Register Name
NAND-Flash control register
92CA25-311
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.18.4.1 NAND-Flash Data Transfer Register (ND0FDTR and ND1FDTR)
7 DATA R/W - : Type : Default 0
Bit (s)
7:0
Mnemonic
DATA
Field Name
DATA
Description
NAND-Flash data. Read: Read the data that was read from the NAND-Flash. Write: Write data to the NAND-Flash.
Note 1:
This register has a 512-address window from 1D00H to 1EFFH since a NAND-Flash page size is either 256 or 512 bytes. When the CPU reads from or writes to the NAND-Flash , and if the block transfer instruction ("LDIR" instruction) is used, the following restriction applies to the 900/H1 CPU.
[Restriction for using the block transfer instruction] 1) The source address for "LDIR" instruction should be set to (1F00H - read (or write) byte number)
Example 1) In case of 512-byte read
ld ld ld ldir ld ld ld ldir Note 2: bc, 512 xix, 2000H xiy, 1D00H (xix + ), (xiy + ) bc, 16 xix, 2000H xiy, 1EF0H (xix + ), (xiy + ) ; 512 bytes ; dst = 2000H ; src = (1F00H - 512) = 1D00H ; Block transfer instruction ; 16 bytes ; dst = 2000H ; src = (1F00H - 16) = 1EF0H ; Block transfer instruction
Example 2) In case of 16-byte read
Both ND0FDTR and ND1FDTR are assigned to the same address. The NDCR register determines which channel is accessed.
Figure 3.18.2 NAND-Flash Data Transfer Register (ND0FDTR and ND1FDTR)
92CA25-312
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.18.4.2 NAND-Flash ECC-code Read Register (ND0ECCRD and ND1ECCRD)
7 ECC-code R - : Type : Default 0
Bit (s)
7:0
Mnemonic
ECC-code Note 1:
Field Name
ECC-code Read calculated ECC data.
Description
Both ND0ECCRD and ND1ECCRD are assigned to the same address. The NDCR register determines which channel is accessed.
Figure 3.18.3 NAND-Flash ECC-code Read Register (ND0ECCRD and ND1ECCRD)
92CA25-313
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.18.4.3 NAND-Flash Mode Control Register (ND0FMCR and ND1FMCR)
7 WE R/W 0 6 5 4 CE R/W 0 3 5 1 0 CLE R/W 0 : Type : Default
ECC1 ECC0 R/W 0 R/W 0
PCNT1 PCNT0 ALE R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0
Bits
7
Mnemonic
WE
Field Name
Write enable Write enable (Default: 0)
Description
This bit enables the data write operation. When writing the data to the NAND-Flash, set this bit to "1". When writing command or address, this bit need not be set to "1". 0: Disable write operation 1: Enable write operation
6
ECC1
ECC control
ECC control (Default: 00) Control the ECC calculating circuits with (bit4) register. 11 (at = X): Reset ECC circuits 00 (at = 1): ECC circuits are disabled.
5
ECC0
01 (at = 1): ECC circuits are enabled. 10 (at = 1): Read ECC data calculated by NDFC 10 (at = 0): Read ID data
4
CE
Chip enable
Chip enable (Default: 0) Enable NAND-Flash access. Set "1" to this bit when accessing the NAND-Flash. 0: Disable ( NDCE is High.) 1: Enable ( NDCE is Low.)
3 2 1
PCNT1 PCNT0 ALE
Power control Address latch enable
Power control (Default: 00) Always write "11" Address latch enable (Default: 0) This bit specifies the value of the NDALE signal. 0: Low 1: High
0
CLE
Command latch enable
Command latch enable (Default: 0) This bit specifies the value of the NDCLE signal. 0: Low 1: High
Figure 3.18.4 NAND-Flash Mode Control Register (ND0FMCR and ND1FMCR)
92CA25-314
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.18.4.4 NAND-Flash Status Register (ND0FSR and ND1FSR)
7 BUSY R - : Type : Default 6 0
Bits
7
Mnemonic
BUSY
Field Name
BUSY BUSY (Default: Undefined)
Description
This bit shows the status of the NAND-Flash. 0: Ready 1: Busy
6:0
-
-
Reserved
Note: A noise-filter for some states is built into the NDFC, so when the NDR/ B pin changes, a flag is not renewed at the same time. Therefore, insert several delays (e.g., "NOP" instruction x 10) using software before starting this flag check.
Read command
Address input
Delay time
Sensing flag
NDWE pin
NDCLE pin NDALE pin NDR/ B pin flag
Figure 3.18.5 NAND-Flash Status Register (ND0FSR and ND1FSR)
92CA25-315
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.18.4.5 NAND-Flash Interrupt Status Register (ND0FISR and ND1FISR)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RDY : Type : Default
Bits
7:1 0
Mnemonic
- RDY
Field Name
- Ready Reserved Ready (Default: 0)
Description
When NDR/ B signal changes from low (BUSY) to High (READY) and NDFIMR is "1", this bit is set to "1". By writing "1", this bit is cleared to 0. Read: 0: None 1: Change NDR/ B signal from BUSY to READY. Write: 0: No change 1: Clear to "0"
Figure 3.18.6 NAND-Flash Interrupt Status Register (ND0FISR and ND1FISR)
3.18.4.6 NAND-Flash Interrupt Mask Register (ND0FIMR and ND1FIMR)
7 INTEN R/W 0 6 4 0 3 2 1 0 MRDY R/W 0 : Type : Default
Bits
7
Mnemonic
INTEN
Field Name
Interrupt enable Interrupt enable (Default: 0)
Description
When and are set "1" and NDFISR becomes "1", INTNDFC occurs. 0: Disable 1: Enable
6:1 0
- MRDY
- Mask RDY interrupt
Reserved Mask RDY interrupt (Default: 0) This bit masks the NDFISR. If is "1" and NDR/ B signal changes from Low to High, NDFISR is set to "1". 0: Disable to set NDFISR 1: Enable to set NDFISR
Figure 3.18.7 NAND-Flash Interrupt Mask Register (ND0FIMR and ND1FIMR)
92CA25-316
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.18.4.7 NAND-Flash Strobe Pulse Width Register (ND0FSPR and ND1FSPR)
7 6 5 4 3 2 SPW R/W 0000 : Type : Default 1 0
Bits
7:4 3:0
Mnemonic
- SPW
Field Name
- Strobe pulse width Reserved Strobe pulse width (Default: 0000)
Description
These bits set the Low pulse width of the NDRE and NDWE signals. The Low pulse width is ((value set to SPW) +1 )x fSYS clock
Figure 3.18.8 NAND-Flash Strobe Pulse Width Register (ND0FSPR and ND1FSPR)
92CA25-317
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.18.4.8 NAND-Flash Reset Register (ND0FRSTR and ND1FRSTR)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RST R/W 0 : Type : Default
Bits
7:1 0
Mnemonic
- RST
Field Name
- Reset Reserved Reset (Default: 0)
Description
By setting this bit, reset the NDFC (except NDCR register). By reset, this bit is automatically cleared to "0". 0: Don't care 1: Reset Note: After writing register, several waits are required (about 10 states) before accessing the NDFC.
Figure 3.18.9 NAND-Flash Reset Register (ND0FRSTR and ND1FRSTR)
3.18.4.9 NAND-Flash Control Register (NDCR) 7
NDCR (01C0H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function CHSEL R/W 0
0: Channel 0 1: Channel 1
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
92CA25-318
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.18.5 Timing Diagrams
3.18.5.1 Command and Address Cycle
ND0FMCR = 0
ND0FMCR = 0 ND0FMCR = 1
ND0FMCR = 1
ND0FMCR = 1
Figure 3.18.10 Command and Address Cycle
92CA25-319
D7 to D0
NDCLE
NDALE
NDR/B
NDWE
NDCE
NDRE
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.18.5.2 Data Read Cycle Figure 3.18.11 shows a timing chart example for a Data Read cycle from the NAND-Flash at ND0FSPR = 02H.
Program memory read (1 wait)
FF1238H
NAND-Flash read
001D00H
Program memory read (1 wait)
FF1234H
NDCE
NDCLE
NDRE
CS2
A23 to A0
NDWE
Figure 3.18.11 Data Read Cycle Example (ND0FSPR = 02H)
92CA25-320
2007-02-28
D15 to D0
SDCLK
NDALE
NDR/B
SRWR
RD
IN (Program)
IN (NAND-Flash)
IN (Program)
TMP92CA25
3.18.5.3 Data Write Cycle Figure 3.18.12 shows a timing chart example for a Data Write cycle to the NAND-Flash at ND0FSPR = 02H.
Program memory read (1 wait)
FF1238H
NAND-Flash write
Program memory read (1 wait)
FF1234H
NDCE
NDRE
CS2
A23 to A0
NDWE
Figure 3.18.12 Data Write Cycle (ND0FSPR = 02H)
92CA25-321
2007-02-28
D15 to D0
SDCLK
NDCLE
NDALE
NDR/B
SRWR
RD
IN (Program)
OUT (NAND-Flash)
001D00H
IN (Program)
TMP92CA25 3.18.6 Example of NAND-Flash Use
TMP92CA25 100 k NDCLE NDALE
NDRE NDWE
NAND-Flash 0 CLE ALE
RE WE
NAND-Flash 1 CLE ALE
RE WE
2 k NDR/ B D [7:0]
ND0CE ND1CE
R/B (Open drain) I/O [7:0]
CE WP
R/B (Open drain) I/O [7:0]
CE WP
External circuits for write protect
Note 1:
By reset, both NDRE and NDWE pins become input ports (Port 71 and Port 72) And so require pull-up resistors. Note 2: Use the NAND-Flash memory and board capacitance to set the correct value for the NDR/ B pin
pull-up resistor . 2 k is a typical value. Note 3: The NAND-Flash WP (write protect) pin is not supported by the TMP92CA25. It must be provided by an external circuit if required.
Figure 3.18.13 Example of NAND-Flash Connection
92CA25-322
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.19 16-Bit Timer/Event Counters (TMRB0)
The TMP92CA25 incorporates one multifunctional 16-bit timer/event counter (TMRB0) which has the following operation modes: * * * 16-bit interval timer mode 16-bit event counter mode 16-bit programmable pulse generation (PPG) mode
The timer/event counter consists of a 16-bit up counter, two 16-bit timer registers (one of them with a double buffer structure), a 16-bit capture register, two comparators, a capture input controller, a timer flip-flop and a control circuit. The timer/event counter is controlled by an 11-byte control SFR. This chapter includes the following sections: 3.19.1 Block Diagrams 3.19.2 Operation of Each Block 3.19.3 SFRs 3.19.4 Operation in Each Mode (1) 16-bit interval timer mode (2) 16-bit programmable pulse generation (PPG) output mode Table 3.19.1 Pins and SFR of TMRB0 Channel Spec.
External pins External clock/capture trigger input pins Timer flip-flop output pins Timer run register Timer mode register Timer flip-flop control register
TMRB0
None TB0OUT0 (also used as PC2) TB0RUN (1180H) TB0MOD (1182H) TB0FFCR (1183H) TB0RG0L (1188H) TB0RG0H (1189H) TB0RG1L (118AH) TB0RG1H (118BH) TB0CP0L (118CH) TB0CP0H (118DH) TB0CP1L (118EH) TB0CP1H (118FH)
SFR (Address)
Timer register
Capture register
92CA25-323
2007-02-28
Interrupt output
3.19.1
Internal data bus
Internal data bus
INTTB00
INTTB01
Prescaler clock: T0 TB0RUN Capture register 0 TB0CP0H/L Timer flip-flop Timer TB0RUN flip-flop control Slelector Count clock 16-bit up counter (UC10) TB0MOD TB0FF0 Caputure register 1 TB0CP1H/L T16 TB0MOD
2
4
8
16 32
Run/ clear
T1
T4
Timer flip-flop output
Block Diagrams
TA1OUT
(from TMRA01)
Capture, external interrupt input control
TB0OUT0
TB1MOD T1 T4 T16
Figure 3.19.1 Block Diagram of TMRB0
TB0MOD 16-bit comparator (CP10) Match detection 16-bit comparator (CP11) 16-bit timer register TB0RG0H/L 16-bit time register TB0RG1H/L Register buffer 10 Internal data bus Intenal data bus
92CA25-324
Overflow interrupt INTTBOF0
Match detection
TB0RUN
TMP92CA25
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.19.2 Operation of Each Block
(1) Prescaler The 5-bit prescaler generates the source clock for timer 0. The prescaler clock (T0) is a divided clock (divided by 8) from the fFPH. This prescaler can be started or stopped using TB0RUN. Counting starts when is set to "1"; the prescaler is cleared to 0 and stops operation when is cleared to "0". Table 3.19.2 Prescaler Clock Resolution
System clock selection SYSCR1 1 (fs) Clock gear selection SYSCR1 - 000 (1/1) 001 (1/2) 0 (fc) 010 (1/4) 011 (1/8) 100 (1/16) XXX: Don't care 1/8
Timer counter input clock TMRB prescaler - TB0MOD T1(1/2)
fs/16 fc/16 fc/32 fc/64 fc/128 fc/256
T4 (1/8)
fs/64 fc/64 fc/128 fc/256 fc/512 fc/1024
T16 (1/32)
fs/256 fc/256 fc/512 fc/1024 fc/2048 fc/4096
(2) Up counter (UC10) UC10 is a 16-bit binary counter which counts up pulses input from the clock specified by TB0MOD. Any one of the prescaler internal clocks T1, T4 and T16 can be selected as the input clock. Counting or stopping and clearing of the counter is controlled by TB0RUN. When clearing is enabled, the up counter UC10 will be cleared to "0" each time its value matches the value in the timer register TB0RG1H/L. If clearing is disabled, the counter operates as a free-running counter. Clearing can be enabled or disabled using TB0MOD. A timer overflow interrupt (INTTBOF0) is generated when UC10 overflow occurs.
92CA25-325
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) Timer registers (TB0RG0H/L and TB0RG1H/L) These 16-bit registers are used to set the interval time. When the value in the up counter UC10 matches the value set in this timer register, the comparator match detect signal will go active. Setting data for both Upper and Lower timer registers is always needed. For example, either using a 2-byte data transfer instruction or using a 1-byte data transfer instruction twice for the lower 8 bits and upper 8 bits in order. The TB0RG0H/L timer register has a double-buffer structure, which is paired with a register buffer. The value set in TB0RUN determines whether the double-buffer structure is enabled or disabled: it is disabled when = "0", and enabled when = "1". When the double buffer is enabled, data is transferred from the register buffer to the timer register when the values in the up counter (UC10) and the timer register TB0RG1H/L match. After a reset, TB0RG0H/L and TB0RG1H/L are undefined. If the 16-bit timer is to be used after a reset, data should be written to it beforehand. On a reset is initialized to "0", disabling the double buffer. To use the double buffer, write data to the timer register, set to 1, then write data to the register buffer as shown below. TB0RG0H/L and the register buffer both have the same memory addresses (001188H and 001189H) allocated to them. If = "0", the value is written to both the timer register and the register buffer. If = "1", the value is written to the register buffer only. The addresses of the timer registers are as follows:
TMRB0 TB0RG0H/L Upper 8 bits Lower 8 bits (TB0RG0H) (TB0RG0L) 001189H 001188H TB0RG1H/L Upper 8 bits Lower 8 bits (TB0RG1H) (TB0RG1L) 00118BH 00118AH
The timer registers are write-only registers and thus cannot be read.
92CA25-326
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(4) Capture registers (TB0CP0H/L and TB0CP1H/L) These 16-bit registers are used to latch the values in the up counters. All 16 bits of data in the capture registers should be read. For example, using a 2-byte data load instruction or two 1-byte data load instructions. The least significant byte is read first, followed by the most significant byte. The addresses of the capture registers are as follows:
TMRB0 TB0CP0H/L Upper 8 bits Lower 8 bits (TB0CPH) (TB0CP0L) 00118DH 00118CH TB0CP1H/L Upper 8 bits Lower 8 bits (TB0CP1H) (TB0CP1L) 00118FH 00118EH
The capture registers are read-only registers and thus cannot be written to.
(5) Capture input control This circuit controls the timing to latch the value of the up counter UC10 into TB0CP0H/L and TB0CP1H/L. The value in the up counter can be loaded into a capture register by software. Whenever "0" is programmed to TB0MOD, the current value in the up counter is loaded into capture register TB0CP0H/L. It is necessary to keep the prescaler in run mode (i.e., TB0RUN must be held at a value of 1). (6) Comparators (CP10 and CP11) CP10 and CP11 are 16-bit comparators which compare the value in the up counter UC10 with the value set in TB0RG0H/L or TB0RG1H/L respectively, in order to detect a match. If a match is detected, the comparator generates an interrupt (INTTB00 or INTTB01 respectively). (7) Timer flip-flops (TB0FF0) These flip-flops are inverted by the match detect signals from the comparators and the latch signals to the capture registers. Inversion can be enabled and disabled for each element using TB0FFCR. After a reset the value of TB0FF0 is undefined. If "00" is programmed to TB0FFCR , TB0FF0 will be inverted. If "01" is programmed to the capture registers, the value of TB0FF0 will be set to "1". If "10" is programmed to the capture registers, the value of TB0FF0 will be cleared to "0". The values of TB0FF0 can be output via the timer output pin TB0OUT0 (which is shared with PC6). Timer output should be specified using the port B function register.
92CA25-327
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.19.3 SFRs
TMRB0 Run Register 7
TB0RUN (1180H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Double buffer 0: Disable 1: Enable TB0RDE R/W 0 Always write "0" 0 IDLE2 0: Stop 1: Operate
6
-
5
4
3
I2TB0 R/W
2
TB0PRUN 0 TMRB0 Prescaler 0: Stop and clear 1: Run (Count up)
1
0
TB0RUN R/W 0 Up counter UC10
Count operation 0 1 Stop and clear Count
Note: 1, 4 and 5 of TB0RUN are read as undefined values.
Figure 3.19.2 The Registers for TMRB
92CA25-328
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
TMRB0 Mode Register 7
TB0MOD (1182H) Read-modify -write instruction is prohibited. Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Always write "0" - R/W 0
6
-
5
TB0CP0I W* 1 Execute software capture
4
TB0CPM1 0 Capture timing 00: Disable 01: Reserved
3
TB0CPM0 0
2
TB0CLE R/W 0 Control up counter 0: Disable clearing 1: Enable clearing
1
TB0CLK1 0 00: Reserved 01: T1 10: T4 11: T16
0
TB0CLK0 0
TMRB0 source clock
0: Software 10: Reserved capture 11: TA1OUT 1: TA1OUT Undefined
TMRB0 source clock 00 01 10 11 Reserved T1 T4 T16
Up counter clear control 0 1 Disable Enable clearing on match with TB0RG1H/L
Capture/interrupt timing 00 01 10 11 Disable Reserved Reserved Capture to TB0CP0H/L at rising edge of TA1OUT Capture to TB0CP1H/L at falling edge of TA1OUT Software capture 0 1 The value in the up counter is captured to TB0CP0H/L. Undefined
Figure 3.19.3 The Registers for TMRB0
92CA25-329
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
TMRB0 Flip-Flop Control Register 7
TB0FFCR (1183H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function Read-modify -write instruction is prohibited. 1 - W* 1 0 0: Disable trigger 1: Enable trigger
Invert when the UC value is loaded into TB0CP1H/L. Invert when the UC value is loaded into TB0CP0H/L. Invert when the UC value matches the value in TB0RG1H/L. Invert when the UC value matches the value in TB0RG0H/L.
6
-
5
TB0C1T1
4
TB0C0T1 0 R/W
3
TB0E1T1 0
2
TB0E0T1 0
1
TB0FF0C1 1 Control TB0FF0 00: Invert 01: Set 10: Clear 11: Don't care W*
0
TB0FF0C0 1
Always write "11".
TB0FF0 inversion trigger
* Always read as 11.
Timer flip-flop control (TB0FF0) 00 01 10 11 Invert Set to 1 Clear to 0 Don't care
Inverted when the UC10 value matches the value in TB0RG0H/L. 0 1 Disable trigger Enable trigger
Inverted when the UC10 value matches the value in TB0RG1H/L. 0 1 Disable trigger Enable trigger
Inverted when the UC10 value is loaded into TB0CP0. 0 1 Disable trigger Enable trigger
Inverted when the UC10 value is loaded into TB0CP1H/L. 0 1 Disable trigger Enable trigger
Figure 3.19.4 The Registers for TMRB
92CA25-330
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
TMRB0 register 7
TB0RG0L (1188H) bit Symbol Read/Write After reset TB0RG0H (1189H) bit Symbol Read/Write After reset TB0RG1L (118AH) bit Symbol Read/Write After reset TB0RG1H (118BH) bit Symbol Read/Write After reset TB0CP0L (118CH) bit Symbol Read/Write After reset TB0CP0H (118DH) bit Symbol Read/Write After reset TB0CP1L (118EH) bit Symbol Read/Write After reset TB0CP1H (118FH) bit Symbol Read/Write After reset
6
5
4
W Undefined W Undefined W Undefined W Undefined W Undefined W Undefined W Undefined W Undefined
3
2
1
0
Note: All registers are prohibited to execute read-modify-write instruction.
Figure 3.19.5 The Registers for TMRB
92CA25-331
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.19.4 Operation in Each Mode
(1) 16-bit interval timer mode Generating interrupts at fixed intervals. In this example, the interrupt INTTB01 is set to be generated at fixed intervals. The interval time is set in the timer register TB0RG1H/L.
7 TB0RUN INTETB01 TB0FFCR TB0MOD TB0RG1 TB0RUN 0 X 1 0 * * 0 6 0 1 1 0 * * 0 5 X 0 0 1 * * X 4 X 0 0 0 * * X 3 - X 0 0 * * - 2 0 0 0 1 * * 1 1 X 0 1 * * * X 0 0 0 1 * * * 1 Stop TMRB0. Enable INTTB01 and set interrupt level 4. Disable INTTB00. Disable the trigger. Select internal clock for input and disable the capture function.
(** = 01, 10, 11) Set the interval time (16 bits). Start TMRB0.
X: Don't care, -: No change
(2) 16-bit programmable pulse generation (PPG) output mode Square wave pulses can be generated at any frequency and duty ratio. The output pulse may be either low active or high active. The PPG mode is obtained by inversion of the timer flip-flop TB0FF0 that is enabled by the match of the up counter UC10 with timer register TB0RG0H/L or TB0RG1H/L and is output to TB0OUT0. In this mode the following conditions must be satisfied. (Value set in TB0RG0H/L) < (Value set in TB0RG1H/L)
Match with TB0RG0H/L (INTTB00 inerrupt) Match with TB0RG1H/L (INTTB01 interrupt) TB0OUT0 pin
Figure 3.19.6 Programmable Pulse Generation (PPG) Output Waveforms When the TB0RG0H/L double buffer is enabled in this mode, the value of register buffer 10 will be shifted into TB0RG0H/L at match with TB0RG1H/L. This feature facilitates the handling of low duty waves.
Match with TB0RG0H/L Up counter = Q1 Match with TB0RG1H/L Shift into TB0RG1H/L TB0RG0H/L (Value to be compared) Register buffer Q1 Q2 Q2 Q3 Write TB0RG0H/L Up counter = Q2
Figure 3.19.7 Operation of Register Buffer
92CA25-332
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
The following block diagram illustrates this mode.
TB0RUN TB0OUT0 (PPG output) T1 T4 T16 Selector 16-bit up counter UC10 Clear F/F (TB0FF0)
16-bit comparator
Match
16-bit comparator
Selector
TB0RG0H/L
TB0RG0-WR TB0RUN Register buffer 10 TB0RG1H/L
Internal data bus
Figure 3.19.8 Block Diagram of 16-Bit Mode The following example shows how to set 16-bit PPG output mode:
7 TB0RUN TB0RG0H/L TB0RG1H/L TB0RUN TB0FFCR TB0MOD PCCR PCFC TB0RUN 0 * * * * 1 1 0 - - 1 6 0 * * * * 0 1 0 1 1 0 5 X * * * * X 0 1 X X X 4 X * * * * X 0 0 X X X 3 - * * * * - 1 0 - - - 2 0 * * * * 0 1 1 - - 1 1 X * * * * X 1 * - - X 0 0 * * * * 0 0 * - - 1 Disable the TB0RG0H/L double buffer and stop TMRB0. Set the duty ratio (16 bits). Set the frequency (16 bits). Enable the TB0RG0H/L double buffer. (The duty and frequency are changed on an INTTB01 interrupt.) Set the mode to invert TB0FF0 at the match with TB0RG0H/L/TB0RG1H/L. Set TB0FF0 to "0". Select the Prescaler output clock as the input clock and disable the capture function. Set PC6 to function as TB0OUT0. Start TMRB0.
(** = 01, 10, 11)
X: Don't care, -: No change
92CA25-333
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.20 Touch Screen Interface (TSI)
The TMP92CA25 has an interface for a 4-terminal resistor network touch screen. This interface supports two procedures: an X/Y position measurement and touch detection. Each procedure is executed by setting the TSI control register (TSICR0 and TSICR1) and using an internal AD converter.
3.20.1
Touch Screen Interface Module Internal/External Connection
TMP92CA25 Y- MY X+ Touch screen X- MX PY Y+ PX
External capacitors
Figure 3.20.1 External Connection of TSI
AVCC
Touch screen control PXEN
AVSS
SPY
SPX
Dec.
PYEN MXEN INT4 PTST Internal data bus
P97 (PY) P96/INT4 (PX) PXD (typ.200 k) PG3/AN3 (MY) PG2/AN2 (MX) SMX VREFH SMY
MYEN
TSI7 AD converter AN3 AN2 AVCC AVSS VREFH
VREFL
VREFL
Figure 3.20.2 Internal Block Diagram of TSI
92CA25-334
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.20.2 Touch Screen Interface (TSI) Control Register
TSI Control Register 7
TSICR0 (01F0H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function TSI7 R/W 0 0: Disable 1: Enable
6
5
PTST R 0 Detection condition 0: no touch 1: touch
4
TWIEN 0 INT4 interrupt control 0: Disable 1: Enable SPY
3
PYEN 0 SPX 0 : OFF 1 : ON
2
PXEN R/W 0 SMY 0 : OFF 1 : ON
1
MYEN 0 SMX 0 : OFF 1 : ON
0
MXEN 0 0 : OFF 1 : ON
PXD (Internal Pull-down resistance) ON/OFF setting

0
OFF ON
1
OFF OFF
0 1
Debounce Time Setting Register 7
TSICR1 (01F1H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0: Disable 1: Enable 0 1024 0 256 0 64 DBC7
6
DB1024
5
DB256
4
DB64 R/W
3
DB8 0 8
2
DB4 0 4
1
DB2 0 2
0
DB1 0 1
Debounce time is set by the formula "(N x 64 - 16)/fSYS". "N" is the number of bits between bit6 and bit0 which are set to "1". Note2)
Note1:
Since an internal clock is used for the debounce circuit, when IDLE1, STOP mode, the de-bounce circuit don't operate and also interrupt which through this circuit is not generated. When IDLE1, STOP mode, set this circuit to disable (Write "0" to TSICR1) before entering HALT state.
Note2: Ex: TSICR1=95H N = 64 + 4 + 1 = 69
92CA25-335
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.20.3 Touch Detection Procedure
The Touch detection procedure shows procedure until a pen is touched by the screen and it is detected. By touching, TSI generates interrupt (INT4) and this procedure terminates. After an X/Y position measuring procedure is terminated, return to this procedure and wait for the next touch. When the waiting state, make ON only the SPY switch ON and OFF the other 3 switches (SMY, SPX and SMX). The pull-down resistor that is connected to the P96/INT4/PX pin is ON when the SPX switch is OFF. During this waiting state, P96/INT4/PX pin's level is L because the internal Pull-down resistors (PXD) between the X and Y directions in the touch screen are not connected and INT4 is not generated. When the pen touches the screen, P96/INT4/PX pin's level is H because the internal resistors between the X and Y directions in the touch screen are connected and INT4 is generated. In order to avoid the generation of several interrupts from one touch, a debounce circuit is used, as below. This can ignore the pulse under the time which is set to TSICR1 register. The circuit detects the rising of signal, counts-up the time of the counter which is set, after count, receive the signal internal. During counting, when the signal is set to Low, counter is cleared. And the state become to state of waiting a rising edge.
TSICR1 TSICR0, IIMC, P9FC Enables INT4 and selects the Rising edge or Falling edge of INT4
P96/INT4/PX pin
Debounce circuit
INT4
F/F
TSICR0
Figure 3.20.3 Block Diagram of Debounce Circuit
92CA25-336
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Reset counter for debounce time Start counter for debounce time Debounce Debounce time time INT4
Debounce time
INT4 is generated by matching counter and specified debounce time.
After pen is released, INT4 can be issued again.
IINT4 is not generated by matching counter and specified debounce period because it is an edge-type interrupt.
Figure 3.20.4 Timing Diagram of Debounce Circuit
92CA25-337
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.20.4 X/Y Position Measuring Procedure
During the INT4 routine, execute an X/Y position measuring procedure as below. Make both the SPX and SMX switches ON, and the SPY and SMY switches OFF. With this setting, an analog voltage which shows the X position will be input to the PG3/MY/AN3 pin. The X position can be measured by converting this voltage to digital code using the AD converter. Next, make both the SPY and SMY switches ON and the SPX and SMX switches OFF. With this setting, an analog voltage which shows the Y position will be input to the PG2/MX/AN2 pin. The Y position can be measured by converting this voltage to digital code using the AD converter. The above analog voltage which is inputted to AN3 or AN2 pin can be calculated as follows. It is the ratio between the resistance value in the TMP92CA25F and the resistance value in the touch screen as shown in Figure 3.20.5. Therefore, if the pen touches an area on the touch screen, the analog voltage will be neither 3.3 V nor 0.0 V. Please remember to take into consideration the variation in the rate of resistance. It is also recommended that an average taken from several AD conversions be adopted as the correct code.
[Formula to calculate analog voltage (E1) to AN2 or AN3 pin] SPY (SPX) ON resistor: Rpy (Rpx) 20 (typ.) Touch screen resistor: Rty (Rtx) The value depends on the touch screen. SMY (SMX) ON resistor: Rmy (Rmx) 20 (typ.) AVCC = 3.3 V E1 = ((R2 + Rmy)/(Rpy + Rty + Rmy)) x AVCC [V] Example: AN2 (AN3) pin
R2
R1
Touch point Note 1: Note 2:
When AVCC = 3.3 V, Rpy = Rmy = 20 , R1 = 400 and R2 = 100 E1 = ((100 + 20)/(20 + 400 + 100 + 20)) x 3.3 = 0.733 V An X position can be calculated in the same way though the above formula is for Y position. Rty = R1 + R2.
Figure 3.20.5 Calculation Analog Voltage
92CA25-338
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.20.5 Flow Chart for TSI
(2) X/Y position measurement procedure
INT4 routine: TSICR0 98H TSICR1 XXH (Voluntary) TSICR0 85H AD conversion for AN3 Store the result
(1) Touch detection procedure
Main routine:
Execute main routine
TSICR0 8AH AD conversion for AN2 Store the result
Execute an operation by using X/Y position Yes Still touched ? TSICR0 = 1?
No Return to main routine
Figure 3.20.6 Flow Chart for TSI
Following pages explain each circuit condition of (a), (b) and (c) in above flow chart.
92CA25-339
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(a) Main routine (condition of waiting INT4 interrupt) (pbfc),= "1" : P96: int4/PX , P97:PY (inte34) : Set interrupts level of INT4 (tsicr0)=98h : Pull down resister on, SPY on, Interrupt-set ei : Enable interrupt
TMP92CA25
AVCC ON SPY (PY/P97) Y+ Touch Screen X+ (MY/PG3) Y- (MX/PG2) PXD (typ.200k) (PX/P96/INT4) ON MYEN INT2 TSI7 SPX Dec.
Touch screen control
PXEN PYEN MXEN PTST Internal data bus
X-
AD Converter
AN3 AN2
SMX VREFH VREFL AVSS
SMY
AVCC AVSS VREFH VREFL
92CA25-340
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(b) X position measurement (Start A/D conversion) (tsicr0)=85h : SMX, SPX on (admod1)=83h : AN3 measure (admod0)=01h : A/D start TMP92CA25
AVCC ON SPY (PY/P97) Y+ Touch Screen X+ (MY/PG3) Y- (MX/PG2) (PX/P96/INT4) PXD (typ.200k) SPX Dec
Touch screen control
PXEN PYEN MXEN MYEN INT2 TSI7 PTST
X-
AD Converter
AN3 AN2
SMX ON VREFH VREFL AVSS
SMY
AVCC AVSS VREFH VREFL
92CA25-341
2007-02-28
Internal data bus
TMP92CA25
(c) Y position measurement (Start A/D conversion) (tsicr0)=8ah : SMY, SPY on (admod1)=82h : AN2 measure (admod0)=01h : A/D start
TMP92CA25
AVCC ON SPY (PY/P97) Y+ Touch Screen X+ (MY/PG3) Y- (MX/PG2) PXD (typ.200k) (PX/P96/INT4) MYEN INT2 Internal data bus TSI7 SPX Dec.
Touch screen control
PXEN PYEN MXEN PTST
X-
AD Converter
AN3 AN2 SMX SMY AVCC ON AVSS VREFH VREFL
VREFH VREFL AVSS
92CA25-342
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.21 I2S (Inter-IC Sound)
An I2S format compatible serial output circuit is built-in. This product can be used in digital audio system applications by connecting LSI for sound generation (e.g., a DA converter). This circuit has both I2S mode and general SIO mode. But both modes have only clock output and data transmitting functions. Table 3.21.1 shows an outline for each mode.
Table 3.21.1 Outline for Each Mode I2S mode
1) Format 2) Used pin I S-format compatible (Only master and transmitting) 1. I2SCKO (Clock output) 2. I2SDO (Clock output) 3. I2SWS (Word select output) 3) WS frequency 4) Baud rate (at fc = 40 Selectable either fs/4 or TA1OUT (TMRA1 output) MHz) -
2
SIO mode
General (Only master and transmitting) 1. I2SCKO (Clock output) 2. I2SDO (Data output)
Selectable either 20, 10, 5, or 2.5 Mbps 16 bytes x 2 channels (Right, left) 32 bytes
5) Transmittion buffer 6) Direction of data 7) Data length 8) Edge of clock 9) Interrupt
Selectable either MSB first or LSB first Selectable either 8 bits or 16 bits Selectable either rising edge or falling edge INTI2S (FIFO empty interrupt)
92CA25-343
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.21.1 Block Diagram
fSYS Prescaler 248 Selector I2SCKO control I2SCKO
fS TA1OUT /4 Selector
I2SWS control I2SWS


I2SBUFR
0
1
7
Shifter Data
16 bits
16-byte FIFO (Right) (2 bytes x 8) selector, FIFO control
0 1 7
Write pointer Read pointer Internal data bus I2SBUFL
interrupt control
I2SDO INTI2S
16 bits
16-byte FIFO (Left) (2 bytes x 8)
Write pointer Read pointer FIFO control
16 bits
I2SCTL0
2 Figure 3.21.1 I S Block Diagram
92CA25-344
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.21.2 SFR
The following tables show the SFR for I2S. This I2S is connected to the CPU by the 16-bit data bus. When the CPU accesses the SFR, use a 2-byte load instruction. I2SCTL0 Register 7
I2SCTL0 (080EH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Transmit 0: Stop 1: Start
2
6
FMT R/W 0 Mode 0: I S 1: SIO
5
BUSY R 0 Status
0: Stop
4
DIR 0 First bit 0: MSB
3
BIT 0 Bit number 0: 8 bits 1: 16 bits
2
MCK1 R/W 0 Baud rate 00: fSYS
1
MCK0 0 10: fSYS/4
0
I2SWCK 0 WS clock 0: fs/4 1: TA1OUT
TXE
1: Under 1: LSB transmitting
2
01: fSYS/2 11: fSYS/8
Note: is effective only for I S mode.
15
(080FH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 WS level 0: Low left 1: High left I2SWLVL
14
EDGE R/W 0 Clock edge 0: Falling 1: Rising
13
I2SFSEL 0 Select for 0: Stereo
12
I2SCLKE 0 Clock enable
11
10
9
8
SYSCKE R/W 0 System clock 0: Disable 1: Enable
for data out stereo
(After (2 channels) transmit)
(1 channel) 1: Stop
2
1: Monaural 0: Operation
Note: , and are effective only in I S mode.
I2SBUFR Register 15
I2SBUFR (0800H) Read-modifywrite instruction is prohibited Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function R15
14
R14
13
R13
12
R12
11
R11
10
R10
9
R9
8
R8 W
7
R7
6
R6
5
R5
4
R4
3
R3
2
R2
1
R1
0
R0
Undefined Register for transmitting buffer (FIFO) (Right channel)
I2SBUFL Register 15
I2SBUFL (0808H) Bit symbol Read/Write L15
14
L14
13
L13
12
L12
11
L11
10
L10
9
L9
8
L8 W
7
L7
6
L6
5
L5
4
L4
3
L3
2
L2
1
L1
0
L0
Read-modify- After reset write instruction is Function prohibited
Undefined Register for transmitting buffer (FIFO) (Left channel)
Figure 3.21.2 I2S SFR
92CA25-345
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.21.3 Explanation of I2S Mode
(1) Connection example Figure 3.21.3 shows an example with external LSI.
TMP92CA25 (Transmitter) P92/I2SWS P90/I2SCKO P91/I2SDO WS CK DATA (Receiver)
Example: DA converter Note: After reset, P90 to P92 are placed in a high-impedance state. Connect each pin with a pull-up or pull-down resistor as necessary.
Figure 3.21.3 Example with External LSI
(2) Procedure A 32-byte FIFO is built-in. If the FIFO's data becomes empty, an INTI2S interrupt is generated. In the interrupt routine, write the next transmission data to the FIFO. The following shows a setting example and timing diagram. Transmitting by I2S mode, I2SWS = 8.192 kHz, I2SCKO = 10 MHz, synchronous with rising edge (at fSYS = 20 MHz)
6 0 - - 0 1 5 0 - - - 0 4 1 - - 0 1 3 X - - 0 0 2 - 0 1 0 0 1 - 0 1 1 0 0 - 0 1 0 1 Set I S mode, MSB first, 8 bits, fSYS/2 clocks. Set rising edge, clock stop. Write 16-byte data to FIFO for right (8 times). Write 16-byte data to FIFO for left (8 times). Start transmitting.
2
(Setting example)
(Main routine) 7 INTE5I2S P9CR P9FC I2SCTL0 I2SBUFR I2SBUFL I2SCTL0 X - - 0 0 Set interrupts level. Set pins to P90 (I2SCKO), P91 (I2SDO), and P92 (I2SWS).
** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** 1 0 0 1 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
(INTI2S interrupt routine) I2SBUFR I2SBUFL ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** Write 16-byte data to FIFO for right (8 times). Write 16-byte data to FIFO for left (8 times).
X: Don't care, -: No change
92CA25-346
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Write to FIFO 1 I2SWS pin I2SCKO pin I2SDO pin INTI2S 2 16 1
Figure 3.21.4 Whole Timing Diagram
I2SWS pin I2SCKO pin I2SDO pin LSB MSB Bit7 Bit6 LSB Bit0 MSB Bit7 Bit6 LSB Bit0 MSB Bit7 10 MHz
Figure 3.21.5 Detail Timing Diagram (3) Notes 1) INTI2S timing INTI2S is generated after the last data of FIFO is loaded to the internal shifter. FIFO is now empty and it is possible to write the next data. 2) I2SCTL0 A transmission is started by programming "1" to the register and stopped by writing "0". After is programmed "1" once, the transmission automatically from right to left in order, alternately. is repeated
If a transmission should be stopped, program "0" to after changes to "0" in the INTI2S interrupt routine. When is programmed "0" during transmitting, transmitting stops immediately. 3) FIFO size A 16-byte FIFO is provided for both right and left channels. It is not necessary to use all data, but please use the even numbers (2, 4 ... 16). 4) I2SCTL0 Write "1" to and use the right channel FIFO for monaural. It is not necessary to write data to the left channel FIFO. Channel transmission data is fixed at "0". 5) Address for I2SBUFR and I2SBUFL If writing data to I2SBUFR or I2SBUFL, use "word or long word data load instruction". A "byte data load instruction" cannot be used. The address of I2SBUFR selectable from 0800H to 0803H, and I2SBUFL is selectable from 0808H to 080BH.
92CA25-347
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.21.4 Explanation of SIO Mode
(1) Connection example Figure 3.21.6 shows an example with external LSI.
TMP92CA25 (Transmitter) (Receiver)
P90/I2SCKO P91/I2SDO Port
SCK SI RCK Example: Shift register
Note: Since P90 to P91 become high impedance by reset, connect a pull-up or pull-down resistor if necessary.
Figure 3.21.6 Example with External LSI
(2) Procedure A 32-byte FIFO is built-in. If the FIFO's data becomes empty, an INTI2S interrupt is generated. In the interrupt routine, write the next transmission data to the FIFO. The following shows a setting example and timing diagram. (Setting example) Transmitting by SIO mode, I2SCKO = 10 MHz, synchronous with rising edge (at fSYS = 20 MHz)
(Main routine) 7 INTE5I2S P9CR P9FC I2SCTL0 I2SBUFR I2SCTL0 X - - 0 - 1 - 6 0 - - 1 1 1 1 5 0 - - - - - - 4 1 - - 1 1 1 1 3 X - - 0 0 0 0 2 - - - 0 0 0 0 1 - 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 - 0 1 - 1 - 1 Set SIO mode, LSB first, 8 bits, fSYS/2 clocks. Set rising edge. Write 32-byte data to FIFO (16 times). Start transmitting. Set interrupts level. Set pins to P90 (I2SCKO) and P91 (I2SDO).
** ** ** ** ** ** ** **
(INTI2S interrupt routine) I2SBUFR I2SCTL0 ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** 1 - 1 1 - - 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 - 1 Write 32-byte data to FIFO (16 times). Confirm termination of the 32-byte data transfer. Start transmitting. If = "1" then WAIT else NEXT
X: Don't care, -: No change
92CA25-348
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Write to FIFO 1 I2SCKO pin I2SDO pin INTI2S 2 31 32 1 2
Figure 3.21.7 Whole Timing
10 MHz I2SCKO pin I2SDO pin LSB Bit0 Bit1 MSB Bit7 LSB Bit0 Bit1 MSB Bit7
Figure 3.21.8 Detail Timing (3) Notes 1) INTI2S timing INTI2S is generated after the last data of FIFO is loaded to the internal shifter. FIFO is now empty and it is possible to write the next data. 2) I2SCTL0 A transmission is started by programming "1" to the register and stopped by programming "0". register is cleared to "0" when changes from "1" to "0". When is programmed "0" during transmitting, transmitting stops immediately. 3) FIFO size A 32-byte FIFO is provided for SIO mode. It is not necessary to use all data but please use even numbers ( 2, 4 ... 32). The will be changed to "0" and will be cleared to "0" automatically after transmitting all programmed data to FIFO. In case of continuous transmitting, program "1" to after programming data to FIFO. The number of data programmed to FIFO is counted automatically and held by programming "1" to . 4) Address for I2SBUFR and I2SBUFL If writing data to I2SBUFR (I2SBUFL cannot be written), use "word or long word data load instruction". A "byte data load instruction" cannot be used. The address of I2SBUFR is selectable from 0800H to 0803H.
92CA25-349
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.22 Power Supply Backup (Power Supply Backup)
TMP92CA25 includes three type power supply systems. Analog Power supply input (AVCC - AVSS) Digital Power suppy input (DVCC - DVSS) Power supply input for RTC (RTCVCC - DVSS) Each Power supply is independent.
AVCC TMP92CA25 DVCC1DVCC3 RTCVCC
ADC control
CPU control & Other logic High-OSC
RTC control PM1(MLDALM) Low-OSC Port M PM2( ALARM , MLDALM )
AVSS
DVSS1DVSS4
BE
XT1
XT2
Figure 3.22.1 Power supply input system
DVCC
RTCVCC
TMP92CA25
Main power suorce & Other device RTC 32K_OSC
Sub battery for RTC
BE
DVSS
Figure 3.22.2 Outside circuit example for PSB
92CA25-350
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
TMP92CA25 has the power supply backup mode which is desighed to work for only low-speed oscillator, RTC and port M under sub battery supply. TMP92CA25 is set to the power supply backup mode by using the BE pin (Backup enable) and the RESET pin. Figure 3.22.3 and Figure 3.22.4 shows the timing diagram of BE pin and RESET pin.
10s
BE
RESET
Power source (DVCC)
RTCVCC is always supplied.
Figure 3.22.3 Shift from Normal Mode to PSB Mode
Over 20 system clocks after oscillator becomes stable
BE
RESET
Power source (DVCC)
RTCVCC is always supplied.
Figure 3.22.4 Shift from PSB Mode to NORMAL Mode
92CA25-351
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Backup enable pin ( BE ) Low frequency oscillator, RTC and Port M can work also if BE = "L". If BE = "L", Low frequency oscillator, RTC and Port Mare separated from CPU and so on in internal. Therefore, it is prohibited accessing to RTC register and Port M. In addition, Low frequency oscillator (fs) isn't provided except RTC circuit (Melody Alarm generator etc.). So, ALARM (= output function of RTC) can output from PM2 pin, if port is set before set to BE = "L".
Note: 1: If "H" level signal was inputted to general purpose port with power off condition, current is used more than always. Therefore, set to "l" level or High-impedance condition. If this back up function is used, set BE pin to "L" level when DVCC power off. When BE pin is set to "L", Low frequency oscillator operation become same with EMCCR0 = "0", forcibly. Therefore, don't set to BE = "L", when it is not operated Low frequency oscillator. When BE pin is set to "L", PM2, PM1 pins condition change according to setting value of PMDR. If keep output PM2, PM1 pins write "11" to before set to BE = "L". If release
RESET ,
2:
3:
4:
release
RESET
after BE = "H".
92CA25-352
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
3.23 External bus release function
TMP92CA25 have external bus release function that can connect bus master to external. Bus release request ( BUSRQ ), bus release answer ( BUSAK ) pin is assigned to Port L6 and L7. And, it become effective by setting to PLCR and PLFC. Figure 3.23.1 shows operation timing. Time that from BUSRQ pin inputted "0" until busis released ( BUSAK is set to "0") depend on instruction that CPU execute at that time.
fSYS
BUSRQ (PL6)
External bus release cycle
BUSAK (PL7) External bus pin (A type) External bus pin (B type) External bus pin (C type)
Figure 3.23.1 Bus release function operation timing
3.23.1
Non release pin
If it received bus release request, CPU release bus to external by setting BUSAK pin to "0" without start next bus. In this case, pin that is released have 3 types (A, B and C). Eve operation that set to high impedance (HZ) is different in 3 types. Table 3.23.1 shows support pin for 3 types. Any pin become non release pin only case of setting to that function by setting port. Therefore, if pin set to output port and so on, it is not set non relase pin, and it hold previous condition. Table 3.23.1 Non release pin
Type A Eve operation that set to HZ Drive "1" Support function (Pin name) A23-A16(P67-P60), A15-A0,
RD (P70), WRLL (P71), WRLU (P72), EA24(P73), EA25(P74), R/ W (P75),
CS0 (P80), CS1 (P81), SDCS (P81), CS2 (P82), CSZA (P82), CS3 (P83),
CSZB (P84), CSZC (P85), CSZD (P86), CSZE (P87),
EA24(PC6), EA25(PC7), CSZF (PC7),
SRLLB , SDRAS (PJ0), SRLUB , SDCAS (PJ1), SRWR , SDWE (PJ2),
SDCLK(PF7), SDLLDQM(PJ3), SDLUDQM(PJ4) B C Drive "0" None operation SDCKE(PJ7) D15-D8(P17-P10), D7-D0
92CA25-353
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 3.23.2 Connection example
Figure 3.23.2 show connection example.
TMP92CA25 CLE CLE ALE ALE Memory
External bus pin (A type) External bus pin (C type) External bus pin (B type)
External bus master BUSRQ BUSAK
Figure 3.23.2 Connection example
3.23.3
Note
If use bus release function, be careful following notes. 1) Prohibit using this function together LCD controller and, SDRAM controller If use this function, prohibit use LCD controller in SR mode. And, prohibitalso SDRAMC basically, but if external bus master use SDRAM, set SDRAM to SR (self refresh) condition before bus release request. And, when finish bus release, release SR condition. In this case, confirm each condition by handshake of general purpose port. 2) Support standby mode The condition that can receive this function is only CPU operationg condition and during IDLE2 mode. During IDLE1 and STOP condition don't receive. (Bus release function is ignored). 3) Internal resource access disable External bus master cannnot access to internal memory and interhal I/O of TMP92CA25. Internal I/O operation during bus releasing. 4) Internal I/O operation during bus releasing Internal I/O continue operation during bus releasing, please be careful. And, if set the watchdog timer, set runaway time by consider bus release time. 5) Non release pin Control output pin for NAND-Flash ( ND0CE , NDRE , NDWE ) are not non release pins.
ND1CE ,
NDALE, NDCLE,
92CA25-354
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
4.
4.1
Electrical Characteristics
Absolute Maximum Ratings
Parameter
Power Supply Voltage Input Voltage Output Current Output Current (MX, MY pin) Output Current Output Current (PX, PY pin) Output Current (Total) Output Current (Total) Power Dissipation (Ta = 85C) Soldering Temperature (10 s) Storage Temperature Operation Temperature
Symbol
VCC VIN IOL IOL IOH IOH IOL IOH PD TSOLDER TSTG TOPR
Rating
-0.5 to 4.0 -0.5 to VCC + 0.5 2 15 -2 -15 80 -80 600 260 -65 to 150 -20 to 70
Unit
V V mA mA mA mA mA mA mW C C C
Note: The Absolute maximum ratings are rated values which must not be exceeded during operation, even for an instant. Any one of the ratings must not be exceeded. If any absolute maximum rating is exceeded, the device may break down or its performance may be degraded, causing it to catch fire or explode resulting in injury to the user. Thus, when designing products which include this device, ensure that no absolute maximum rating value will ever be exceeded.
Solderability of lead free products Test parameter
Solderability (1)
Test condition
Use of Sn-37Pb solder Bath Solder bath temperature = 230C, Dipping time = 5 seconds The number of times = one, Use of R-type flux (2) Use of Sn-3.0Ag-0.5Cu solder bath Solder bath temperature = 245C, Dipping time = 5 seconds The number of times = one, Use of R-type flux (use of lead-free) Pass:
Note
solderability rate until forming 95%
92CA25-355
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
4.2
DC Electrical Characteristics (1/2)
VCC = 3.3 0.3V/X1 = 6 to 40 MHz/Ta = -20 to 70C VCC = 2.7 - 3.6V/X1 = 6 to 27 MHz/Ta = -20 to 70C
Parameter
Power supply voltage (DVCC = AVCC) (DVSS = AVSS = 0 V) Input low voltage for D0 to D7 P10 to P17 (D8 to D15) Input low voltage for P40 to P47, P50 to P57, P60 to P67, P71 to P76, P90, P93 to P94, PC4 to PC7, PF3 to PF6, PG0 to PG3, PJ5 to PJ6, PK4 to PK7, PL4 to PL7 Input low voltage for P91 to P92, P96 to P97, PA0 to PA7, PC0 to PC3, PF0 to PF2, BE , RESET
Symbol
VCC
Min
3.0
Typ.
Max
3.6
Unit
V
Condition
X1 = 6 to 40 MHz X1 = 6 to 27 MHz XT1 = 30 to 34 kHz
2.7 VIL0 0.6
VIL1
0.3 x VCC
-0.3
V
VIL2
0.25 x VCC
Input low voltage for AM0 to AM1 Input low voltage for X1, XT1 Input high voltage for D0 to D7 P10 to P17 (D8 to D15) Input high voltage for P40 to P47, P50 to P57, P60 to P67, P71 to P76, P90, P93 to P94, PC4 to PC7, PF3 to PF6, PG0 to PG3, PJ5 to PJ6, PK4 to PK7, PL4 to PL7 Input high voltage for P91 to P92, P96 to P97, PA0 to PA7, PC0 to PC3, PF0 to PF2, BE , RESET Input high voltage for AM0 to AM1 Input high voltage for X1, XT1
VIL3 VIL4 VIH0 2.0
0.3 0.2 x VCC
VIH1
0.7 x VCC
VCC + 0.3 0.75 x VCC
V
VIH2
VIH3 VIH4
VCC - 0.3 0.8 x VCC
92CA25-356
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
DC Electrical Characteristics (2/2) Parameter
Output low voltage Output high voltage Internal resistor (ON) MX, MY pins Internal resistor (ON) PX, PY pins Input leakage current Output leakage current Power down voltage at STOP (for internal RAM backup) Pull-up resistor for RESET , PA0 to PA7 Programmable pull down resistor for p96 Pin capacitance Schmitt width for P91 to P92, P96 to P97, PA0 to PA7,PC0 to PC3, PF0 to PF2, BE , RESET NORMAL (Note 2) IDLE2 IDLE1 SLOW (Note 2) IDLE2 IDLE1 STOP ICC
Symbol
VOL VOH1 VOH2 IMon IMon ILI ILO VSTOP RRST
Min
2.4 0.9 x VCC
Typ.
Max
0.45
Unit
IOL = 1.6 mA V IOH = -400 A IOH = -20 A VOL = 0.2V
Condition
30 30 0.02 0.05 1.8
5 10 A A
VCC = 3.0 to 3.6 V VOH = VCC -0.2V 0.0 VIN VCC 0.2 VIN VCC - 0.2 V VIL2 = 0.2 x VCC, VIH2 = 0.8 x VCC
3.6
V
80 RKH CIO VTH 0.4 1.0
500
k
10
pF
fc = 1 MHz
V VCC = 3.6 V, fc = 40 MHz mA Ta 70C Ta 50C Ta 70C
A
42 13 3.1 41 15 4 0.2
65 26 8.7 110 70 80 30 60 20 50 15
VCC = 3.6 V, fs = 32 kHz
Ta 50C Ta 70C Ta 50C Ta 70C Ta 50C VCC = 3.6 V
Note 1: Typical values are for when Ta = 25C and VCC = 3.3 V unless otherwise noted. Note 2: ICC measurement conditions (NORMAL, SLOW): All functions are operational; output pins except the bus pin are opened, and input pins are fixed. Bus pin CL = 30 pF
92CA25-357
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
4.3
AC Characteristics
Basic Bus Cycle
Read cycle Variable Min
1 2 3 4 OSC period (X1/X2) System clock period ( = T) SDCLK low width SDCLK high width A0 to A23 valid D0 to D15 Input at 0 waits A0 to A23 valid D0 to D15 Input at 1 wait
RD falling D0 to D15 Input at 0 waits
4.3.1
No.
Parameter
Symbol
tOSC tCYC tCL tCH tAD (3.0 V) tAD (2.7 V) tAD3 (3.0 V) tAD3 (2.7 V) tRD(a) tRD(b) tRD(c) tRD3(a) tRD3(b) tRD3(c) tRR(a) tRR(b) tRR(c) tRR3(a) tRR3(b) tRR3(c) tAR(a) tAR(a) tAR(a) tRK(a) tRK(b) tRK(c) tHA tHR tTK tKT tSBA tRRH(a) tRRH(b) tRRH(c)
40 MHz 36 MHz 27 MHz
25 50 10 10 70
-
Unit
Max
166.7 333.3 27.7 55.5 12.7 12.7 81
-
25 50 0.5 T - 15 0.5 T - 15
5-1 5-2
2.0 T - 30 2.0 T - 35 3.0 T - 30 3.0 T - 35 1.5 T - 30 1.25 T - 30 1.0 T - 30 2.5 T - 30 2.25 T - 30 2.0T - 30 1.5 T - 20 1.25 T - 20 1.0 T - 20 2.5 T - 20 2.25 T - 20 2.0 T - 20 0.5 T - 20 0.75 T - 20 1.0 T - 20 0.5 T - 20 0.25 T - 20 0 T - 20 0 0 15 5 1.5 T - 30 0.5 T - 15 0.75 T - 15 1.0 T - 15
37.0 74.0 22 22 - 113
-
120
- 45 32.5
136.5
- 53.3 39.5
6-1
187 81 62.5 44 155 136.5 118 91 72.5 54 165 146.5 128 17 35.5 54 17 -1.5
-20 0 0 15 5
6-2
RD falling Input at 1 wait
D0 to D15
20 95 82.5 70 55 42.5 30 105 92.5 80 5 17.5 30 5 -7.5
-20 0 0 15 5
25.7 108.8 95 312 63.2 49.4 35.6 118.8 105 91.2 7.7 21.5 35.3 7.7 -6.1
-20 0 0 15 5
7-1 RD low width at 0 waits
ns
7-2 RD low width at 1 wait
8 A0 to A23 valid RD falling
9 RD falling
SDCLK rising
10 A0 to A23 valid D0 to D15 hold 11 RD rising D0 to D15 hold 12 WAIT setup time 13 WAIT hold time Data byte control access time 14 for SRAM 15 RD high width AC measuring condition
45 10 22.5 35
53.3 12.7 26.5 40.3
81 22 40.5 59
* Output: High = 0.7 VCC, Low = 0.3 VCC, CL = 50 pF * Input: High = 0.9 VCC, Low = 0.1 VCC
Note1: The figures in the "Variable" column cover the whole VCC range (2.7 V to 3.6 V). shown by the VCC (min), "(3.0 V)" or "(2.7 V)", added to the "Symbol" column.
Exceptions are
Note2: The figures in the (a), (b) and (c) of "Symbol" column shows difference of falling timing of RD pin. Falling timing of RD pin is set by MEMECR0. If MEMCR0 is "00", it correspond with (a) in above table, and "01" is (b), "10" is (c).
92CA25-358
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Write cycle No.
16-1 16-2 17-1 17-2 18 19 20 21
Parameter
D0 to D15 valid WRxx rising at 0 waits D0 to D15 valid WRxx rising at 1 wait WRxx low width at 0 waits WRxx low width at 1 wait A0 to A23 valid WR falling WRxx falling SDCLK rising WRxx rising A0 to A23 hold WRxx rising D0 to D15 hold
D0 to D15 output
Symbol
tDW tDW3 tWW tWW3 tAW tWK tWA tWD
Variable Min
1.25T - 35 2.25T - 35
40 MHz 36 MHz 27 MHz
27.5 77.5 32.5 82.5 5 5 7.5 7.5 20
- 32.5
Unit
Max
34.3 89.8 34.3 89.8 7.7 7.7 8.8 8.8 22.7
- 39.3
57.5 131.5 62.5 136.5 17 17 13.5 13.5 - 30 62.5 62.5 17 13.5 57.5 13.5
22 RD rising
23 Write pulse width for SRAM Data byte control to end of write 24 for SRAM 25 Address setup time for SRAM 26 Write recovery time for SRAM 27 Data setup time for SRAM 28 Data hold time for SRAM AC measuring condition
1.25T - 30 2.25T - 30 0.5T - 20 0.5T - 20 0.25T - 5 0.25T - 5 tRDO (3.0 V) 0.5T - 5 tRDO (2.7 V) 0.5T - 7 tSWP 1.25T - 30 tSBW tSAS tSWR tSDS tSDH 1.25T - 30 0.5T - 20 0.25T - 5 1.25T - 35 0.25T - 5
ns
32.5 5 7.5 27.5 7.5
39.3 7.7 8.8 34.3 8.8
* Output: High = 0.7 VCC, Low = 0.3 VCC, CL = 50 pF * Input: High = 0.9 VCC, Low = 0.1 VCC
Note: The figures in the "Variable" column cover the whole VCC range (2.7 V to 3.6 V). Exceptions are shown by the VCC (min), "(3.0 V)" or "(2.7 V)", added to the "Symbol" column.
92CA25-359
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(1) Read cycle (0 waits)
tOSC X1 tCYC tCH SDCLK tCL
tTK
WAIT
tKT
A0~A23
tAD
CSn
tHA R/ W tAR
RD
tRK Note2
tHR tRR tRD Data input
tRRH
D0~D15
tSBA
SRxxB
SRWR
Note1: The phase relation between X1 input signal and the other signals is undefined. The above timing chart is an example. Note2:
RD
pin falling timing depends on MEMCR0 setting in memory controller.
92CA25-360
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) Write cycle (0 waits)
tOSC X1 tCYC tCH SDCLK tCL
tTK
WAIT
tKT
A0~A23
CSn
R/ W tAW
WRxx
tWK
tWA
tWW tDW D0~D15 Data output
tSWR tWD
tRDO
RD
tSDH tSBW
SRxxB
tSDS tSAS tSWP
SRWR
Note: The phase relation between X1 input signal and the other signals is undefined. The above timing chart is an example.
92CA25-361
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) Read cycle (1 wait)
SDCLK
WAIT
A0 to A23 tAD3
CSn
R/ W
RD
tRR3 tRD3 D0 to D15 Data input
(4) Write cycle (1 wait)
SDCLK
WAIT
A0 to A23
CSn
R/ W
WRxx
tWW3 tDW3 D0 to D15 Data output
RD
92CA25-362
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 4.3.2
Page ROM Read Cycle
(1) 3-2-2-2 mode
No.
Parameter
Symbol
tCYC tAD2 tAD3 tRD3(a) tRD3(b) tRD3(c) tHA tHR 0 0 50
Variable Min Max
166.7 2.0T - 50 3.0T - 50 2.5T - 45 2.25T - 45 2.0T - 45
40 MHz 36 MHz 27 MHz Unit
50 50 100 80 67.5 55 0 0 55.5 61 116.5 93.8 79.6 66 0 0 74 98 172 140 121.5 103 0 0
1 System clock period ( = T) 2 A0, A1 D0 to D15 input 3 A2 to A23 D0 to D15 input 4 RD falling D0 to D15 input 5 A0 to A23 Invalid D0 to D15 hold 6 RD rising D0 to D15 hold AC measuring condition
ns
* Output: High = 0.7 VCC, Low = 0.3 VCC, CL = 50 pF * Input: High = 0.9 VCC, Low = 0.1 VCC
Note: The figures in the (a), (b) and (c) of "Symbol" column shows difference of falling timing of RD pin. Falling timing of RD pin is set by MEMECR0. If MEMCR0 is "00", it correspond with (a) in above table, and "01" is (b), "10" is (c).
SDCLK tCYC A0 to A23
+0 +1 +2 +3
CS2
tAD3
RD
tAD2
tAD2
tAD2
tHA
tRD3 D0 to D15
Data input
tHA
Data input
tHA
Data input
tHA
Data input
tHR
Timing pulse (8-byte setting)
92CA25-363
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 4.3.3
No.
SDRAM Controller AC Characteristics
Parameter Symbol
tRC tRAS tRCD tRP tRRD tWR tCK tCH tCL tAC tOH tDS tDH tAS tAH tCKS tCMS tCMH tRSC 2T 2T T T 3T T T 0.5T - 15 0.5T - 15 T - 30 0 0.5T - 10 T - 15 0.75T - 30 0.25T - 9 0.5T - 15 0.5T - 15 0.5T - 15 T
Variable Min Max
12210
40 MHz 36 MHz 27 MHz
100 100 50 50 150 50 50 10 10 20 0 15 35 7.5 3.5 10 10 10 50 111 111 55.5 55.5 166.5 55.5 55.5 12.7 12.7 25.5 0 17 40.5 11.6 4.8 12.7 12.7 12.7 55.5 148 148 74 74 222 74 74 22 22 44 0 27 59 25.5 9.5 22 22 22 74
Unit
1 Ref/active to ref/active command period 2 Active to precharge command period 3 Active to read/write command delay time 4 Precharge to active command period 5 Active to active command period 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Write recovery time (CL* = 2) Clock cycle time (CL* = 2) Clock high level width Clock low level width Access time from clock (CL* =2) Output data hold time Data in setup time Data in hold time Address setup time Address hold time CKE setup time Command setup time Command hold time Mode register set cycle time
ns
CL*: CAS latency. AC measuring conditions
* Output level: High = 0.7 VCC, Low = 0.3 VCC, CL = 50 pF * Input level: High = 0.9 VCC, Low = 0.1 VCC
92CA25-364
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(1) SDRAM read timing (CPU access or LCDC normal access)
tCK SDCLK tCH SDxxDQM tCMS
SDCS
tCL
tRP
tRCD
tRAS
tRP
tCMS tCMH
tCMH
SDRAS
tRRD
SDCAS
SDWE
16-bit data bus
A1 to A10
tAS Row
tAH Column tAS tAH Column
A11
Row
A12 to A15
Row
Column tAC tOH Data input
D0 to D15
92CA25-365
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) SDRAM write timing (CPU access)
tCK SDCLK tCH SDxxDQM tCMS
SDCS
tCL
tRP
tRCD tCMS
tWR
tRP
tRRD
tCMH
SDRAS
tCMH
SDCAS
tRAS
SDWE
16-bit data bus
A1 to A12
tAS Row
tAH Column tAS tAH Column
A11
Row
A12 to A15
Row tDS
Column tDH Data output
D0 to D15
92CA25-366
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) SDRAM burst read timing (Start of burst cycle)
tCK SDCLK tCMS SDxxDQM tRP
SDCS
tRCD
tCMS
SDRAS
tCMH
tCMS tCMH
SDCAS
tCMH
SDWE
tAS A1 to A11 or A1 to A10 227
tAH
tAS Row
tAH
tAS Column
A12 or A11
Row
Column
A13 to A15 or A12 to A15
0
Row tAC tAC Data input tOH tAC Data input tOH Data input
D0 to D15
92CA25-367
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(4) SDRAM burst read timing (End of burst cycle)
tCK SDCLK tCMH SDxxDQM tCMS
SDCS
tCMS
tRSC
tRC
tCMH
SDRAS
tCMS
SDCAS
tCMH
SDWE
tAS A1 to A11 or A1 to A10 Column 220 Column
A12 or A11
Column
Column
A13 to A15 or A12 to A15
Row tAC
0 tAC Data input tOH Data input tOH
Column
D0 to D15
Data input tOH
92CA25-368
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(5) SDRAM initialize timing
tCK SDCLK tCH SDxxDQM tCMS
SDCS
tCL
tRSC
tRC
tCMS
SDRAS
tCMS
SDCAS
tCMH
tCMH
tCMH
SDWE
tAS A1 to A12
tAH
tAS 220
A20 to A23 (BS0 and BS1)
92CA25-369
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(6) SDRAM refresh timing
tCK SDCLK tRC SDxxDQM tCMS
SDCS
tRC
tCMH
SDRAS
SDCAS
SDWE
(7) SDRAM self refresh timing
tCK SDCLK tCKS SDCKE tCKS tRC
SDxxDQM tCMS
SDCS
tCMH
SDRAS
SDCAS
SDWE
92CA25-370
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 4.3.4
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6
NAND Flash Controller AC Characteristics
Parameter Symbol Min Variable Max
(1 + n) T - 25 (1 + n) T - 30 38 25 - 0 17.5 132.5 10.5 43.5 30.5 - 0 21.6 150.3 11.8 62 - 44 0 35.5 210.5 16.5
40 MHz 36 MHz 27 MHz Unit
NDRE low width
NDRE data access time
Read data hold time NDWE low width Write data setup time Write data hold time AC measuring conditions
tRP (1 + n) T - 12 tREA (3.0 V) tREA (2.7 V) tOH 0 tWP (0.75 + n) T - 20 tDS tDH (3.25 + n) T - 30 0.25 T - 2
ns
* Output level: High = 0.7 VCC, Low = 0.3 VCC, CL = 50 pF * Input level: High = 0.9 VCC, Low = 0.1 VCC
Note 1: The "n" shown in "Variable" refers to the wait number which is set to NDnFSPR register. Example: When NDnFSPR = "0001", tRP = (1 + n) T - 12 = 2T - 12 Note 2: The figures in the "Variable" column cover the whole VCC range (2.7 V to 3.6 V). Exceptions are shown by the VCC (min), "(3.0 V)" or "(2.7 V)", added to the "Symbol" column. Example: (3.0V) : VCC range = 3.0V to 3.6V
SDCLK
A0 to A23
NDRE
Read cycle
NDWE
tRP D0 to D7 Data input tREA
NDRE
tOH
tWP Write cycle
NDWE
tDS D0 to D7 Data output
tDH
92CA25-371
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 4.3.5
Serial Channel Timing
(1) SCLK input mode (I/O interface mode) Parameter Symbol Min
tSCY tOSS tOHS tHSR tSRD tRDS
Variable Max
16T tSCY/2 - 4T - 110 tSCY/2 + 2T + 0 3 T + 10 tSCY - 0 0
40 MHz 36 MHz 27 MHz Unit
0.8 90 500 160 800 0 0.888 114 554 175 888 0 1.184 186 740 232 1184 0
s
SCLK cycle Output data SCLK rising/falling SCLK rising/falling Output data hold SCLK rising/falling Input data hold SCLK rising/falling Input data valid Input data valid SCLK rising/falling
ns
(2) SCLK output mode (I/O Interface mode) Parameter
SCLK cycle (Programmable) Output data SCLK rising/falling SCLK rising/falling Output data hold SCLK rising/falling Input data hold SCLK rising/falling Input data valid Input data valid SCLK rising/falling
Symbol Min
tSCY tOSS tOHS tHSR tSRD tRDS
Variable Max
8192T 16 T tSCY/2 - 40 tSCY/2 - 40 0 1 T + 180
40 MHz 36 MHz 27 MHz Unit
0.8 360 360 0 570 230 0.888 404 404 0 654 233 1.184 552 552 0 967 253
s
ns
tSCY - 1T - 180
tSCY SCLK Output mode/ input rising mode SCLK (Input falling mode) tOSS Output data TXD 0 tSRD Input data RXD 0 Valid tRDS tHSR 1 Valid 2 Valid 3 Valid tOHS 1 2 3
4.3.6
Interrupt Operation
Parameter Symbol Min
tINTAL tINTAH 4 T + 40 4 T + 40
Variable Max
40 MHz 36 MHz 27 MHz Unit
240 240 262 262 336 336 ns
INT0 to INT5 low width INT0 to INT5 high width
92CA25-372
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25 4.3.7 LCD Controller (SR mode)
Parameter
LCP0 clock period ( = tm) LCP0 high width LCP0 low width Data valid LCP0 falling LCP0 falling Data hold
Symbol Min
tCW tCWH tCWL tDSU tDHD
Variable Max
2T 0.5 tm - 12 0.5 tm - 12 0.5 tm - 20 0.5 tm - 5
40 MHz 36 MHz 27 MHz Unit
100 38 38 30 45 111 43.5 43.5 35.5 50.5 148 62 62 54 69
ns
tCW tCWH LCP0 tDSU LD0 to LD7 tDHD tCWL
LD0 to LD7 output
4.3.8
I2S Timing (I2S, SIO Mode)
Parameter Symbol Min
tCR tHB tLB tSD tHD
Variable Max
T 0.5 tCR - 15 0.5 tCR - 15 0.5 tCR - 15 0.5 tCR - 5
40 MHz 36 MHz 27 MHz Unit
50 10 10 10 20 55 12 12 12 22 74 22 22 22 32
I2SCKO clock period I2SCKO high width I2SCKO low width I2SDO, I2SWS setup time I2SDO, I2SWS hold time AC measuring conditions
ns
* Output level: High = 0.7 VCC, Low = 0.3 VCC, CL = 10 pF
tCR tLB I2SCKO tHD I2SDO tSD tHD tHB
I2SWS
92CA25-373
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
4.3.9
SPI control Timing
Parameter Symbol Min
tCR tHB tLB tSD tHD 0.5S -6 0.5S -13 0.5S -18 0.5S -21 0.5S -10 0S + 5 0S + 5
Variable Max
20 6 6
40 MHz 36 MHz 27 MHz Unit
20 6 6 19 12 7 4 15 5 5 18 6 6 21 14 9 6 17 5 5 13.5 6 6 31 24 19 16 27 5 5 ns MHz
SPCLK frequency (=1/S) SPCLK rising time SPCLK falling time SPCLK Low pulse width SPCLK High pulse width Output data valid SPCLK rise Output data valid SPCLK fall SPCLK rise Output data hold Input data valid SPCLK rise SPCLK rise Input data hold AC measuring conditions
* Output level: High = 0.7 VCC, Low = 0.3 VCC, CL = 25 pF * Input level: High = 0.9 VCC, Low = 0.1 VCC
fPP SPCLK output
(When SPIMD = "11") 0.7VCC 0.2VCC
tf
tWL
tWH
SPCLK output
(When SPIMD = "00")
tr
tODS SPDO output tIDS SPDI intput
tODH
tIDH
92CA25-374
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
4.3.10 External bus release function
Variable Parameter
Floating time until BUSRQ falling Floating time until BUSAK rising
Symbol Min
tABA
tBAA
40 MHz Max
30
30
36 MHz
0
0
27 MHz
0
0
Unit
MHz
ns
0
0
0
0
30
30
30
30
30
30
BUSRQ
BUSAK tBAA Release pin tABA (Note)
Note: This line show only that output buffer is OFF. This line does not show that signal level is middle.
92CA25-375
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
4.4
AD Conversion Characteristics
Parameter Symbol
VREFH VREFL AVCC AVSS AVIN
Min
VCC - 0.2 VSS VCC VSS VREFL
Typ.
VCC VSS VCC VSS
Max
VCC VSS + 0.2 VCC VSS VREFH
Unit
Analog reference voltage (+) Analog reference voltage (-) AD converter power supply voltage AD converter ground Analog input voltage Analog current for analog reference voltage = 1 Analog current for analog reference voltage = 0 Total error (Quantize error of 0.5 LSB is included.)
V
0.8 IREF 0.02 ET
1.0
1.35 5.0
4.0
mA
A
LSB
Note 1: 1LSB = (VREFH - VREFL) / 1024 [V] Note 2: Minimum frequency for operation AD converter operation is guaranteed only when using fc (high-frequency oscillator). fs is not guaranteed. However, operation is guaranteed if the clock frequency selected by the clock gear is over 4MHz. Note 3: The value for Icc includes the current which flows through the AVCC pin.
92CA25-376
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
4.5
Recommended Oscillation Circuit
The TMP92CA25 has been evaluated by the oscillator vender below. Use this information when selecting external parts. Note: The total load value of the oscillator is the sum of external loads (C1 and C2) and the floating load of the actual assembled board. There is a possibility of operating error when using C1 and C2 values in the table below. When designing the board, design the minimum length pattern around the oscillator. We also recommend that oscillator evaluation be carried out using the actual board.
(1) Connection example
X1 Rf Rd Rd X2 XT1 XT2
C1
C2
C1
C2
High-frequency oscillator
Low-frequency oscillator
(2) Recommended ceramic oscillator: Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
Oscillation MCU Frequency [MHZ] 6.00
TMP92CA25FG
Parameter of elements Oscillator Product Number CSTCR6M00G55-R0 CSTCE10M0G55-R0 CSTCE20M0V53-R0 C1 [pF] (39) (33) (15) C2 [pF] (39) (33) (15) Open 0 Rf [] Rd []
Running Condition Voltage of Power [V] 2.7 3.6 Ta [C]
10.00 20.00
-20 +80
Note 1: The figure in parentheses ( ) under C1 and C2 is the built-in condenser type. Note 2: The product numbers and specifications of the oscillators made by Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. are subject to change. For up-to-date information, please refer to the following URL: http://www.murata.co.jp
92CA25-377
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
5.
Table of Special function registers (SFRs)
The SFRs include the I/O ports and peripheral control registers allocated to the 4-Kbyte address space from 000000H to 001FFFH.
(1) I/O Port (2) Interrupt control (3) Memory controller (4) MMU (5) Clock gear, PLL (6) LCD controller (7) Touch screen I/F (8) SDRAM controller (9) 8-bit timer (10) 16-bit timer
(11) UART/serial channel (12) SBI (13) SPI controller (14) AD converter (15) Watchdog timer (16) RTC (Real time clock) (17) Melody/alarm generator (18) NAND flash controller (19) I2S
Table layout Symbol Name Address 7 6 1 0
Bit symbol Read/Write Initial value after reset Remarks
Note: "Prohibit RMW" in the table means that you cannot use RMW instructions on these register. Example: When setting bit0 only of the register PxCR, the instruction "SET 0, (PxCR)" cannot be used. The LD (transfer) instruction must be used to write all eight bits.
Read/Write R/W: R: W: W*: Prohibit RMW: Both read and write are possible. Only read is possible. Only write is possible. Both read and write are possible (when this bit is read as "1".) Read-modify-write instructions are prohibited. (The EX, ADD, ADC, BUS, SBC, INC, DEC, AND, OR, XOR, STCF, RES, SET, CHG, TSET, RLC, RRC, RL, RR, SLA, SRA, SLL, SRL, RLD and RRD instruction are read-modify-write instructions.) Read-modify-write is prohibited when controlling the pull-up resistor.
R/W*:
92CA25-378
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
Table 5.1 I/O Register Address Map [1] Port Address
0000H 1H 2H 3H 4H P1 5H 6H P1CR 7H P1FC 8H 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
Name
Address
0010H 1H 2H 3H 4H 5H 6H 7H 8H P6 9H
Name
Address
0020H P8
Name
Address
0030H PC 1H
Name
1H P8FC2 2H 3H P8FC 4H P9 5H P9FC2 6H P9CR 7H P9FC 8H PA 9H AH BH PAFC CH DH EH FH
2H PCCR 3H PCFC 4H 5H 6H 7H 8H 9H AH BH CH PF DH PFFC2 EH PFCR FH PFFC
AH P6CR BH P6FC CH P7 DH EH P7CR FH P7FC
Address
0040H PG 1H 2H 3H 4H 5H 6H 7H 8H 9H AH BH CH PJ DH
Name
Address
0050H PK 1H
Name
Address
0080H
Name
Address
1H 2H
Name
0090H PGDR
1H P1DR 2H 3H 4H P4DR 5H P5DR 6H P6DR 7H P7DR 8H P8DR 9H P9DR AH PADR BH CH PCDR DH EH FH PFDR
2H PKCR 3H PKFC 4H PL 5H 6H PLCR 7H PLFC 8H PM 9H AH BH PMFC CH PN DH EH PNCR FH PNFC
3H PJDR 4H PKDR 5H PLDR 6H PMDR 7H PNDR 8H 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
EH PJCR FH PJFC
Note: Do not access un-named addresses.
92CA25-379
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
[2] INTC Address Name Address Name Address Name Address Name
00D0H INTE12 1H INTE34 2H 3H 4H INTETA01 5H INTETA23 6H 7H 8H INTETB01 9H AH INTETBO0 BH INTES0 CH DH EH FH 00E0H INTESPI 1H INTESBI 2H Reserved 3H Reserved 4H Reserved 5H INTALM01 6H INTALM23 7H INTALM4 8H INTERTC 9H INTEKEY AH INTELCD BH INTE5I2S CH INTEND01 DH Reserved EH INTEP0 FH Reserved 00F0H INTE0AD 1H INTETC01 2H INTETC23 3H INTETC45 4H INTETC67 5H SIMC 6H IIMC 7H INTWDT 8H INTCLR 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH 0100H DMA0V 1H DMA1V 2H DMA2V 3H DMA3V 4H DMA4V 5H DMA5V 6H DMA6V 7H DMA7V 8H DMAB 9H DMAR AH Reserved BH CH DH EH FH
[3] MEMC Address Name Address
0150H 1H 2H 3H 4H 5H 6H 7H 8H BEXCSL 9H BEXCSH AH BH CH DH EH FH
[4] MMU Name Address
0160H 1H 2H 3H 4H 5H 6H PMEMCR 7H 8H MEMCR0 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
Name
Address
Name
0140H B0CSL 1H B0CSH 2H MAMR0 3H MSAR0 4H B1CSL 5H B1CSH 6H MAMR1 7H MSAR1 8H B2CSL 9H B2CSH AH MAMR2 BH MSAR2 CH B3CSL DH B3CSH EH MAMR3 FH MSAR3
01D0H LOCALPX 1H LOCALPY 2H 3H LOCALPZ 4H LOCALLX 5H LOCALLY 6H 7H LOCALLZ 8H LOCALRX 9H LOCALRY AH BH LOCALRZ CH LOCALWX DH LOCALWY EH FH LOCALWZ
Note: Do not access un-named addresses.
92CA25-380
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
[5] CGEAR, PLL Address Name
10E0H SYSCR0 1H SYSCR1 2H SYSCR2 3H EMCCR0 4H EMCCR1 5H EMCCR2 6H Reserved 7H 8H PLLCR0 9H PLLCR1 AH BH CH DH EH FH
[6] LCDC Address Name Address Name
0840H LCDMODE0 1H LCDFFP 2H LCDDVM 3H LCDSIZE 4H LCDCTL0 5H 6H LCDSCC 7H 8H 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH 0850H LSARAL 1H LSARAM 2H LSARAH 3H CMNAL 4H CMNAH 5H 6H LSARBL 7H LSARBM 8H LSARBH 9H CMNBL AH CMNBH BH CH LSARCL DH LSARCM EH LSARCH FH
Note: Do not access un-named addresses.
92CA25-381
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
[7] TSI Address Name
01F0H TSICR0 1H TSICR1 2H 3H 4H 5H 6H 7H 8H 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
[8] SDRAMC Address Name
0250H SDACR1 1H SDACR2 2H SDRCR 3H SDCMM 4H 5H 6H 7H 8H 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
[9] 8-bit timer Address
1H 2H TA0REG 3H TA1REG 4H TA01MOD 5H TA01FFCR 6H 7H 8H TA23RUN 9H AH TA2REG BH TA3REG CH TA23MOD DH TA3FFCR EH FH
[10] 16-bit timer Address
1H 2H TB0MOD 3H TB0FFCR 4H 5H 6H 7H 8H TB0RG0L 9H TB0RG0H AH TB0RG1L BH TB0RG1H CH TB0CP0L DH TB0CP0H EH TB0CP1L FH TB0CP1H
Name
Name
1100H TA01RUN
1180H TB0RUN
[11] SIO Address Name
1200H SC0BUF 1H SC0CR 2H SC0MOD0 3H BR0CR 4H BR0ADD 5H SC0MOD1 6H 7H 8H 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
[12] SBI Address Name
1240H SBI0CR1 1H SBI0DBR 2H I2C0AR 3H SBI0CR2/SBI0SR 4H SBI0BR0 5H SBI0BR1 6H 7H 8H 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
Note: Do not access un-named addresses.
92CA25-382
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
[13] SPI controller
Address Name Address Name
0820H SPIMD 1H SPIMD 2H SPICT 3H SPICT 4H SPIST 5H SPIST 6H SPICR 7H SPICR 8H SPIIS 9H SPIIS AH SPIWE BH SPIWE CH SPIIE DH SPIIE EH SPIIR FH SPIIR 0830H SPITD 1H SPITD 2H SPIRD 3H SPIRD 4H SPITS 5H SPITS 6H SPIRS 7H SPIRS 8H 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
Note: Do not access un-named addresses.
92CA25-383
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
[14] 10-bit ADC Address Name Address
12B0H 1H 2H 3H 4H 5H 6H 7H 8H ADMOD0 9H ADMOD1 AH ADMOD2 BH Reserved CH DH EH FH
[15] WDT Name Address Name
1300H WDMOD 1H WDCR 2H 3H 4H 5H 6H 7H 8H 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
12A0H ADREG0L 1H ADREG0H 2H ADREG1L 3H ADREG1H 4H ADREG2L 5H ADREG2H 6H ADREG3L 7H ADREG3H 8H Reserved 9H Reserved AH Reserved BH Reserved CH Reserved DH Reserved EH Reserved FH Reserved
[16] RTC Address Name
1320H SECR 1H MINR 2H HOURR 3H DAYR 4H DATER 5H MONTHR 6H YEARR 7H PAGER 8H RESTR 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
[17] MLD Address Name
1330H ALM 1H MELALMC 2H MELFL 3H MELFH 4H ALMINT 5H 6H 7H 8H 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
Note: Do not access un-named addresses.
92CA25-384
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
[18] NAND flash controller Address
1CC0H 1H 2H 3H 4H ND0FMCR 5H 6H 7H 8H ND0FSR 9H AH BH CH ND0FISR DH EH FH
Name
Address
1H 2H 3H
Name
Address
1CE0H 1H 2H 3H
Name
Address
1H 2H 3H
Name
1CD0H ND0FIMR
1CF0H ND1FIMR
4H ND0FSPR 5H 6H 7H 8H ND0FRSTR 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
4H ND1FMCR 5H 6H 7H 8H ND1FSR 9H AH BH CH ND1FISR DH EH FH
4H ND1FSPR 5H 6H 7H 8H ND1FRSTR 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
Address
to 1EFFH
Name
ND1FDTR
Address
to 1CB5H
Name
ND1ECCRD
Address
1H 2H 3H 4H 5H 6H 7H 8H 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
Name
1D00H ND0FDTR,
1CB0H ND0ECCRD
01C0H NDCR
Note: Do not access un-named addresses.
92CA25-385
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
[19] I2S Address
1H 2H 3H 4H 5H 6H 7H 8H I2SBUFL 9H AH BH CH DH EH I2SCTL0 FH I2SCTL0
Name
0800H I2SBUFR
Note: Do not access un-named addresses.
92CA25-386
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(1) I/O ports (1/7) Symbol
P1
Name
Port 1
Address
0004H
7
P17
6
P16
5
P15
4
P14
3
P13
2
P12
1
P11
0
P10
P6
Port 6
0018H
P7
Port 7
001CH
P8
Port 8
0020H
P9
Port 9
0024H
PA
Port A
0028H
PC
Port C
0030H
PF
Port F
003CH
R/W Data from external port (Output latch register is cleared to "0") P67 P66 P65 P64 P63 P62 P61 P60 R/W Data from external port (Output latch register is cleared to "0") P76 P75 P74 P73 P72 P71 P70 R/W Data from external port Data from external port Data from external port (Output latch register is (Output latch register is (Output latch register is 1 set to "1") cleared to "0") set to "1") P87 P86 P85 P84 P83 P82 P81 P80 R/W 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 P97 P96 P95 P94 P93 P92 P91 P90 R/W R Data from 0 Data from external port (Output latch register is set to "1") external port PA7 PA6 PA5 PA4 PA3 PA2 PA1 PA0 R Data from external port PC7 PC6 PC5 PC4 PC3 PC2 PC1 PC0 R/W Data from external port (Output latch register is set to "1") PF7 PF6 PF5 PF4 PF3 PF2 PF1 PF0 R/W Data from external port (Output latch register is set to "1") PG3 PG2 PG1 R Data from external port PJ7 PJ6 PJ5 PJ4 PJ3 PJ2 PJ1 R/W Data from external port 1 1 1 1 1 (Output latch register is set to "1") PK7 PK6 PK5 PK4 PK3 PK2 PK1 R/W Data from external port 0 0 0 (Output latch register is cleared to "0") PL7 PL6 PL5 PL4 PL3 PL2 PL1 R/W Data from external port 0 0 0 (Output latch register is cleared to "0") PM2 PM1 R/W 1 1 PN7 PN6 PN5 PN4 PN3 PN2 PN1 R/W Data from external port (Output latch register is set to "1") 1 PG0
PG
Port G
0040H
PJ0
PJ
Port J
004CH
1 PK0 0 PL0 0
PK
Port K
0050H
PL
Port L
0054H
PM
Port M
0058H
PN0
PN
Port N
005CH
92CA25-387
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(1) I/O ports (2/7) Symbol
P1CR
Name
Port 1 control register
Address
0006H (Prohibit RMW)
7
P17C 0
6
P16C 0
5
P15C 0
4
P14C W 0 0: Input
3
P13C 0 1: Output
2
P12C 0
1
P11C 0
0
P10C 0 P1F W 0/1
0:Port 1:Data bus (D8 to D15)
P1FC
Port 1 function register
0007H (Prohibit RMW)
P6CR
Port 6 control register
001AH (Prohibit RMW)
P67C 0 P67F
P66C 0 P66F 1 P76C 0 P76F
P65C 0 P65F 1 0: Port P75C 0 P75F 0
0: Port 1: NDR/ B at =1, R/ W
P64C W 0 0: Input P64F W 1
P63C 0 1: Output P63F 1
P62C 0 P62F 1
P61C 0 P61F 1 P71C 0 P71F 0
0: Port 1: NDRE at=0, WRLL at=1
P60C 0 P60F 1
P6FC
Port 6 function register
001BH (Prohibit RMW)
1
P7CR
Port 7 control register
001EH (Prohibit RMW)
P7FC
Port 7 function register
001FH (Prohibit RMW)
0
0: Port 1: WAIT
1: Address bus (A16 to A23) P75C P74C P72C W 0 0 0 0: Input 1: Output P74F P73F P72F W 0 0 0
0: Port 1: EA25 0: Port 1: EA24 0: Port 1: NDWE at=0, WRLU at=1
P70F 1
0: Port 1: RD
P87F P8FC Port 8 function register 0023H (Prohibit RMW) 0
0: Port 1: CSZE
P86F 0
0: Port 1: CSZD
P85F 0
0: Port 1: CSZC , ND1CE
P84F W 0
0: Port 1: CSZB , ND0CE
P83F 0
0: Port 1: CS3
P82F 0
0: Port, CSZA 1: CS2
P81F 0
0: Port 1: CS1
P80F 0
0: Port 1: CS0
P87F2 P8FC2 Port 8 function register2 0021H (Prohibit RMW) 0
0: 1:Reserved
P86F2 0
0: 1: Reserved
P85F2 0
0: Port, CSZC 1: ND1CE
P84F2 W 0
0: Port, CSZB 1: ND0CE
- 0
P82F2 0
P81F2 0
0: 1: SDCS
- 0
Always write "0"
Always write 0: Port CS2 "0" 1: CSZA
92CA25-388
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(1) I/O ports (3/7) Symbol Name Address 7 6 5
P95C 0 P9CR Port 9 control register 0026H (Prohibit RMW)
0: Port 1: CLK32KO
4
P94C 0
0: Port 1: Port, SCL
3
P93C W 0
0:Port 1: Port, SDA
2
P92C 0
0:Port, SCLK0, CTS0 I2SWS 1:Port, SCLK0
1
P91C 0
0: Port, RXD0 I2SDO 1: Port
0
P90C 0
0:Port, I2SCKO 1: Port, TXD0
P97F Port 9 function register 0027H (Prohibit RMW) 0
0: Port 1: INT5
P96F 0
0: Port 1: INT4
P95F 0
0:Port, CLK32KO 1: Reserved
P94F W 0
0: Port 1: SCL
P93F 0
0: Port 1: SDA
P92F 0
0: Port, SCLK0, CTS0 1: I2SWS, SCLK0
P91F 0
0: Port, RXD0 1: I2SDO
P90F 0
0: Port 1: I2SCKO, TXD0
P9FC
P94F2 P9FC2 Port 9 function register2 0025H (Prohibit RMW) W 0
0: CMOS 1: Open drain
P93F2 0
0: CMOS 1: Open drain
P90FC2 W 0
0: CMOS 1: Open drain
PAFC
Port A function register Port C control register
002BH (Prohibit RMW) 0032H (Prohibit RMW)
PA7F 0 PC7C 0 PC7F 0
PA6F 0 PC6C 0 PC6F 0
0: Port 1:KO8 (Open -Drain) EA24 at = 0
PA5F
PA4F W
PA3F
PA2F
PA1F 0 PC1C 0 PC1F 0
0: Port 1: INT1, TA3OUT
PA0F 0 PC0C 0 PC0F 0
0: Port 1: INT0, TA1OUT
0 0 0: Key-in disable PC5C 0 PC5F 0 PC4C W 0 0: Input PC4F W 0
0 0 1: Key-in enable PC3C 0 1: Output PC3F 0
0: Port 1: INT3
PC2C 0 PC2F 0
0: Port 1: INT2, TB0OUT0
PCCR
PCFC
Port C function register
0033H (Prohibit RMW)
0: Port 1: CSZF , EA25 at = 0
0: Port 0: Port 1:Reserved 1:Reserved
92CA25-389
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(1) I/O ports (4/7) Symbol Name Address 7 6
PF6C 0 Port F control register 003EH (Prohibit RMW)
0: Port 1: Port
5
PF5C 0
0: Port 1: Port
4
PF4C 0
0: Port 1: Port
3
PF3C W 0
0: Port 1: Port
2
PF2C 0
0: Port, SCLK0,
CTS0 ,
1
PF1C 0
0: Port, RXD0 1: Port
0
PF0C 0
0: Port 1: Port, TXD0
PFCR
(From PF2 at = 0) (from P92 at = 1) 1: Port, SCLK0
PF7F 0 PFFC Port F function register 003FH (Prohibit RMW)
0: Port 1: SDCLK
PF6F 0
PF5F 0
PF4F W 0
0: Port 1:Reserved
PF3F 0
PF2F 0
PF1F 0
0: Port RXD0 (from PF1 pin) 1: RXD0 (from P91 pin)
PF0F 0
0: Port 1: TXD0
0: Port 0: Port 1: Reserved 1:Reserved
0: Port 0: Port, 1:Reserved SCLK0, CTS0
(from PF2 at =0) (from P92 at =1) 1:SCLK0
- W PFFC2 Port F function register2 003DH (Prohibit RMW) 0
Always write "0"
- W 0
Always write "0"
PF0F2 W 0
Output buffer 0: CMOS 1: Open-drain
PJCR
Port J control register
004EH (Prohibit RMW) PJ7F
PJ6C W 0 PJ6F 0
PJ5C 0 PJ5F 0 PJ4F W 0 PJ3F 0 PJ2F 0 PJ1F 0 PJ0F 0
0:Input 1: Output
PJFC
Port J function register
004FH (Prohibit RMW)
0
0: Port 1: SDCKE at =1
0: Port 0: Port 0: Port 1: NDCLE at 1: NDALE at 1: =0 =0 SDLUDQM at =1
0: Port 0: Port 1: SDWE , 1: SDLLDQM SDWR at =1
0: Port 0: Port 1: SDCAS , 1: SDRAS , SRLUB SRLLB
PK7C Port K PKCR Control Register 0052H (Prohibit RMW) 0 PK7F PKFC Port K function register 0053H (Prohibit RMW) 0
0: Port 1: SPCLK
PK7C W 0 0:Input PK6F 0
0: Port 1: SPCS
PK7C 0 1: Output PK5F 0
0: Port 1: SPDO
PK7C 0 PK4F 0
0: Port 1: SPDI
PK3F 0
0: Port 1: LBCD
PK2F W 0
0: Port 1: LFR
PK1F 0
0: Port 1: LLP
PK0F 0
0: Port 1: LCP0
92CA25-390
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(1) I/O ports (5/7) Symbol
PLCR
Name
Port L control register
Address
0056H (Prohibit RMW)
7
PL7C 0 PL7F
6
PL6C W 0 PL6F 0 0: Port 1: LD6, BUSRQ
5
PL5C 0 PL5F 0 0: Port 1: LD5
4
PL4C 0 PL4F W 0 0: Port 1: LD4
3
2
1
0
0: Input 1: Output PL3F 0 0: Port PL2F 0 PL1F 0 PL0F 0
PLFC
Port L function register
0057H (Prohibit RMW)
0 0: Port 1: LD7, BUSAK
1: Data bus for LCDC (LD3 to LD0) PM2F PM1F W 0
0: Port 1: ALARM
MLDALM
PMFC
Port M function register
005BH (Prohibit RMW)
0
0: Port 1: MLDALM output
Port N PNCR Control Register
005EH (Prohibit RMW)
PN7C 0 PN7F
PN6C 0 PN6F 0
PN5C 0 PN5F 0
PN4C W 0 PN4F W 0
PN3C 0 PN3F 0
PN2C 0 PN2F 0
PN1C 0 PN1F 0
PN0C 0 PN0F 0
0:Input 1: Output Port N PNFC Function Register 005FH (Prohibit RMW) 0
0: CMOS output 1: Open drain output
92CA25-391
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(1) I/O ports (6/7) Symbol
P1DR
Name
Port 1 drive register
Address
0081H
7
P17D 1 P47D
6
P16D 1 P46D 1 P56D 1 P66D 1 P76D
5
P15D 1
4
P14D R/W 1
3
P13D 1
2
P12D 1
1
P11D 1
0
P10D 1 P40D 1 P50D 1 P60D 1 P70D 1 P80D 1 P90D 1 PA0D 1 PC0D 1 PF0D 1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode P45D P44D P43D P42D P41D R/W 1 1 1 1 1
P4DR
Port 4 drive register
0084H 1 P57D
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode P55D P54D P53D P52D P51D R/W 1 1 1 1 1
P5DR
Port 5 drive register
0085H 1 P67D
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode P65D P64D P63D P62D P61D R/W 1 P75D 1 P85D 1 P95D 1 1 P74D 1 P84D R/W 1 P94D R/W 1 1 P73D R/W 1 P83D 1 P93D 1 1 P72D 1 P82D 1 P92D 1 1 P71D 1 P81D 1 P91D 1
P6DR
Port 6 drive register
0086H
1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode Port 7 drive register
P7DR
0087H
1 P87D P86D 1 P96D 1 PA6D 1 PC6D 1 PF6D 1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode Port 8 drive register
P8DR
0088H
1 P97D
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode Port 9 drive register
P9DR
0089H 1 PA7D
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode PA5D PA4D PA3D PA2D PA1D R/W 1 1 1 1 1
PADR
Port A drive register
008AH 1 PC7D
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode PC5D PC4D PC3D PC2D PC1D R/W 1 PF5D 1 1 PF4D R/W 1 1 PF3D 1 PG3D 1 PF2D 1 PG2D R/W 1 1 PF1D 1
PCDR
Port C drive register
008CH
1 PF7D
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode Port F drive register
PFDR
008FH
1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode
PGDR
Port G drive register
0090H
1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode
92CA25-392
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(1) I/O ports (7/7) Symbol
PJDR
Name
Port J drive register
Address
0093H
7
PJ7D 1 PK7D
6
PJ6D 1 PK6D 1
5
PJ5D 1 PK5D 1
4
PJ4D R/W 1 PK4D R/W 1
3
PJ3D 1 PK3D 1
2
PJ2D 1 PK2D 1
1
PJ1D 1 PK1D 1
0
PJ0D 1 PK0D 1 PL0D 1
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode Port K drive register
PKDR
0094H 1 PL7D 0095H 1
PLDR
Port L drive register
PMDR
Port M drive register
Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode PL6D PL5D PL4D PL3D PL2D PL1D R/W 1 1 1 1 1 1 Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode PM2D PM1D R/W 1 1 Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode
0096H
PNDR
Port N drive register
PN7D 0097H 1
PN6D 1
PN5D
PN4D R/W
PN3D
PN2D
PN1D 1
PN0D 1
1 1 1 1 Input/Output buffer drive register for standby mode
92CA25-393
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) Interrupt control (1/4) Symbol
INTE12
Name
INT1 & INT2 enable
Address
00D0H
7
I2C R 0 I4C R 0 ITA1C R 0 ITA3C R 0 ITB1C R 0 - -
6
INT2 I2M2 0 INT4 I4M2
5
I2M1 R/W 0
4
I2M0 0 I4M0 0 ITA1M0 0 ITA3M0 0 ITB1M0 0 -
3
I1C R 0 I3C R 0 ITA0C R 0 ITA2C R 0 ITB0C R 0 ITBO0C R 0 IRX0C R 0 - -
2
INT1 I1M2 0 INT3 I3M2
1
I1M1 R/W 0
0
I1M0 0 I3M0 0 ITA0M0 0 ITA2M0 0 ITB0M0 0 ITBO0M0 0 IRX0M0 0 -
INTE34
INT3 & INT4 enable
00D1H
INTETA01
INTTA0 & INTTA1 enable INTTA2 & INTTA3 enable INTTB0 & INTTB1 enable INTTBO0 (Overflow) enable INTRX0 & INTTX0 enable
00D4H
INTETA23
00D5H
INTETB01
00D8H
I4M1 R/W 0 0 INTTA1 (TMRA1) ITA1M2 ITA1M1 R/W 0 0 INTTA3 (TMRA3) ITA3M2 ITA3M1 R/W 0 0 INTTB1 (TMRB1) ITB1M2 ITB1M1 R/W 0 0 - - - Always write "0" INTTX0 ITX0M2 ITX0M1 R/W 0 0 INTSPI ISPIM2 0 - - ISPIM1 R/W 0 -
I3M1 R/W 0 0 INTTA0 (TMRA0) ITA0M2 ITA0M1 R/W 0 0 INTTA2 (TMRA2) ITA2M2 ITA2M1 R/W 0 0 INTTB0 (TMRB0) ITB0M2 ITB0M1 R/W 0 0 INTTBO0 (TMRB0) ITBO0M2 ITBO0M1 R/W 0 0 INTRX0 IRX0M2 IRX0M1 R/W 0 0 - - - Always write "0" INTSBI ISBIM2 0 IA0M2 0 IA2M2 0 ISBIM1 R/W 0 IA0M1 R/W 0 INTALM2 IA2M1 R/W 0 -
INTETBO0
00DAH
INTES0
00DBH
ITX0C R 0 ISPIC R 0 - -
ITX0M0 0 ISPIM0 0 -
INTESPI
INTSPI enable
00E0H
INTESBI
INTSBI enable
00E1H
- - Always write "0" INTALM1 IA1M2 0 IA3M2 0 IA1M1 R/W 0 INTALM3 IA3M1 R/W 0
ISBIC R 0 IA0C R 0 IA2C R 0
ISBIM0 0 IA0M0 0 IA2M0 0
INTALM0 IA1M0 0 IA3M0 0
INTEALM01
INTALM0 & INTALM1 enable
00E5H
IA1C R 0 IA3C R 0
INTEALM23
INTALM2 & INTALM3 enable
00E6H
92CA25-394
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) Interrupt control (2/4) Symbol
INTEALM4
Name
INTALM4 enable
Address
00E7H
7
- -
6
- -
5
4
-
3
IA4C R 0 IRC R 0 IKC R 0 ILCD1C R 0 I5C R 0 IN0C R 0 IP0C R 0
2
1
0
IA4M0 0 IRM0 0 IKM0 0 ILCDM0 0 I5M0 0 IN0M0 0 IP0M0 0
- - Always write "0" - - - Always write "0" - - - Always write "0" - - - Always write "0" INTI2S II2SM2 II2SM1 R/W 0 0 INTNDF1 IN1M2 IN1M1 R/W 0 0 - - - - Always write "0" - - -
INTALM4 IA4M2 IA4M1 R/W 0 0 INTRTC IRM2 IRM1 R/W 0 0 INTKEY IKM2 IKM1 R/W 0 0 INTLCD ILCDM2 ILCDM1 R/W 0 0 INT5 I5M1 R/W 0 0 INTNDF0 IN0M2 IN0M1 R/W 0 0 INTP0 IP0M2 IP0M1 R/W 0 0 I5M2
INTERTC
INTRTC enable
00E8H
- -
-
INTEKEY
INTKEY enable
00E9H
- -
-
INTELCD
INTLCD enable
00EAH
- -
-
INTE5I2S
INT5 & INTI2S enable INTNDF0 & INTNDF1 enable
00EBH
II2SC R 0 IN1C R 0 - -
II2SM0 0 IN1M0 0 -
INTEND01
00ECH
INTEP0
INTP0 enable
00EEH
92CA25-395
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) Interrupt control (3/4) Symbol
INTE0AD
Name
INT0 & INTAD enable INTTC0 & INTTC1 enable INTTC2 & INTTC3 enable INTTC4 & INTTC5 enable INTTC6 & INTTC7 enable
Address
00F0H
7
IADC R 0 ITC1C R 0 ITC3C R 0 ITC5C R 0 ITC7C R 0 - W 0 Always write "0".
6
5
4
IADM0 0 ITC1M0 0 ITC3M0 0 ITC5M0 0 ITC7M0 0
3
I0C R 0 ITC0C R 0 ITC2C R 0 ITC4C R 0 ITC6C R 0
2
INT0 I0M2
1
0
I0M0 0 ITC0M0 0 ITC2M0 0 ITC4M0 0 ITC6M0 0 IR0LE W 1 0: INTRX0 edge mode 1: INTRX0 level mode - R/W 0 Always write "0".
INTETC01
00F1H
INTETC23
00F2H
INTAD IADM2 IADM1 R/W 0 0 INTTC1 (DMA1) ITC1M2 ITC1M1 R/W 0 0 INTTC3 (DMA3) ITC3M2 ITC3M1 R/W 0 0 INTTC5 (DMA5) ITC5M2 ITC5M1 R/W 0 0 INTTC7 (DMA7) ITC7M2 ITC7M1 R/W 0 0
I0M1 R/W 0 0 INTTC0 (DMA0) ITC0M2 ITC0M1 R/W 0 0 INTTC2 (DMA2) ITC2M2 ITC2M1 R/W 0 0 INTTC4 (DMA4) ITC4M2 ITC4M1 R/W 0 0 INTTC6 (DMA6) ITC6M2 ITC6M1 R/W 0 0 - 1 Always write "1".
INTETC45
00F3H
INTETC67
00F4H
SIMC
SIO interrupt mode control
00F5H (Prohibit RMW)
I5EDGE 0 INT5 edge 0: Rising 1: Falling
I4EDGE 0 INT4 edge 0: Rising 1: Falling
I3EDGE 0 INT3 edge 0: Rising 1: Falling
IIMC
Interrupt input mode control
00F6H (Prohibit RMW)
I2EDGE W 0 INT2 edge 0: Rising 1: Falling
I1EDGE 0 INT1 edge 0: Rising 1: Falling
I0EDGE 0 INT0 edge 0: Rising 1: Falling
I0LE 0 0: INT0 edge mode 1:INT0 level mode - - CLRV1 0
- INTWDT INTWD enable 00F7H - - CLRV7 0 - - Always write "0" CLRV6 0 CLRV5 0 - - ITCWD R 0 CLRV3 W 0 0 Interrupt vector 0 - -
INTWD - - CLRV0 0
INTCLR
Interrupt clear control
00F8H (Prohibit RMW)
CLRV4
CLRV2
92CA25-396
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(2) Interrupt control (4/4) Symbol
DMA0V
Name
DMA0 start vector
Address
0100H
7
6
5
DMA0V5 0 DMA1V5
4
DMA0V4 0 DMA1V4 0 DMA2V4
3
2
1
DMA0V1 0 DMA1V1 0 DMA2V1 0 DMA3V1 0 DMA4V1 0 DMA5V1 0 DMA6V1 0 DMA7V1 0 DBST1 0 DREQ1 0
0
DMA0V0 0 DMA1V0 0 DMA2V0 0 DMA3V0 0 DMA4V0 0 DMA5V0 0 DMA6V0 0 DMA7V0 0 DBST0 0 DREQ0 0
DMA0V3 DMA0V2 R/W 0 0 DMA0 start vector DMA1V3 DMA1V2 R/W 0 0 DMA1 start vector
DMA1V
DMA1 start vector
0101H
0 DMA2V5
DMA2V
DMA2 start vector
0102H
DMA3V
DMA3 start vector
0103H
DMA4V
DMA4 start vector
0104H
DMA5V
DMA5 start vector
0105H
DMA6V
DMA6 start vector
0106H
DMA7V
DMA7 start vector
0107H
DBST7 DMAB DMA burst 0108H 0 DREQ7 0
DBST6 0 DREQ6 0
DMAR
DMA request
0109H (Prohibit RMW)
DMA2V3 DMA2V2 R/W 0 0 0 0 DMA2 start vector DMA3V5 DMA3V4 DMA3V3 DMA3V2 R/W 0 0 0 0 DMA3 start vector DMA4V5 DMA4V4 DMA4V3 DMA4V2 R/W 0 0 0 0 DMA4 start vector DMA5V5 DMA5V4 DMA5V3 DMA5V2 R/W 0 0 0 0 DMA5 start vector DMA6V5 DMA6V4 DMA6V3 DMA6V2 R/W 0 0 0 0 DMA6 start vector DMA7V5 DMA7V4 DMA7V3 DMA7V2 R/W 0 0 0 0 DMA7 start vector DBST5 DBST4 DBST3 DBST2 R/W 0 0 0 0 1: DMA request on burst mode DREQ5 DREQ4 DREQ3 DREQ2 R/W 0 0 0 0 1: DMA request in software
92CA25-397
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) Memory controller (1/3) Symbol Name Address 7 6
B0WW2 BLOCK0 CS/WAIT control register low 0140H (Prohibit RMW)
5
B0WW1 W 1
4
B0WW0
3
2
B0WR2
1
B0WR1 W 1
0
B0WR0
B0CSL
B0E BLOCK0 CS/WAIT control register high 0141H (Prohibit RMW)
0 0 Write waits 001: 0 waits 010: 1 wait 101: 2 waits 110: 3 waits 011: (1+ N) waits 111: 4 waits Others: Reserved - - B0REC W 0 Always write "0". 0 Dummy cycle 0:No insert 1: Insert B1WW0
B0OM1
0 0 Read waits 001: 0 waits 010: 1 wait 101: 2 waits 110: 3 waits 011: (1+ N) waits 111: 4 waits Others: Reserved B0OM0 B0BUS1 B0BUS0 0/1 0/1 Data bus width 00: 8 bits 01: 16 bits 10: 32 bits 11: Reserved B1WR1 B1WR0 W 1 0
B0CSH
0 0 CS select Always 0: Disable write "0". 1: Enable
0 0 00: ROM/SRAM 01: Reserved 10: Reserved 11: Reserved B1WR2
B1WW2 BLOCK1 CS/WAIT control register low 0144H (Prohibit RMW)
B1CSL
B1E BLOCK1 CS/WAIT control register high 0145H (Prohibit RMW)
0 0 Write waits 001: 0 waits 010: 1 wait 101: 2 waits 110: 3 waits 011: (1+ N) waits 111: 4 waits Others: Reserved - - B1REC W 0 Always write "0". 0 Dummy cycle 0:No insert 1: Insert B2WW0
B1WW1 W 1
B1OM1
0 Read waits 001: 0 waits 010: 1 wait 101: 2 waits 110: 3 waits 011: (1+ N) waits 111: 4 waits Others: Reserved B1OM0 B1BUS1 B1BUS0 0/1 0/1 Data bus width 00: 8 bits 01: 16 bits 10: 32 bits 11: Reserved B2WR1 B2WR0 W 1 0
B1CSH
0 0 CS select Always 0: Disable write "0". 1: Enable
0 0 00: ROM/SRAM 01: Reserved 10: Reserved 11: SDRAM B2WR2
B2WW2 BLOCK2 CS/WAIT control register low 0148H (Prohibit RMW)
B2CSL
B2E BLOCK2 CS/WAIT control register high 0149H (Prohibit RMW)
0 0 Write waits 001: 0 waits 010: 1 wait 101: 2 waits 110: 3 waits 011: (1+ N) waits 111: 4 waits Others: Reserved B2M - B2REC W 0 Always write "0". 0 Dummy cycle 0:No insert 1: Insert
B2WW1 W 1
B2OM1
0 Read waits 001: 0 waits 010: 1 wait 101: 2 waits 110: 3 waits 011: (1+ N) waits 111: 4 waits Others: Reserved B2OM0 B2BUS1 B2BUS0 0/1 0/1 Data bus width 00: 8 bits 01: 16 bits 10: 32 bits 11: Reserved
B2CSH
1 0 CS select 0: 16 MB 0: Disable 1: Sets 1: Enable area
0 0 00: ROM/SRAM 01: Reserved 10: Reserved 11: SDRAM
92CA25-398
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) Memory controller (2/3) Symbol Name Address 7 6
B3WW2 BLOCK3 CS/WAIT control register low 014CH (Prohibit RMW)
5
B3WW1 W 1
4
B3WW0
3
2
B3WR2
1
B3WR1 W 1
0
B3WR0
B3CSL
B3E BLOCK3 CS/WAIT control register high 014DH (Prohibit RMW)
0 0 Write waits 001: 0 waits 010: 1 wait 101: 2 waits 110: 3 waits 011: (1 + N) waits 111: 4 waits Others: Reserved - - B3REC W 0 Dummy cycle 0:No insert 1: Insert BEXWW2 BEXWW1 BEXWW0 W 0 1 0 Write waits 001: 2 waits 010: 1 wait 101: 2 waits 110: 2 waits 011: (1 + N) waits Others: Reserved 0 Always write "0".
B3OM1
0 0 Read waits 001: 0 waits 010: 1 wait 101: 2 waits 110: 3 waits 011: (1 + N) waits 111: 4 waits Others: Reserved B3OM0 B3BUS1 B3BUS0
B3CSH
0 0 CS select Always 0: Disable write "0". 1: Enable
BEXCSL
BLOCK EX CS/WAIT control register low
0158H (Prohibit RMW)
BEXCSH
BLOCK EX CS/WAIT control register high
0159H (Prohibit RMW)
PMEMCR
Page ROM control register
0166H
0/1 0/1 Data bus width 00: 8 bits 01: 16 bits 10: 32 bits 11: Reserved BEXWR2 BEXWR1 BEXWR0 W 0 1 0 Read waits 001: 2 waits 010: 1 wait 101: 2 waits 110: 2 waits 011: (1 + N) waits Others: Reserved BEXOM1 BEXOM0 BEXBUS1 BEXBUS0 W 0 0 0/1 0/1 00: ROM/SRAM 00: 8 bits 01: Reserved 01: 16 bits 10: Reserved 10: 32 bits 11: Reserved 11: Reserved OPGE OPWR1 OPWR0 PR1 PR0 R/W 0 0 0 1 0 ROM Wait number on page Byte number in a 00: 1 CLK (n-1-1-1 mode) page page 01: 2 CLK (n-2-2-2 mode) 00: 64 bytes access 0: Disable 10: 3 CLK (n-3-3-3 mode) 01: 32 bytes 10: 16 bytes 1: Enable 11: Reserved 11: 8 bytes
0 0 00: ROM/SRAM 01: Reserved 10: Reserved 11: Reserved
92CA25-399
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(3) Memory controller (3/3) Symbol
MAMR0
Name
Memory address mask register 0 Memory start address register 0 Memory address mask register 1 Memory start address register 1 Memory address mask register 2 Memory start address register 2 Memory address mask register 3 Memory start address register 3
Address
0142H
7
M0V20 1 M0S23
6
M0V19 1 M0S22 1 M1V20 1 M1S22 1 M2V21 1 M2S22 1 M3V21 1 M3S22 1
5
M0V18
4
M0V17
3
M0V16
2
M0V15
1
M0V14-9 1 M0S17 1 MV15-9 1 M1S17 1 M2V16 1 M2S17 1 M3V16 1 M3S17 1
0
M0V8 1 M0S16 1 M1V8 1 M1S16 1 M2V15 1 M2S16 1 M3V15 1 M3S16 1
MSAR0
0143H
1 M1V21
MAMR1
0146H
1 M1S23
MSAR1
0147H
1 M2V22
MAMR2
014AH
1 M2S23
MSAR2
014BH
1 M3V22
MAMR3
014EH
1 M3S23
MSAR3
014FH
1
R/W 1 1 1 1 0: Compare enable 1: Compare disable M0S21 M0S20 M0S19 M0S18 R/W 1 1 1 1 Set start address A23 to A16 M1V19 M1V18 M1V17 M1V16 R/W 1 1 1 1 0: Compare enable 1: Compare disable M1S21 M1S20 M1S19 M1S18 R/W 1 1 1 1 Set start address A23 to A16 M2V20 M2V19 M2V18 M2V17 R/W 1 1 1 1 0: Compare enable 1: Compare disable M2S21 M2S20 M2S19 M2S18 R/W 1 1 1 1 Set start address A23 to A16 M3V20 M3V19 M3V18 M3V17 R/W 1 1 1 1 0:Compare enable 1:Compare disable M3S21 M3S20 M3S19 M3S18 R/W 1 1 1 1 Set start address A23 to A16 CSDIS
MEMCR0
Memory control register 0
0168H
RDTMG1 RDTMG0 R/W 0 0 0 0: Disable 00: RD "H" pulse width = 0.5T (Default) 1: Enable 01: RD "H" pulse width = 0.75T 10: RD "H" pulse width =1.0T 11: Reserved
92CA25-400
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(4) MMU Symbol Name
LOCALX register for program
Address
7
LXE R/W
6
5
4
X4 0
3
X3 0
2
X2 R/W 0
1
X1 0
0
X0 0
LOCALPX
01D0H
LOCALPY
LOCALY register for program
0 LOCALX 1: Enable LYE R/W 0 LOCALY 1: Enable LZE R/W 0 LOCALZ 1: Enable LXE R/W 0 LOCALX 1: Enable LYE R/W 0 LOCALY 1: Enable LZE R/W 0 LOCALZ 1: Enable LXE R/W 0 LOCALX 1: Enable LYE R/W 0 LOCALY 1: Enable LZE R/W 0 LOCALZ 1: Enable LXE R/W 0 LOCALX 1: Enable LYE R/W 0 LOCALY 1: Enable LZE R/W 0 LOCALZ 1: Enable
BANK number for LOCALX Setting Y4 0 Y3 0 Y2 R/W 0 Y1 0 Y0 0
01D1H
BANK number for LOCALY Setting Z6 0 Z5 0 Z4 0 Z3 R/W 0 Z2 0 Z1 0 Z0 0
LOCALPZ
LOCALZ register for program
01D3H
BANK number for LOCALZ Setting X4 0 X3 0 X2 R/W 0 X1 0 X0 0
LOCALLX
LOCALX register for LCDC
01D4H
BANK number for LOCALX Setting Y4 0 Y3 0 Y2 R/W 0 Y1 0 Y0 0
LOCALLY
LOCALY register for LCDC
01D5H
BANK number for LOCALY Setting Z6 0 Z5 0 Z4 0 Z3 R/W 0 Z2 0 Z1 0 Z0 0
LOCALLZ
LOCALZ register for LCDC
01D7H
BANK number for LOCALZ Setting X4 0 X3 0 X2 R/W 0 X1 0 X0 0
LOCALRX
LOCALX register for read
01D8H
BANK number for LOCALX Setting Y4 0 Y3 0 Y2 R/W 0 Y1 0 Y0 0
LOCALRY
LOCALY register for read
01D9H
BANK number for LOCALY Setting Z6 0 Z5 0 Z4 0 Z3 R/W 0 Z2 0 Z1 0 Z0 0
LOCALRZ
LOCALZ register for read
01DBH
BANK number for LOCALZ Setting X4 0 X3 0 X2 R/W 0 X1 0 X0 0
LOCALX LOCALWX register for write
01DCH
BANK number for LOCALX Setting Y4 0 Y3 0 Y2 R/W 0 Y1 0 Y0 0
LOCALY LOCALWY register for write
01DDH
BANK number for LOCALY Setting Z6 0 Z5 0 Z4 0 Z3 R/W 0 Z2 0 Z1 0 Z0 0
LOCALWZ
LOCALZ register for write
01DFH
BANK number for LOCALZ Setting
92CA25-401
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(5) Clock gear, PLL Symbol Name
System clock control register 0
Address
7
XEN R/W 1 H-OSC (fc)
0: Stop 1: Oscillation
6
XTEN 1 L-OSC (fs)
0: Stop 1: Oscillation
5
4
3
2
WUEF R/W 0 Warm-up timer
1
0
SYSCR0
10E0H
SYSCK 0 Select system clock 0: fc 1: fs
- R/W 0 Always write "0"
SYSCR1
System clock control register 1
10E1H
SYSCR2
System clock control register 2
10E2H
PROTECT
WUPTM1 WUPTM0 HALTM1 R/W 1 0 1 1 HALT mode Warm-up timer 00: Reserved 00: Reserved 01: 28/Inputted frequency 01: STOP mode 10: 214/Inputted frequency 10: IDLE1 mode 11: 216/Inputted frequency 11: IDLE2 mode EXTIN 0
GEAR2 GEAR1 GEAR0 R/W 1 0 0 Select gear value of high frequency (fc) 000: fc 101: (Reserved) 001: fc/2 110: (Reserved) 010: fc/4 111: (Reserved) 011: fc/8 100: fc/16 HALTM0
DRVOSCH
DRVOSCL
EMCCR0
EMC control register 0
10E3H
R 0 Protect flag 0: OFF 1: ON
1: External clock
R/W 1 High frequency oscillator driver ability
1 Low frequency oscillator driver ability
1: NORMAL 1: NORMAL 0: WEAK 0: WEAK
EMCCR1
EMCCR2
EMC control register 1 EMC control register 2
10E4H
10E5H
Switching the protect ON/OFF by write to following 1st KEY, 2nd KEY 1st KEY: EMCCR1=5AH, EMCCR2=A5H in succession write 2nd KEY: EMCCR1=A5H, EMCCR2=5AH in succession write FCSEL R/W 0 Select fc clock 0: fOSCH 1: fPLL PLLON R/W 0 Control on/off 0: OFF 1: ON LUPFG R 0
Lock up timer status flag
PLLCR0
PLL control register 0
10E8H
PLLCR1
PLL control register 1
10E9H
92CA25-402
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(6) LCD controller (1/2) Symbol Name Address 7 6 5
SCPW1
4
SCPW0
3
LMODE
2
INTMODE
1
LDO1
0
LDO0
RAMTYPE1 RAMTYPE0
R/W 0
LCDMODE0
0
1
0
0
LCDD type 0: SR 1: Built-in RAM type
0
Select interrupt 0: LP 1: BCD
0
0
LCD mode 0 register
0840H
Display RAM 00: Internal SRAM1 01: External SRAM 10: SDRAM 11: Internal SRAM2
LD bus transmission speed 00: Reserved 01: 2 x fSYS 10: 4x fSYS 11: 8x fSYS
LD bus width control 00: 4bit width A_type 01: 4bit width B_type 10: 8bit width type Others: Reserved
LCDFFP
LCD frame frequency register
FP7 0841H 0 FMN7 0283H 0 COM3
FP6 0 FMN6 0 COM2
FP5 0 FMN5 0 COM1
FP4 R/W
FP3
FP2 0 FMN2 0 SEG2
FP1 0 FMN1 0 SEG1
FP0 0 FMN0 0 SEG0 0
LCDDVM
LCD divide FRM register
0 0 bit7 to bit0 fFP setting FMN4 FMN3 R/W 0 0 DVM bit7 to bit0 setting COM0 SEG3 R/W
LCDSIZE
LCD size register
0843H
0 0 0 0 Common setting 0000: Reserved 0101: 200 0001: 64 0110: 240 0010: 120 0111: 320 0011: 128 1000: 480 0100: 160 Others: Reserved ALL0 FRMON - 0 0
FR divide setting 0: Disable 1: Enable
0 0 0 Segment setting 0000: Reserved 0101: 320 0001: 64 0110: 480 0010: 128 0111: 640 0011: 160 0100: 240 Others: Reserved FP9 MMULCD FP8
START
0
Always write "0"
LCDCTL0
LCD control 0 register
0844H
Segment Data setting 0: Normal 1: All display data "0"
R/W 0 0 0 0 fFP setting Built-in fFP setting LCDC start RAM LCDD bit 8 0: STOP bit 9
setting 0: Sequential access 1: Random access 1: START
LCDSCC
LCD source clock counter register
SCC7 0846H 0
SCC6 0
SCC5
SCC4 R/W
SCC3
SCC2
SCC1 0
SCC0 0
0 0 0 0 LCDC source clock counter bit7 to bit0
92CA25-403
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(6) LCD controller (2/2) Symbol
LSARAL
Name
Start address register A area (L) Start address register A area (M) Start address register A area (H) Common number register A area (L) Common number register A area (H) Start address register B area (L) Start address register B area (M) Start address register B area (H) Common number register B area (L) Common number register B area (H) Start address register C area (L) Start address register C area (M) Start address register C area (H)
Address
0850H
7
SA7 0 SA15
6
SA6 0 SA14 0 SA22 1 CA6 0
5
SA5
4
SA4
3
SA3
2
SA2
1
SA1 0 SA9 0 SA17 0 CA1 0
0
SA0 0 SA8 0 SA16 0 CA0 0 CA8 R/W 0
A area (bit8)
LSARAM
0851H
0 SA23
LSARAH
0852H
0 CA7
CMNAL
0853H
0
R/W 0 0 0 0 Start address for A area (bit7 to bit0) SA13 SA12 SA11 SA10 R/W 0 0 0 0 Start address for A area (bit15 to bit8) SA21 SA20 SA19 SA18 R/W 0 0 0 0 Start address for A area (bit23 to bit16) CA5 CA4 CA3 CA2 R/W 0 0 0 0 Common number setting for A area (bit7 to bit0)
CMNAH
0854H
SB7 0856H 0 SB15 0857H 0 SB23 0858H 0 CB7 0859H 0
SB6 0 SB14 0 SB22 1 CB6 0
SB5
SB4 R/W
SB3
SB2
SB1 0 SB9 0 SB17 0 CB1 0
SB0 0 SB8 0 SB16 0 CB0 0 CB8 R/W 0
B area (bit8)
LSARBL
LSARBM
LSARBH
CMNBL
0 0 0 0 Start address for B area (bit7 to bit0) SB13 SB12 SB11 SB10 R/W 0 0 0 0 Start address for B area (bit15 to bit8) SB21 SB20 SB19 SB18 R/W 0 0 0 0 Start address for B area (bit23 to bit16) CB5 CB4 CB3 CB2 R/W 0 0 0 0 Common number setting for B area (bit7 to bit0)
CMNBH
085AH
SC7 085CH 0 SC15 085DH 0 SC23 085EH 0
SC6 0 SC14 0 SC22 1
SC5
SC4 R/W
SC3
SC2
SC1 0 SC9 0 SC17 0
SC0 0 SC8 0 SC16 0
LSARCL
LSARCM
LSARCH
0 0 0 0 Start address for C area (bit7 to bit0) SC13 SC12 SC11 SC10 R/W 0 0 0 0 Start address for C area (bit15 to bit8) SC21 SC20 SC19 SC18 R/W 0 0 0 0 Start address for C area (bit23 to bit16)
92CA25-404
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(7) Touch screen I/F Symbol Name Address 7
TSI7 R/W 0 0: Disable 1: Enable
6
5
PTST R 0 Detection condition 0: no touch 1: touch DB256
4
TWIEN
3
PYEN
2
PXEN R/W 0 SPX 0 : OFF 1 : ON
1
MYEN 0 SMY 0 : OFF 1 : ON
0
MXEN 0 SMX 0 : OFF 1 : ON
TSICR0
Touch screen I/F control register 0
01F0H
0 0 INT4 SPY interrupt 0 : OFF control 1 : ON 0: Disable 1: Enable DB64 R/W DB8
DBC7 Touch screen I/F control register 1 0 0: Disable 1: Enable
DB1024
DB4
DB2
DB1
TSICR1
01F1H
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1024 256 64 8 4 2 1 Debounce time is set by the formula "(N x 64 - 16)/fSYS" - formula. "N" is sum ofthe number of bits between bit6 and bit0 which is are set to "1"
(8) SDRAM controller Symbol Name Address 7
-
6
-
5
SMRD 0 Mode register set delay time
4
SWRC R/W 0 Write recovery time
3
SBST
2
SBL1
1
SBL0
0
SMAC
SDACR1
SDRAM access control register 1
0 Always write "0" 0250H
0 Always write "0"
SBS SDRAM access control register 2 0 Number of banks
SDACR2
0251H
0 1 0 0 Burst stop Select read burst 0: Disable command length 1: Enable 00: Reserved 01: Full page read, Burst write 10: 1 word read, Single write 11: Full page read Single write SDRS1 SDRS0 SMUXW1 SMUXW0 R/W 0 0 0 0 Selecting ROW Selecting address address size Multiplex type
SDRCR
SDRAM refresh control register
0252H
- R/W 0 Always write "0"
SDCMM
SDRAM command register
0253H
SRS1 SRS0 R/W 1 0 0 0 SR Auto Refresh interval exit 000: 47 states 100: 156 states function 001: 78 states 101: 295 states 0: Disable 010: 97 states 110: 249 states 1: Enable 011: 124 states 111: 312 states SCMM2 SCMM1 R/W 0 0
SSAE
SRS2
SRC 0 Auto refresh 0: Disable 1: Enable SCMM0 0
Issuing command
92CA25-405
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(9) 8-bit timer Symbol Name Address 7
TA0RDE R/W 0 Double buffer 0: Disable 1: Enable
6
5
4
3
I2TA01
2
1
0
TA0RUN 0 UP counter (UC0)
TA01RUN
TMRA01 RUN register
1100H
TA01PRUN TA1RUN R/W 0 0 0 IDLE2 TMRA01 UP 0: Stop prescaler counter 1: Operate (UC1) 0: Stop and clear 1: Run (Count up)
TA0REG
8-bit timer register 0 8-bit timer register 1
1102H (Prohibit RMW) 1103H (Prohibit RMW) TA01M1 TA01M0 PWM01
TA1REG
TA01MOD
TMRA01 mode register
1104H
0 0 Operation mode 00: 8-bit timer mode 01: 16-bit timer mode 10: 8-bit PPG mode 11: 8-bit PWM mode
0 PWM cycle 00: Reserved 6 01: 2 7 10: 2 8 11: 2
- W Undefined - W Undefined PWM00 TA1CLK1 TA1CLK0 TA0CLK1 TA0CLK0 R/W 0 0 0 0 0
Source clock for TMRA1 Source clock for TMRA0
TA1FFCR
TMRA1 flip-flop control register
1105H (Prohibit RMW)
00: TA0TRG 01: T1 10: T16 11: T256 TA1FFC1 TA1FFC0 W 1 1 00: Invert TA1FF 01: Set TA1FF 10: Clear TA1FF 11: Don't care I2TA23 0 IDLE2
0: Stop 1: Operate
TA23RUN
TMRA23 RUN register
1108H
TA1RDE R/W 0 Double buffer 0: Disable 1: Enable
00: Reserved 01: T1 10: T4 11: T16 TA1FFIE TA1FFIS R/W 0 0 TA1FF TA1FF control for Inversion inversion select 0: Disable 0: TMRA0 1: Enable 1: TMRA1 TA23PRUN TA3RUN TA2RUN R/W 0 0 0 TMRA23 UP UP counter prescaler counter (UC4) (UC3) 0: Stop and clear 1: Run (Count up)
TA2REG
8-bit timer register 2 8-bit timer register 3
110AH (Prohibit RMW) 110BH (Prohibit RMW) TA23M1 TA23M0 PWM21
TA3REG
TA23MOD
TMRA23 mode register
110CH
0 0 Operation mode 00: 8-bit timer mode 01: 16-bit timer mode 10: 8-bit PPG mode 11: 8-bit PWM mode
0 PWM cycle 00: Reserved 6 01: 2 7 10: 2 8 11: 2
- W Undefined - W Undefined PWM20 TA3CLK1 TA3CLK0 TA2CLK1 TA2CLK0 R/W 0 0 0 0 0
Source clock for TMRA3 Source clock for TMRA2
TA3FFCR
TMRA3 flip-flop control register
110DH (Prohibit RMW)
00: TA2TRG 01: T1 10: T16 11: T256 TA3FFC1 TA3FFC0 W 1 1 00: Invert TA3FF 01: Set TA3FF 10: Clear TA3FF 11: Don't care
00: Reserved 01: T1 10: T4 11: T16 TA3FFIE TA3FFIS R/W 0 0 TA3FF TA3FF control for inversion inversion select 0: Disable 0: TMRA2 1: Enable 1: TMRA3
92CA25-406
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(10) 16-bit timer Symbol Name Address 7 6 5 4 3
I2TB0 0 IDLE2
2
TB0PRUN R/W 0 TMRB0 Prescaler
1
0
TB0RUN R/W 0 Up counter UC10
TB0RUN
TMRB0 RUN register
1180H
TB0RDE - R/W 0 0 Double Always buffer write "0" 0: Disable 1: Enable
- -
0: Stop 1: Operate
0: Stop and clear 1: Run (Count up) TB0CP0I TB0CPM1 TB0CPM0 TB0CLE W* R/W 1 0 0 0 Execute Capture timing Control software 00: Disable up counter 0: Disable capture 01: Reserved clearing 0: Software 10: Reserved 1: Enable capture 11: TA1OUT clearing 1: Undefined TA1OUT TB0CT1 TB0C0T1 TB0E1T1 TB0E0T1 R/W 0 0 0 0 TB0FF0 inversion trigger 0: Disable trigger 1: Enable trigger TB0CLK1 TB0CLK0 0 0 TMRB0 source clock 00: Reserved 01: T1 10: T4 11: T16
R/W TMRB0 mode register 1182H (Prohibit RMW) 0 0 Always write "00".
TB0MOD
-
-
W* 1 1 Always write "11". TB0FFCR TMRB0 flip-flop control register 1183H (Prohibit RMW)
TB0FF0C1 TB0FF0C0 W* 1 1 Control TB0FF0 00: Invert 01: Set Invert when Invert when Invert when Invert when 10: Clear 11: Don't care the UC the UC the UC the UC * Always read as "11" value value is value is value
loaded into TB0CP1. loaded into TB0CP0. matches matches the value in the value in TB0RG0. TB0RG1.
TB0RG0L
16-bit timer register 0 low 16-bit timer register 0 high 16-bit timer register 1 low 16-bit timer register 1 high Capture register 0 low Capture register 0 high Capture register 1 low Capture register 1 high
1188H (Prohibit RMW) 1189H (Prohibit RMW) 118AH (Prohibit RMW) 118BH (Prohibit RMW) 118CH
TB0RG0H
TB0RG1L
TB0RG1H
TB0CP0L
TB0CP0H
118DH
TB0CP1L
118EH
TB0CP1H
118FH
- W Undefined - W Undefined - W Undefined - W Undefined - R Undefined - R Undefined - R Undefined - R Undefined
92CA25-407
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(11) UART/serial channel Symbol
SC0BUF
Name
Serial channel 0 buffer register
Address
1200H (Prohibit RMW)
7
RB7 TB7
6
RB6 TB6
5
4
3
2
1
RB1 TB1
0
RB0 TB0
SC0CR
Serial channel 0 control register
1201H
RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 TB5 TB4 TB3 TB2 R (Receiving)/W (Transmission) Undefined RB8 EVEN PE OERR PERR FERR R R/W R (Clear 0 after reading) Undefined 0 0 0 0 0 1: Error Receive Parity Parity data bit8 0: Odd 0: Disable Overrun Parity Framing 1: Even 1: Enable
SCLKS R/W 0
IOC 0
0: SCLK0 0: Baud 1: SCLK0 rate generator 1: SCLK0 pin input
TB8 Serial channel 0 mode 0 register 0 Transmission data bit8
CTSE 0 0: CTS disable 1: CTS enable
RXE
WU R/W
SM1
SM0
SC1
SC0
SC0MOD0
1202H
0 0 0: Receive Wake-up disable 0: Disable 1: Receive 1: Enable enable
0 0 00: I/O Interface mode 01: 7-bit UART mode 10: 8-bit UART mode 11: 9-bit UART mode
-
BR0ADDE 0 (16-K)/16 divided 0: Disable 1: Enable
BR0CK1 0 00: T0 01: T2 10: T8 11: T32
BR0CR
Serial channel 0 baud rate control register Serial channel 0 K setting register
1203H
0 Always write "0"
BR0CK0 BR0S3 BR0S2 R/W 0 0 0 0 0 Set the frequency divisor "N" (0 to F)
0 0 00: TA0TRG 01: Baud rate generator 10: Internal clock fIO 11: External clock (SCLK0 input) BR0S1 BR0S0
BR0K3 1204H
BR0K2 R/W
BR0K1
BR0K0
BR0ADD
0 0 0 0 Set the frequency divisor "K" (1 to F) I2S0 R/W FDPX0 0
I/O interface mode
0: Half duplex 1: Full duplex
SC0MOD1
Serial channel 0 mode 1 register
1205H
0 IDLE2
0: Stop 1: Operate
PLSEL 0 Select transmit pulse width 0: 3/16 1: 1/16
SIRCR
IrDA control register
1207H
SIRWD3 SIRWD2 SIRWD1 SIRWD0 R/W 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Transmit Receive Receive Select receive pulse width 0: Disable 0: Disable Set effective pulse width for equal or more data 0: "H" pulse 1: Enable 1: Enable than 2x x (value + 1) + 100ns 1: "L" pulse Can be set: 1 to 14 Can not be set: 0,15
RXSEL
TXEN
RXEN
92CA25-408
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(12) Serial bus interface (SBI) Symbol Name Address
1240H 2 (I C Mode) (Prohibit RMW)
7
BC2
6
BC1
5
BC0 0
4
ACK
3
2
1
0
Serial bus interface 0 SBI0CR1 control register 1
W 0 0 Number of transfer bits 000: 8 001: 1 010: 2 100: 4 101: 5 110: 6
Serial bus interface SBI0DBR buffer register
1241H (Prohibit RMW)
DB7
DB6
R/W 0 Acknowle 011: 3 -dge 111: 7 mode 0: Disable 1: Enable DB5 DB4 DB3 DB2 R (Receiving )/W (Transmission) Undefined
SCK0/ SCK2 SCK1 SWRMON W R/W 0 0 0/1 Setting for the devisor value "n" 000: 5 001: 6 010: 7 011: 8 100: 9 101: 10 110: 11 111: Reserved DB1 DB0
SA6 I2CBUS0 address register 1242H (Prohibit RMW) 0
SA5 0
SA4 0
SA3 W 0
SA2 0
SA1 0
SA0 0
ALS 0 Address recognition 0: Disable 1: Enable SWRST0
I2C0AR
Slave address setting
MST 1243H 2 (I C Mode) 0 0: Slave 1: Master
TRX
BB
PIN W
SBIM1
SBIM0
SWRST1
Serial bus interface
SBI0CR2
Interface control register 2
(Prohibit RMW)
MST 1243H 2 (I C Mode) 0 0: Slave 1: Master
0 0 1 0: Receiver Start/Stop INTSBI 1: Transmit condition interrupt generation monitor 0: Stop 0: Request condition 1: Cancel 1: Start condition (Case of MST, TRX, Pin are "1") TRX BB PIN 0 0 0: Receiver Bus status 1: Transmit monitor 0:Free 1:Busy 1 INTSBI interrupt 0: Request 1: Cancel
0 0 SBI operation mode selection 00: Port mode 01: Reserved 2 10: I C mode 11: Reserved
0 0 Software reset generate write "10" and "01", then an internal reset signal is generated.
AL R
AAS
AD0
LRB
SBI0SR
Serial bus interface status register
(Prohibit RMW)
0 0 0 0 Arbitration Slave GENERAL Last lost address CALL received detection match detection bit monitor 0: 0 detection monitor monitor 1: 1 monitor 0: - 0: 1: Detected 0: Undetected Undetected 1: Detected 1: Detected
-
Serial bus interface Baud rate register 0
I2SBI0 R/W 0 IDLE2 0: Stop 1: Run
-
SBI0BR0
1244H (Prohibit RMW)
W 0 Always write "0"
P4EN
Serial bus interface Baud rate register 1
W 1245H (Prohibit RMW) 0 Internal clock 0: Stop 1: Run 0 Always write "0"
SBI0BR1
92CA25-409
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(13)SPI controller (1/4) Symbol Name Address 7 6
XEN R/W 0 0820H
SYSCK
5
4
3
2
1
R/W
0
CLKSEL2 CLKSEL1 CLKSEL0 1 000: fSYS 001: fSYS/2 010: fSYS/4 011: fSYS/8 DOSTAT 1
SPDO pin (No transmit) 0: Fixed to "0" 1: Fixed to "1"
0
0
Baud rate selection 100: fSYS/16 101: fSYS/32 110: fSYS/64 111: Reserved TDINV 0
Invert data during transmitting
0: Disable 1: Enable
SPIMD
SPI mode setting register
LOOPBACK
MSB1ST R/W 1
TCPOL 0
Synchronous clock edge during transmitting
RCPOL R/W 0
Synchronous clock edge during receiving
RDINV 0
Invert data during receiving
0 0821H
LOOPBACK Start bit for transmit test mode
0: Disable 0: LSB 1: Enable 1: MSB
0: Disable 1: Enable
0: Disable 1: Enable
0: Falling 1: Rising
0: Falling 1: Rising
CEN 0 0822H
Communic ation control
SPCS_B R/W 1
SPCS pin
0: Output "0"
UNIT16 0
Data length 0: 8bit 1: 16bit
ALGNEN 0
Full duplex alignment
RXWEN R/W 0
Sequential receive
RXUEN 0
Receive UNIT
0: Disable 0: Disable 0: Disable 1: Enable 1: Enable
DMAERFW
0: Disable 1:Output "1" 1: Enable SPICT SPI control register
CRC16_7_B
1: Enable
DMAERFR
CRCRX_TX_B CRCRESET_B
R/W 0 0823H
CRC selection 0: CRC7 1: CRC16
R/W 0 0 Micro DMA 0: Disable 1: Enable 0 Micro DMA 0: Disable 1: Enable
0
CRC data
CRC 0: Transmit Calculation register 1: Receive 0:Reset 1:Relese reset
TEND 1
Receiving 0: Operation 1: No operation
REND R 0
Receive shift t register 0: No data 1: Exist data
RFW 1
Transmit buffer
RFR 0
Receive buffer
0824H SPIST SPI status register
0: Exist 0: No valid un-transmit data ted data 1: Exist valid 1: No data un-transmit ted data
0825H
92CA25-410
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(13)SPI controller (2/4) Symbol Name Address 7
CRCD7 0826H 0 SPICR SPI CRC register 0827H 0 0 0 0 CRCD15 0 CRCD14 0 CRCD13 0 CRCD12 R 0 TENDIS 0
Read Read 1:interrupt Write 1:Clear
6
CRCD6
5
CRCD5
4
CRCD4 R
3
CRCD3 0 CRCD11
2
CRCD2 0 CRCD10 0 RENDIS R/W 0
Read
1
CRCD1 0 CRCD9 0 RFWIS 0
Read
0
CRCD0 0 CRCD8 0 RFRIS 0
CRC calculation result load register [7:0]
CRC calculation result load register [15:8]
0828H SPIIS SPI interrupt status register
0:No interrupt 0:No interrupt 0:No interrupt 0:No interrupt 1:interrupt Write 0:Don't care 1:Clear 1:interrupt Write 1:Clear 1:interrupt Write 1:Clear
0:Don't care 0:Don't care 0:Don't care
0829H
TENDWE 0 SPI interrupt status write enable register 082AH
Clear SPIIS 0: Disable 1: Enable
RENDWE R 0
RFWWE 0
RFRWE 0
Clear SPIIS Clear SPIIS Clear SPIIS 0: Disable 1: Enable 0: Disable 1: Enable 0: Disable 1: Enable
SPIWE
082BH
92CA25-411
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(13) SPI controller (3/4) Symbol Name Address 7 6 5 4 3
TENDIE 0 082CH SPIIE SPI interrupt enable register
TEND interrupt 0: Disable 1: Enable
2
RENDIE R/W 0
REND interrupt 0: Disable 1: Enable RFW
1
RFWIE 0
RFR
0
RFRIE 0
interrupt 0: Disable 1: Enable
interrupt 0: Disable 1: Enable
082DH
TENDIR 0 082EH SPIIR SPI interrupt request register
TEND interrupt 0: None 1: Generate
RENDIR R 0
REND interrupt 0: None 1: Generate
RFWIR 0
RFW interrupt 0: None
RFRIR 0
RFR interrupt 0: None
1: Generate 1: Generate
082FH
TXD7 0830H SPITD
SPI transmissio n data register
TXD6 0 TXD14 0
TXD5 0 TXD13 0
TXD4 R/W 0 TXD12 R/W 0
TXD3 0 TXD11 0
TXD2 0 TXD10 0
TXD1 0 TXD9 0
TXD0 0 TXD8 0
0 TXD15
Transmission data register [7:0]
0831H 0
Transmission data register [15:8]
92CA25-412
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(13) SPI controller (4/4) Symbol Name Address 7
RXD7 0832H 0 SPIRD SPI receive register 0833H 0 TSD7 0834H SPITS
SPI transmission data shift register
6
RXD6 0 RXD14 0 TSD6 0 TSD14 0 RSD6 0 RSD14 0
5
RXD5 0 RXD13 0 TSD5 0 TSD13 0 RSD5 0 RSD13 0
4
RXD4 R 0 RXD12 R 0 TSD4 R 0 TSD12 R 0 RSD4 R 0 RSD12 R/W 0
3
RXD3 0 RXD11 0 TSD3 0 TSD11 0 RSD3 0 RSD11 0
2
RXD2 0 RXD10 0 TSD2 0 TSD10 0 RSD2 0 RSD10 0
1
RXD1 0 RXD9 0 TSD1 0 TSD9 0 RSD1 0 RSD9 0
0
RXD0 0 RXD8 0 TSD0 0 TSD8 0 RSD0 0 RSD8 0
Receive data register [7:0] RXD15
Receive data register [15:8]
0 TSD15 0835H 0 RSD7 0836H 0 RSD15 0837H 0
Transmission data shift register [7:0]
Transmission data register [15:8]
SPIRS
SPI receive data register
92CA25-413
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(14) AD converter (1/2) Symbol Name Address 7
EOCF R 0 ADMOD0 AD mode control register 0 12B8H
AD conversion end flag 1:END
6
ADBF 0
AD conversion BUSY flag 1: Busy
5
-
4
-
3
ITM0 0
0: Every 1 time 1: Every 4 times
2
REPEAT R/W 0 Repeat mode 0: Single mode 1: Repeat mode
-
1
SCAN 0
Scan mode 0: Fixed channel mode 1: Channel scan mode
0
ADS 0
AD conversion start 1: Start always read as "0"
0 Always write "0"
0 Always write "0"
ADMOD1
AD mode control register 1
VREFON R/W 0 12B9H
Ladder resistance 0: OFF 1: ON
I2AD - R/W 0 0 IDLE2 Always 0: Stop write "0" 1: Operate
-
-
ADCH1
ADCH0
R/W 0 Always write "0" 0 Always write "0" 0 Always write "0" 0 0 Input channel 000: AN0 001: AN1 010: AN2 011: AN3 - ADTRG 0 Always write "0" 0
AD external trigger start control 0: Disable 1: Enable
-
-
-
-
-
-
R/W AD mode control register 1 0 Always write "0" 0 Always write "0" 0 Always write "0" 0 Always write "0" 0 Always write "0" 0 Always write "0"
ADMOD2
12BAH
ADREG0L
AD result register 0 low AD result register 0 high AD result register 1 low AD result register 1 high AD result register 2 low AD result register 2 high AD result register 3 low AD result register 3 high
12A0H
ADR00 R Undefined ADR09 ADR08
ADR01
ADR07
ADR06
ADREG0H
12A1H ADR11 12A2H ADR10 R Undefined ADR19 ADR18
ADR05 R Undefined
ADR04
ADR03
ADR0RF R 0 ADR02
ADREG1L
ADR17
ADR16
ADREG1H
12A3H ADR20 R Undefined ADR29 ADR28 ADR21 12A4H
ADR15 R Undefined
ADR14
ADR13
ADR1RF R 0 ADR12
ADREG2L
ADR27
ADR26
ADREG2H
12A5H ADR31 12A6H ADR30 R Undefined ADR39 ADR38
ADR25 R Undefined
ADR24
ADR23
ADR2RF R 0 ADR22
ADREG3L
ADR37
ADR36
ADREG3H
12A7H
ADR35 R Undefined
ADR34
ADR33
ADR3RF R 0 ADR32
92CA25-414
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(15) Watchdog timer Symbol Name Address 7
WDTE WDT mode register 1 WDT control 1: Enable
6
5
4
3
-
2
I2WDT 0 IDLE2
1
RESCR R/W 0
1: Internally connects WDT out to the reset pin
0
-
WDMOD
1300H
WDTP1 WDTP0 R/W 0 0 Select detecting time 15 00: 2 /fIO 17 01: 2 /fIO 19 10: 2 /fIO 21 11: 2 /fIO
0 Always write "0"
0: Stop 1: Operate
0 Always write "0"
WDCR
WDT control register
1301H (Prohibit RMW)
- W - B1H: WDT disable code
4E: WDT clear code
92CA25-415
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(16) RTC (Real time clock) Symbol
SECR
Name
Second register
Address
1320H
7
6
SE6
5
SE5
4
SE4
3
2
1
SE1
0
SE0
"0" is read MINR Minute register 1321H "0" is read
40 sec. MI6
20 sec. MI5
10 sec. MI4
40 min.
20 min. HO5
10 min. HO4
HOURR
Hour register
1322H "0" is read 20 hours (PM/AM) 10 hours
SE3 SE2 R/W Undefined 8 sec. 4 sec. MI3 MI2 R/W Undefined 8 min. 4 min. HO3 HO2 R/W Undefined 8 hours 4 hours WE2
2 sec. MI1
1 sec. MI0
2 min. HO1
1 min. HO0
2 hours WE1 R/W Undefined W1 DA1
1 hour WE0
DAYR
Day register
1323H "0" is read DA5 W2 DA2
DA4
DA3
W0 DA0
DATER
Date register
1324H "0" is read 1325H PAGE0 PAGE1 "0" is read 10 month 20 days 10 days MO4
R/W Undefined 8 days 4 days MO3 MO2 R/W Undefined 8 month 4 month
2 days MO1
1 day MO0
2 month
1 month
0: Indicator for 12 hours 1: Indicator for 24 hours
MONTHR
Month register
"0" is read
YE7 1326H Year register PAGE0 PAGE1 80 years
YE6
YE5
40 years
20 years
YE3 R/W Undefined 10 years 8 years
YE4
YE2
YE1
YE0
4 years
YEARR
"0" is read
PAGER
Page register
1327H (Prohibit RMW)
INTENA R/W 0 INTRTC 0: Disable 1: Enable DIS1HZ
RESTR
Reset register
1328H (Prohibit RMW)
ENATMR ENAALM R/W Undefined Undefined 0: Don't Clock Alarm / "0" is read care enable enable 1: Adjust DIS16HZ RSTTMR RSTALM - - - W Undefined 1Hz 16Hz 1: Reset 1: Reset Always write "0" 0: Enable 0: Enable Clock alarm 1: Disable 1: Disable
ADJUST W
2 years 1 year Leap year setting 00: Leap year 01: One year after 10: Two years after 11: Three years after PAGE R/W Undefined PAGE "0" is read setting
-
92CA25-416
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(17) Melody/alarm generator Symbol
ALM
Name
Alarm pattern register
Address
1330H
7
AL8 0 FC1
6
AL7 0 FC0
5
AL6 0 ALMINV 0 Alarm frequency invert 1: Invert
4
AL5 R/W
3
AL4
2
AL3 0
-
1
AL2 0
-
0
AL1 0 MELALM 0 Output frequency 0: Alarm 1: Melody
MELALMC
Melody/ alarm control register
1331H
MELFL
Melody frequency L-register
0 0 Free run counter control 00: Hold 01: Restart 10: Clear 11: Clear and start ML7 ML6 0 MELON R/W 0
0 0 Alarm pattern set - - R/W 0 0
0
0
Always write "0"
ML5 0
ML4 R/W
ML3
ML2
ML1 0 ML9 R/W 0
ML0 0 ML8 0
1332H
0 0 0 Melody frequency set (Low 8bit) ML11 ML10 0 0
MELFH
Melody frequency H-register
1333H
0 Melody counter control 0: Stop and clear 1: Start
-
Melody frequency set (Upper 4 bits)
ALMINT
Alarm interrupt enable register
IALM4E 0
IALM3E IALM2E R/W 0 0
IALM1E 0
IALM0E 0
1334H
0 Always write "0"
INTALM4 to INTALM0 alarm interrupt enable
92CA25-417
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(18) NAND flash controller (1/2) Symbol
ND0FDTR
Name
NAND flash data transfer register
Address
1D00H
7
D7
6
D6
5
D5
4
D4
3
D3
2
D2
1
D1
0
D0
WE 0 NAND flash mode ND0FMCR control register
0: Disable write operation 1: Enable write operation
1CC4H
R/W Undefined Data window to read/write NAND flash ECC1 ECC0 CE PCNT1 PCNT0 R/W 0 0 0 0 0 Power Control ECC circuit Chip 11 (at =X): Reset enable 00 (at =1): Disable 0: Disable Always write "11" 01 (at =1): Enable ( NDCE is 10 (at =1): Read high) ECC data calculated 1: Enable by NDFC ( NDCE is 10 (at =0): Read ID low)
data
ALE 0 Address Latch Enable 0: Low 1: High
CLE 0
Command Latch Enable 0: Low 1: High
ND0FSR
NAND flash status register
1CC8H
BUSY R Undefined 0: Ready 1: Busy RDY R/W 0
ND0FISR
NAND flash interrupt status register
1CCCH
Read: 0: None 1: Change NDR/ B signal from BUSY to READY. Write: 0: No change 1: Clear to "0"
ND0FIMR
NAND flash interrupt mask register NAND flash strobe pulse width register
1CD0H
INTEN R/W 0 0: Disable 1: Enable SPW3 SPW2 R/W 0 SPW1 0
MRDY R/W 0 Mask for RDY SPW0 0
ND0FSPR
1CD4H
0
Pulse width for NDRE , NDWE = fSYS x (This register's value + 1) RST R/W 0 Reset controller CHSEL R/W 0 Channel selection
0: Channel 0 1: Channel 1
NAND ND0FRSTR flash reset register
1CD8H
NDCR
NAND flash control register
01C0H
NAND flash ECC ND0ECCRD code register
D7 1CB0H
D6
D5
D4 R
D3
D2
D1
D0
Data window to read ECC code
92CA25-418
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(17) NAND flash controller (2/2) Symbol
ND1FDTR
Name
NAND flash data transfer register
Address
1D00H
7
D7
6
D6
5
D5
4
D4
3
D3
2
D2
1
D1
0
D0
ND1FMCR
NAND flash mode control register
1CE4H
R/W Undefined Data window to read/write NAND flash WE ECC1 ECC0 CE PCNT1 PCNT0 R/W 0 0 0 0 0 0 Power Control 0: Disable ECC circuit Chip write 11 (at =X): Reset enable operation 00 (at =1): Disable 0: Disable Always write "11" 1: Enable 01 (at =1): Enable ( NDCE is write high) 10 (at =1): Read operation ECC data calculated 1: Enable by NDFC ( NDCE is 10 (at =0): Read ID low)
data
ALE 0 Address Latch Enable 0: Low 1: High
CLE 0
Command Latch Enable 0: Low 1: High
ND1FSR
NAND flash status register
1CE8H
BUSY R Undefined 0: Ready 1: Busy RDY R/W 0
ND1FISR
NAND flash interrupt status register
1CECH
Read: 0: None 1: Change NDR/ B signal from BUSY to READY. Write: 0: No change 1: Clear to "0"
ND1FIMR
NAND flash interrupt mask register NAND flash strobe pulse width register
1CF0H
INTEN R/W 0 0: Disable 1: Enable SPW3 SPW2 R/W 0 SPW1 0
MRDY R/W 0 Mask for RDY SPW0 0
ND1FSPR
1CF4H
0
Pulse width for NDRE , NDWE = fSYS x (This register's value +1) RST R/W 0 Reset controller D0
NAND ND1FRSTR flash reset register NAND flash ECC ND1ECCRD code register
1CF8H
D7 1CB0H
D6
D5
D4 R
D3
D2
D1
Data window to read ECC code
92CA25-419
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
(19) I2S Symbol
I2SBUFR
Name
I S FIFO buffer (R)
2
Address
0800H (Prohibit RMW) 0808H (Prohibit RMW)
7
R15/R7
6
R14/R6
5
R13/R5
4
R12/R4
3
R11/R3
2
R10/R2
1
R9/R1
0
R8/R0
I2SBUFL
I S FIFO buffer (L)
2
080EH
I2SCTL0
IS control register 0 080FH
2
W Undefined Register for transmitting buffer (FIFO) L15/L7 L14/L6 L13/L5 L12/L4 L11/L3 W Undefined Register for transmitting buffer (FIFO) TXE FMT BUSY DIR BIT R/W R 0 0 0 0 0 Status First bit Bit Transmit Mode 2 0: Stop 0: MSB number 0: Stop 0: I S 1: SIO 1: Under 1: LSB 0: 8 bits 1: Start transmitting 1: 16 bits I2SWLVL EDGE I2SFSEL I2SCKE R/W 0 0 0 0 WS level Clock Select for Clock 0: Low left edge enable stereo 1: High left 0: Falling 0: Stereo (After 1: Rising transmit)
(2 channel) 1: Monaural 0: Operation (1 channel)
1: Stop
(Right channel) L10/L2 L9/L1
L8/L0
(Left channel) MCK1 MCK0 R/W 0 0 Baud rate 00: fSYS 10: fSYS/4 01: fSYS/2 11: fSYS/8
I2SWCK 0 WS clock
0: fs/4 1: TA1OUT
SYSCKE R/W 0 System clock 0: Disable 1: Enable
92CA25-420
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
6.
6.1
Notes and Restrictions
Notation
(1) The notation for built-in I/O registers is as follows: Register symbol Example: TA01RUN denotes bit TA0RUN of register TA01RUN. (2) Read-modify-write instructions (RMW) An instruction in which the CPU reads data from memory and writes the data to the same memory location in one instruction. Example 1: Example 2: * SET INC 3, (TA01RUN); Set bit3 of TA01RUN. 1, (100H); Increment the data at 100H.
Examples of read-modify-write instructions on the TLCS-900 Exchange instruction EX (mem), R
Arithmetic operations ADD (mem), R/# SUB (mem), R/# INC #3, (mem) Logic operations AND (mem), R/# XOR (mem), R/# Bit manipulation operations STCF #3/A, (mem) SET #3, (mem) TSET #3, (mem) Rotate and shift operations RLC (mem) RL (mem) SLA (mem) SLL (mem) RLD (mem) RRC RR SRA SRL (mem) (mem) (mem) (mem) RES #3, (mem) CHG #3, (mem) OR (mem), R/# ADC (mem), R/# SBC (mem), R/# DEC #3, (mem)
RRD (mem)
(3) fOSCH, fc, fFPH, fSYS, fIO and one state The clock frequency input on pins X1 and 2 is referred to as fOSCH. The clock selected by PLLCR0 is referred as fc. The clock selected by SYSCR1 is refer to as fFPH. The clock frequency give by fFPH divided by 2 is referred to as system clock fSYS. The clock frequency give by fSYS divided by 2 is referred to as fIO. One cycle of fSYS is referred to as one state.
92CA25-421
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
6.2
Notes
(1) AM0 and AM1 pins These pins are connected to the VCC (Power supply level) or the VSS (Grand level) pin. Do not alter the level when the pin is active. (2) Reserved address areas The 16 bytes area (FFFFF0H FFFFFFH) cannot be used since it is reserved for use as internal area. If using an emulator, an optional 64 Kbytes of the 16M bytes area is used for emulator control. Therefore, if using an emulator, this area cannot be used. (3) Standby mode (IDLE1) When the HALT instruction is executed in IDLE1 mode (in which only the oscillator operates), the internal RTC (Real-time-clock) and MLD (Melody-alarm-generator) operate. When necessity, stop the circuit before the HALT instruction is executed. (4) Warm-up counter The warm-up counter operates when STOP mode is released, even if the system is using an external oscillator. As a result, a time equivalent to the warm-up time elapses between input of the release request and output of the system clock. (5) Watchdog timer The watchdog timer starts operation immediately after a reset is released. Disable the watchdog timer when is not to be used. (6) AD converter The string resistor between the VREFH and VREFL pins can be cut by program so as to reduce power consumption. When STOP mode is used, disable the resistor using the program before the HALT instruction is executed. (7) CPU (Micro DMA) Only the "LDC cr, r" and "LDC r, cr" instructions can be used to access the control registers in the CPU. (e.g., the transfer source address register (DMASn).) (8) Undefined SFR The value of an undefined bit in an SFR is undefined when read. (9) POP SR instruction Please execute the POP SR instruction during DI condition.
92CA25-422
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
7.
Package Dimensions
Package Name: P-LQFP144-1616-0.40C Unit: mm
Note: Palladium plating
92CA25-423
2007-02-28
TMP92CA25
92CA25-424
2007-02-28


▲Up To Search▲   

 
Price & Availability of TMP92CA25FG

All Rights Reserved © IC-ON-LINE 2003 - 2022  

[Add Bookmark] [Contact Us] [Link exchange] [Privacy policy]
Mirror Sites :  [www.datasheet.hk]   [www.maxim4u.com]  [www.ic-on-line.cn] [www.ic-on-line.com] [www.ic-on-line.net] [www.alldatasheet.com.cn] [www.gdcy.com]  [www.gdcy.net]


 . . . . .
  We use cookies to deliver the best possible web experience and assist with our advertising efforts. By continuing to use this site, you consent to the use of cookies. For more information on cookies, please take a look at our Privacy Policy. X